<PAGE>
Prospectus Supplement dated July 21, 2000 (To Prospectus dated December 21,
1998)
$284,485,000 (approximate)
Mortgage Loan Asset-Backed Notes, Series 2000-1, Class A
Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Trust 2000-1,
Issuer
Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc.,
Depositor
Long Beach Mortgage Company,
Originator and Master Servicer
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Before making a decision to invest in the class A notes, you should consider
carefully the risk factors beginning on page S-6 in this prospectus supplement
and on page 17 in the prospectus.
The class A notes are non-recourse obligations of the trust only and are not
interests in or obligations of any other person or entity.
Neither the class A notes nor the mortgage loans will be insured or guaranteed
by any governmental agency or instrumentality or any other person.
This prospectus supplement may be used to offer and sell the class A notes only
if accompanied by the prospectus.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The trust -
o will hold a pool of one- to four-family, fixed- and
adjustable-rate, first-lien, sub-prime residential mortgage
loans; and
o will issue six classes of notes and two classes of
certificates; only the most senior class of notes, the class A
notes, are offered by this prospectus supplement.
The class A notes -
o will represent senior debt instruments issued by the trust and
will be paid from the assets of the trust;
o will have credit enhancement in the form of
overcollateralization and subordination of the more junior
classes; and
o will receive monthly distributions on the 25th day of each
month, or the next business day if the 25th is not a business
day, commencing on August 25, 2000.
Morgan Stanley Dean Witter, CIBC Worldmarkets plc, and Unibank, or the
underwriters, will offer the class A notes from time to time to the public in
negotiated transactions or otherwise at varying prices to be determined at the
time of sale. The proceeds to the depositor from the sale of the class A notes,
before deducting expenses of the offering which are estimated to be
approximately $800,000, will be approximately 100% of the initial principal
balance of the class A notes. The underwriters' commission will be any positive
difference between the price they pay to the depositor for the class A notes and
the amount they receive from the sale of the class A notes to the public.
Delivery of the class A notes is expected to be made in book-entry form through
the facilities of The Depository Trust Company and the Euroclear System on or
about July 25, 2000.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state
securities commission has approved or disapproved the class A notes
or determined that this prospectus supplement or the prospectus is
truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a
criminal offense.
MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER
CIBC WORLDMARKETS PLC
UNIBANK
<PAGE>
Important Notice About Information Presented in this
Prospectus Supplement and the Accompanying Prospectus
You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus
supplement and accompanying prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide
you with different information. You should not assume that the information in
this prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus is accurate as of any
date other than the date on the front of this prospectus supplement.
We provide information to you about the class A notes in two separate
documents that progressively provide more detail:
o the accompanying prospectus, which provides general
information, some of which may not apply to this series of
notes; and
o this prospectus supplement, which describes the specific terms
of this series of notes.
Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I, Inc.'s principal offices are located at
1585 Broadway, New York, New York 10036: Attention: General Counsel, and its
phone number is (212) 761-4000.
Table of Contents
Table of Contents...................................i
Summary of the Prospectus Supplement................1
Risk Factors........................................6
Formation of the Trust.............................10
The Owner Trustee...............................10
The Indenture Trustee...........................10
The Originator and the Master Servicer.............10
Lending Activities and Loan Sales...............11
Loan Servicing..................................12
Collection Procedures; Delinquency and
Loss Experience...............................12
Underwriting Standards; Representations.........14
Use of Proceeds....................................20
The Mortgage Pool..................................20
The Index.......................................30
Additional Information..........................30
Description of the Notes...........................30
Note Interest Rate..............................31
Calculation of LIBOR............................33
Distributions of Interest.......................34
Distributions of Principal......................34
Excess Cashflow.................................35
Optional "Clean-Up Call" Redemption.............36
Credit Enhancement.................................36
The Transaction Documents..........................38
Formation of the Trust..........................38
Sale and Servicing of the Mortgage Loans........38
Issuance of the Notes...........................38
Transfer of the Mortgage Loan Files.............38
Representations and Warranties Concerning
Mortgage Loans................................39
Collection and Other Servicing Procedures
on Mortgage Loans.............................39
P&I Advances....................................39
Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses..40
Reports.........................................40
Matters Regarding the Master Servicer...........40
Amendments......................................41
The Indenture Trustee...........................41
Events of Default Under the Indenture...........42
Remedies on Event of Default under the
Indenture.....................................42
Termination of the Trust........................43
Prepayment and Yield Considerations................43
Shortfalls in Collections of Interest...........43
Material Federal Income Tax Consequences...........48
REMIC Elections.................................48
Special Tax Attributes..........................48
Discount and Premium............................48
Supplemental Interest Amounts...................49
Sale or Redemption of the Class A Notes.........50
Other Matters...................................50
State Taxes........................................50
ERISA Considerations...............................50
Ratings............................................52
Legal Investment Considerations....................53
Underwriting.......................................53
Experts............................................54
Legal Matters......................................54
Glossary...........................................55
<PAGE>
Summary of the Prospectus Supplement
The following summary is a very broad overview of the securities
offered by this prospectus supplement and does not contain all of the
information that you should consider in making your investment decision. To
understand all of the terms of these securities, we advise you to read carefully
this entire prospectus supplement, as well as the entire accompanying
prospectus. A glossary of defined terms used in this prospectus supplement is
included and begins on page S-55.
Title of Series
Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Trust 2000-1,
Mortgage Loan Asset-Backed Notes, Series
2000-1.
Depositor
Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I, Inc., or the
depositor, a Delaware corporation, and an affiliate
of Morgan Stanley Dean Witter, which is one of
the underwriters. The depositor will sell the
mortgage loans to the trust.
Originator and Master Servicer
Long Beach Mortgage Company, or Long Beach
or the originator or the master servicer, a
Delaware corporation. Long Beach originated the
mortgage loans and sold them to an affiliate of the
depositor, who will sell then to the depositor.
Long Beach will act as master servicer of the
mortgage loans.
Trust
The depositor will establish the issuing trust,
Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Trust 2000-1, or
the trust, as a Delaware business trust
administered by the owner trustee.
Indenture Trustee
Bankers Trust Company of California, N.A., a
national banking association, will be the
indenture trustee.
Owner Trustee
Wilmington Trust Company, a Delaware banking
corporation, will be the owner trustee.
Class A Notes
The trust will issue the class A notes. The class A notes are the most senior
securities issued by the trust, and are the only class of notes offered by this
prospectus supplement. The class A notes will be issued with an initial
principal balance of $284,485,000 (approximate) and will bear interest at a
floating rate equal to one-month LIBOR + 0.30%. The final scheduled payment date
of the class A notes will be August 25, 2030.
The class A notes are subject to a cap on their note interest rate. The class A
notes are also subject to an increase in their note interest rate on the payment
date immediately following the month in which the clean-up call may first be
exercised.
The class A notes will initially be available only in book-entry form through
DTC or the Euroclear System.
Other Notes and Certificates
The trust will also issue two classes of class M notes, class B-1 notes, class P
notes, class S notes and two classes of class R certificates, none of which are
being offered by this prospectus supplement.
Class M and Class B-1 Notes
The trust will issue two classes of class M notes and one class of class B-1
notes, with initial principal balances and note interest rates as set forth
below:
S-1
<PAGE>
Initial
Class Principal Balance Note Interest Rate
----- ----------------- ------------------
M-1 $ 25,207,000 LIBOR + 0.65%
M-2 $ 22,507,000 LIBOR + 1.05%
B-1 $ 18,906,000 LIBOR + 2.25%
The class M and class B-1 notes are subject to a cap on their note interest
rates. The class M and class B-1 notes are also subject to an increase in their
note interest rates on the payment date immediately following the month in which
the clean-up call may first be exercised.
The class M and class B-1 notes are subordinate to the class A notes, as
described in this prospectus supplement. The class M and class B-1 notes are
being offered to institutional investors by the depositor in a private placement
under Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933.
Class S Notes and Class R Certificates
The class S notes and the class R certificates are subordinate to all of the
class A, class M and class B-1 notes and essentially represent the excess of the
aggregate mortgage loan balance over the aggregate principal balance of the
class A, class M and class B-1 notes, plus any excess cashflow which is not
required to be applied to payments on the class A, class M and class B-1 notes.
The class S notes will be delivered, at the direction of the depositor, to a
wholly-owned, bankruptcy remote affiliate of the depositor as partial
consideration for the sale of the mortgage loans. The class R certificates will
initially be retained by the depositor or its affiliates.
Class P Notes
The class P notes will not have a principal balance and will not be entitled to
distributions in respect of interest. The class P notes will be entitled to all
prepayment charges received in respect of the mortgage loans. The class P notes
will be delivered, at the direction of the depositor, to a wholly-owned,
bankruptcy remote affiliate of the depositor as partial consideration for the
sale of the mortgage loans.
Closing Date
On or about July 25, 2000.
Cut-Off Date
As of the opening of business on July 1, 2000.
Distributions
Distributions will be made on each payment date to the owners of the notes as of
the record date. The record date for the notes is the close of business on the
business day immediately preceding the payment date, unless the notes are issued
in definitive form, in which case the record date will be the last business day
of the prior calendar month. Each month, the indenture trustee will calculate
the amounts to be paid to the owners of the notes.
Owners of notes will receive payments on the 25th day of each month, or, if such
day is not a business day, on the next business day. The first payment date is
August 25, 2000.
Interest Distributions
Owners of notes will be entitled to receive payments of interest each month from
the interest collected on the mortgage loans.
On each payment date, interest collected on the mortgage loans will be applied
in the following order of priority:
o first, to pay fees due to the master servicer, the indenture
trustee and the owner trustee;
o second, to pay interest, including any overdue interest, on
the class A notes;
o third, to pay current interest on the class M-1 notes;
o fourth, to pay current interest on the class M-2 notes; and
o fifth, to pay current interest on the class B-1 notes.
S-2
<PAGE>
Any remaining interest collections are a component of excess cashflow, and will
be distributed as described below.
Principal Distributions
Owners of class A, class M and class B-1 notes will be entitled to receive
payments of principal each month from the principal collected on the mortgage
loans. Owners of class A, class M and class B-1 notes may not necessarily
receive a distribution of principal in any given month. The amount of principal
the owners of class A, class M and class B-1 notes will be entitled to receive
will vary depending on a number of factors, including the payments received on
the mortgage loans.
On each payment date prior to the step-down date of August 25, 2003 - which date
may occur earlier or later in some situations, as described herein - or during
any period following a trigger event caused by delinquencies on the mortgage
loans being in excess of a specified level, the class A, class M and class B-1
notes will amortize in sequential-pay fashion, such that only the most senior
class of notes outstanding will receive principal payments on each payment date.
On each payment date following the step-down date, and as long as a trigger
event has not occurred and is not continuing, all classes of class A, class M
and class B-1 notes will receive principal payments in an amount calculated so
as to maintain a required level of subordination beneath each class of class A,
class M and class B-1 notes.
Excess Cashflow
Any interest collections remaining after the distributions of interest on the
notes described above, as well as any overcollateralization reduction amounts,
will be distributed in the following order of priority:
o first, to pay principal on the most senior class of notes
outstanding, in order to maintain a specified level of
overcollateralization;
o second, to pay any overdue interest on the class M and class
B-1 notes;
o third, to pay certain interest shortfalls;
o fourth, to reimburse the master servicer for any advances and
other expenses not previously reimbursed;
o fifth, to pay any supplemental interest amounts owing on the
class A, class M and class B-1 notes; and
o sixth, to make a distribution to the owners of the class S
notes.
Credit Enhancement
Credit enhancement refers to a mechanism that is intended to protect the owners
of the class A notes against losses due to defaults on the mortgage loans.
The class A notes have the benefit of the following three types of credit
enhancement:
o the use of excess interest to cover losses and to distribute
principal in order to create or maintain
overcollateralization;
o the subordination of distributions on the more subordinate
classes of notes to the required distributions on the more
senior classes notes; and
o the allocation of losses on the mortgage loans to the most
subordinate classes of notes.
See "Description of the Notes" and "Credit Enhancement."
The Mortgage Loans
References to dollar amounts and to percentages of the mortgage loans under this
section are calculated based on the aggregate principal balance of the mortgage
loans as of the cut-off date.
S-3
<PAGE>
The trust will contain approximately 3,194 conventional, one- to four-family,
fixed- and adjustable-rate, sub-prime residential mortgage loans secured by
first liens on residential real properties. The mortgage loans have an aggregate
principal balance of approximately $360,107,788.57 as of the cut-off date.
Approximately $307,088,800.50, or 85.28% of the mortgage loans are
adjustable-rate, and approximately $53,018,988.07, or 14.72%, are fixed-rate.
The mortgage loans have original terms to maturity of not greater than 360
months, have a weighted average remaining term to scheduled maturity of 354
months and have the following approximate characteristics as of the cut-off
date:
Range of mortgage rates: 7.950% to 14.850%
Weighted average mortgage rate: 10.273%
Range of gross margins of
adjustable-rate mortgage
loans: 4.900% to 9.500%
Weighted average gross margin of
adjustable-rate mortgage
loans: 6.310%
Range of minimum mortgage rates
of adjustable-rate mortgage
loans: 5.750% to 14.650%
Weighted average minimum
mortgage rate of
adjustable-rate mortgage
loans: 10.205%
Range of maximum mortgage rates
of adjustable-rate mortgage
loans: 13.950% to 20.650%
Weighted average maximum
mortgage rate of
adjustable-rate mortgage
loans: 16.213%
Range of principal balances: $20,053.52 to
$568,598.06
Average principal balance: $112,745.08
Range of original
loan-to-value ratios: 9.09% to 92.87%
Weighted average
loan-to-value ratio: 77.53%
Weighted average next adjustment
date of adjustable-rate
mortgage loans: June 1, 2002
Balloon loans: 0.13%
The interest rate on each adjustable-rate mortgage loan will adjust
semi-annually on each adjustment date to equal the sum of six-month LIBOR and
the gross margin for that mortgage loan, subject to periodic and lifetime
limitations. See "The Mortgage Pool--The Index."
For some of the adjustable-rate mortgage loans, the first adjustment date will
occur only after an initial period of approximately two to three years, as more
fully described under "The Mortgage Pool."
For additional information regarding the mortgage loans, see "The Mortgage
Pool."
P&I Advances
Long Beach, as master servicer, is required to advance delinquent payments of
principal and interest on the mortgage loans, subject generally to a
recoverability standard. The master servicer is entitled to be reimbursed for
these advances, and therefore these advances are not a form of credit
enhancement. See "The Transaction Documents -- P&I Advances."
Optional Termination
At its option, the majority holders of the class S notes -- or, if such holder
does not exercise such option, the majority holder of the class R certificates
-- may exercise a clean-up call and purchase all of the mortgage loans, and
effect termination and early retirement of the notes, after the aggregate
principal balance of the mortgage loans has been reduced to less than 10% of the
aggregate principal balance of the mortgage loans as of the cut-off date. In the
event that neither holder exercises the clean-up call, the master servicer may
exercise the clean-up call after the aggregate principal balance of the mortgage
loans has been reduced to less than 5% of the aggregate principal balance of the
mortgage loans as of the cut-off date.
S-4
<PAGE>
Ratings
It is a condition to the issuance of the class A notes that the class A notes
receive a rating of Aaa from Moody's and AAA from Fitch.
A security rating does not address the frequency of prepayments on the mortgage
loans or the corresponding effect on yield to investors. See "Ratings" in this
prospectus supplement.
Federal Tax Aspects
Dewey Ballantine LLP acted as counsel to the trust and is of the opinion that:
o the trust will be treated as a real estate mortgage investment
conduit, or REMIC, for federal income tax purposes, and
o the class A, class M, and class B-1 notes will be regular
interests in the REMIC and will be treated as debt instruments
of the REMIC for federal income tax purposes.
ERISA Considerations
Subject to the considerations described under "ERISA Considerations" in this
prospectus supplement and in the prospectus, the class A notes may be purchased
by pension, profit sharing and other employee benefit plans.
Legal Investment
The class A notes will constitute "mortgage related securities" for purposes of
the Secondary Mortgage Market Enhancement Act of 1984, or SMMEA, for so long as
they are rated not lower than the second highest rating category by one or more
nationally recognized statistical rating organizations and, thus, will be legal
investments for certain investors to the extent provided in SMMEA and applicable
state laws. See "Legal Investment Considerations" in this prospectus supplement
and in the prospectus.
S-5
<PAGE>
Risk Factors
In addition to the matters described elsewhere in this prospectus
supplement and the prospectus, prospective investors may wish to consider the
following factors before deciding to invest in the class A notes.
The class A notes have a cap on their note interest rate, which may limit the
amount of interest you will receive.
The class A notes have a note interest rate based on one-month LIBOR
and are subject to an available funds cap. Most of the mortgage loans in the
pool are adjustable-rate mortgage loans which have coupon rates based on
six-month LIBOR, and may have fixed coupon rates for the first two, three or
five years. The remainder of the mortgage loans in the pool are fixed-rate
mortgage loans. Since the base indices for the coupon rates on the
adjustable-rate mortgage loans in the trust differ from the base index for the
note interest rate on the class A notes, and the coupon rates on the fixed-rate
mortgage loans will not change even if one-month LIBOR rises, the
weighted-average coupon rate on the mortgage loans in the trust, net of fees and
expenses, could be below the note interest rate on the notes, in which case the
note interest rate would be capped at that lower rate. This cap would reduce the
amount of interest you, as an investor in those notes, will receive. Any
shortfall in interest on the class A notes will be carried forward to subsequent
payment dates, but those amounts may not be paid in the event the class A notes
are redeemed early.
The underwriting standards of the mortgage loans are not as stringent as those
used by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, which may result in losses on the class A
notes
The originator's underwriting standards are primarily intended to
assess the value of the mortgaged property and to evaluate the adequacy of such
property as collateral for the mortgage loan and the applicant's credit standing
and ability to repay. The originator makes loans primarily to borrowers who do
not qualify for loans conforming to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac guidelines but
who generally have equity in their property. While the originator's primary
consideration in underwriting a mortgage loan is the value and adequacy of the
mortgaged property as collateral, the originator also considers, among other
things, a mortgagor's credit history, repayment ability and debt
service-to-income ratio, as well as the type and use of the mortgaged property.
Although all of the mortgage loans held by the trust are first lien mortgages,
the originator's underwriting standards do not prohibit a mortgagor from
obtaining another, second-lien mortgage at the time of origination of the
originator's first lien. These second lien mortgages would reduce the equity the
mortgagor would otherwise have in the mortgaged property as indicated in the
originator's loan-to-value ratio determination.
As a result of these underwriting standards, the mortgage loans held by
the trust are likely to experience rates of delinquency, foreclosure and
bankruptcy that are higher, and that may be substantially higher, than those
experienced by mortgage loans underwritten in a more traditional manner.
Furthermore, changes in the values of mortgaged properties may have a
greater effect on the delinquency, foreclosure, bankruptcy and loss experience
of the mortgage loans in the mortgage pool than on mortgage loans originated in
a more traditional manner. The values of the mortgaged properties may decrease
from the levels in effect on the dates of origination of the related mortgage
loans. See "The Originator and the Master Servicer -- Underwriting Standards;
Representations" in this prospectus supplement.
S-6
<PAGE>
The master servicer has limited experience servicing mortgage loans, which may
result in losses on the class A notes
The master servicer began directly servicing mortgage loans in November
1998. As a result, the master servicer has limited experience servicing mortgage
loans similar to the mortgage loans held by the trust. The master servicer's
limited experience in servicing mortgage loans may result in greater defaults
and losses on the mortgage loans in the mortgage pool and result in accelerated
prepayments on the class A notes. You will bear any reinvestment risk resulting
from any accelerated prepayments.
The master servicer has only a limited servicing history and
significant performance data is not available for its servicing portfolio.
Because the master servicer commenced its direct servicing operations in
November 1998, the master servicer does not have historical delinquency,
bankruptcy, foreclosure or default experience that may be referred to for
purposes of examining the master servicer's performance in servicing mortgage
loans similar to the mortgage loans held by the trust, other than to the limited
extent as described under "The Originator and the Master Servicer -- Collection
Procedures; Delinquency and Loss Experience" in this prospectus supplement. The
information which is presented may or may not be representative.
Some of the mortgage loans have high loan-to-value ratios which may present a
greater risk of loss
Approximately 35.70% of the mortgage loans, by aggregate cut-off date
principal balance, had a loan-to-value ratio at origination in excess of 80%. No
mortgage loan, including those with a loan-to-value ratio at origination in
excess of 80%, will be covered by a primary mortgage insurance policy. No
mortgage loan will have a loan-to-value ratio exceeding 93% at origination.
Mortgage loans with higher loan-to-value ratios may present a greater risk of
loss. In addition, an overall decline in the residential real estate market, a
rise in interest rates over a period of time and the general condition of a
mortgaged property, as well as other factors, may have the effect of reducing
the value of a mortgaged property from the appraised value at the time the
mortgage loan was originated. If there is a reduction in value of the mortgaged
property, the loan-to-value ratio may increase over what it was at the time the
mortgage loan was originated. This increase may reduce the likelihood of
liquidation or other proceeds being sufficient to satisfy the mortgage loan,
resulting in a loss. The loan-to-value ratio of any mortgage loan determined at
any time after origination may be less than or equal to its original
loan-to-value ratio. See "The Mortgage Pool" in this prospectus supplement.
Some of the mortgage loans will be delinquent as of the cut-off date, which may
present a greater risk of loss
Approximately 4.20% of the mortgage loans, by aggregate principal
balance as of the cut-off date, were 30-59 days delinquent in their monthly
payments as of the cut-off date. Delinquent mortgage loans are more likely to
result in losses on your notes.
The mortgage loans are concentrated in California, which may present a greater
risk of loss if conditions in California become adverse
Approximately 31.68% of the mortgage loans, by aggregate cut-off date
principal balance, are secured by mortgaged properties located in the state of
California. The single highest zip code concentration in California represent
approximately $1,152,418.83 or 0.32% of mortgage loans, by aggregate cut-off
date principal balance. If the California residential real estate market should
experience an overall decline in property values after the dates of origination
of the mortgage loans, the rates of delinquencies, foreclosures, bankruptcies
and losses on the mortgage loans may increase over historical levels of
comparable type loans, and may increase substantially. In addition, properties
located in California may be more susceptible than
S-7
<PAGE>
homes located in other parts of the country to certain types of uninsured
hazards, such as earthquakes, as well as floods, mudslides and other natural
disasters.
Some of the mortgage loans are balloon loans, which may present a greater risk
of loss
Approximately 0.13% of the mortgage loans, by aggregate cut-off date
principal balance, are mortgage loans with balloon payments. Because borrowers
of mortgage loans with balloon payments are required to make substantial higher
final payments upon maturity, it is possible that the default risk associated
with such mortgage loans is greater than that associated with fully-amortizing
mortgage loans.
The notes are secured only by the assets of the trust
Neither the notes nor the underlying mortgage loans will be guaranteed
or insured by any governmental agency or instrumentality, by the depositor, the
originator, the master servicer, the indenture trustee, the owner trustee or any
of their affiliates, or by any other person. The assets of the trust will be the
sole source of payments on the notes, and there will be no recourse to the
depositor, the originator, the master servicer, the indenture trustee, the owner
trustee or any other entity in the event that the assets of the trust are
insufficient or otherwise unavailable to make all required payments on the class
A notes.
The rate and timing of principal payments on the class A notes will be affected
by prepayment speeds and by the priority of payment on the notes
The rate and timing of distributions allocable to principal on the
class A notes will depend, in general, on the rate and timing of principal
payments, including prepayments, liquidations and repurchases on the mortgage
loans, and the allocation of these amounts to pay principal on the notes. As is
the case with mortgage-backed securities generally, the class A notes are
subject to substantial inherent cash-flow uncertainties because the mortgage
loans may be prepaid at any time. However, with respect to approximately 91.10%
of the mortgage loans, by aggregate cut-off date principal balance, a prepayment
may subject the mortgagor to a prepayment charge. A prepayment charge may or may
not act as a deterrent to prepayment of the mortgage loan.
Generally, when prevailing interest rates are increasing, prepayment
rates on mortgage loans tend to decrease; a decrease in the prepayment rates on
the mortgage loans will result in a reduced rate of return of principal to
investors in the class A notes at a time when reinvestment at the higher
prevailing rates would be desirable. On the other hand, when prevailing interest
rates are declining, prepayment rates on mortgage loans tend to increase; an
increase in the prepayment rates on the mortgage loans will result in a greater
rate of return of principal to investors in the class A notes at a time when
reinvestment at comparable yields may not be possible.
For further information regarding the effect of principal prepayments
on the weighted average lives of the class A notes, see "Prepayment and Yield
Considerations" in this prospectus supplement.
The yield to maturity on the class A notes will depend on a variety of factors
The yield to maturity on the class A notes will depend, in general, on:
o the level of the floating rate of interest on the class A
notes, as well as the impact of the available funds cap rate;
o the purchase price paid for the class A notes;
S-8
<PAGE>
o the rate and timing of principal payments on the mortgage
loans, including prepayments, liquidations and repurchases and
the allocation of these amounts to reduce the principal
balance of the various note classes; and
o the rate, timing and severity of losses on the mortgage loans;
adjustments to the mortgage rates on the mortgage loans, and
the amount of excess interest generated by the mortgage loans.
In general, if a note is purchased at a premium and principal payments
occur at a rate faster than anticipated at the time of purchase, the investor's
actual yield to maturity will be lower than that assumed at the time of
purchase. On the other hand, if a note is purchased at a discount and principal
payments occur at a rate slower than that anticipated at the time of purchase,
the investor's actual yield to maturity will be lower than that originally
assumed.
The proceeds to the depositor from the sale of the class A notes were
determined based on a number of assumptions, including a prepayment assumption
of 28% CPR. The mortgage loans are unlikely to prepay at that rate, and the
actual rate of prepayment cannot be predicted with accuracy or confidence. The
yield assumptions for the class A notes will vary as determined at the time of
sale.
Violation of various federal and state laws may result in losses on the mortgage
loans
State laws generally regulate interest rates and other charges, require
certain disclosure, and require licensing of Long Beach as both the originator
and as master servicer. In addition, other legal requirements relating to the
protection of consumers, unfair and deceptive practices and debt collection
practices may apply to the origination, servicing and collection of the mortgage
loans.
The mortgage loans are also subject to federal laws, including:
o the Federal Truth-in-Lending Act, which requires certain
disclosures to the borrowers regarding the terms of the
mortgage loans;
o the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, which prohibits
discriminatory lending;
o the Fair Credit Reporting Act, which regulates the use and
reporting of information related to the borrower's credit
experience;
o the Depository Institutions Deregulation and Monetary Control
Act of 1980, which preempts some state usury laws; and
o the Alternative Mortgage Transaction Parity Act of 1982, which
preempts some state lending laws which regulate adjustable
rate mortgage and balloon loans.
Violations of these laws may limit the ability of the trust to collect
all or part of the principal of or interest on the mortgage loans, and may
entitle the borrower to a refund of amounts previously paid, each of which could
subject the trust, as owner of the mortgage loan, to claims for damages and
administrative enforcement which could reduce collections by the trust and, in
addition, could subject Long Beach to claims for damages and administrative
enforcement, which could impair its ability to act as master servicer.
The liquidity of your notes may be limited
The underwriters have no obligation to make a secondary market in the
class A notes. There is no assurance that a secondary market will develop or, if
it develops, that it will continue. Consequently, you may not be able to sell
your notes readily or at prices that will enable you to realize your desired
yield. The market values of the notes are likely to fluctuate; these
fluctuations may be significant and could result in significant losses to you.
S-9
<PAGE>
The secondary markets for asset-backed securities have experienced
periods of illiquidity in the past, and can be expected to do so in the future.
Illiquidity can have a severely adverse effect on the prices of securities that
are especially sensitive to prepayment, credit or interest rate risk, or that
have been structured to meet the investment requirements of limited categories
of investors.
------------------------------
Formation of the Trust
Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Trust 2000-1 is a business trust formed
under the laws of the State of Delaware under a trust agreement between Morgan
Stanley ABS Capital I, Inc., as depositor, and Wilmington Trust Company, as
owner trustee. Prior to formation, the trust will have no assets or obligations
or any operating history. The trust will not engage in any business other than
acquiring, holding and managing the mortgage loans transferred to the trust and
the other assets of the trust and any proceeds therefrom, issuing the class A
notes and the other notes and certificates representing the ownership interests
in the trust property, making payments on the class A notes and the other notes
and certificates and engaging in other activities that are necessary to
accomplish the foregoing or are incidental thereto.
The trust will not acquire any assets other than the trust property,
and it is not anticipated that the trust will have any need for additional
capital resources. Because the trust will have no operating history upon its
establishment and will not engage in any business other than the duties
discussed above, no historical, pro forma financial statements, or ratios of
earnings to fixed charges with respect to the trust have been included in this
prospectus supplement, other than the balance sheet of the trust at July 21,
2000 included as Exhibit A hereto.
The Owner Trustee
Wilmington Trust Company, the owner trustee, is a Delaware banking
corporation and its principal offices are located at Rodney Square North, 1100
North Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890-0001, Attention: Corporate Trust
Administration. The owner trustee will perform limited administrative functions
under the trust agreement. The owner trustee's duties in connection with the
issuance and sale of the class A notes and the other notes and certificates are
limited solely to its express obligations set forth in the trust agreement.
The Indenture Trustee
Bankers Trust Company of California, N.A. is the indenture trustee
under the indenture. Bankers Trust Company of California, N.A., is a national
banking association and its principal corporate trust offices are located at
1761 East St. Andrew Place, Santa Ana, California 92705. The indenture trustee's
duties in connection with the notes are limited solely to its express
obligations under the indenture and the sale and servicing agreement.
The Originator and the Master Servicer
The information set forth in the following paragraphs has been provided
by Long Beach. None of the depositor, the underwriters, the indenture trustee,
the owner trustee or any of their affiliates has made or will make any
representation as to the accuracy or completeness of this information.
Long Beach, the originator and the master servicer, a Delaware
corporation, is a specialty finance company engaged in the business of
originating, purchasing, selling and servicing sub-prime mortgage loans
S-10
<PAGE>
secured by one-to four-family residences. Long Beach began originating sub-prime
mortgage loans in 1988, as a division of Long Beach Bank, F.S.B. To gain greater
operating flexibility and improve its ability to compete against other financial
services companies, Long Beach Bank, F.S.B. ceased operations in October 1994,
voluntarily surrendered its federal thrift charter and transferred its mortgage
banking business to a new Delaware corporation called Long Beach Mortgage
Company, or Old Long Beach.
In May 1997, Old Long Beach completed a reorganization of its business
operations by transferring to its wholly-owned subsidiary, Long Beach Financial
Corporation, or LBFC, the assets and personnel related to Old Long Beach's
broker-sourced mortgage lending and loan sales operations and approximately $40
million in cash. The assets received from Old Long Beach by LBFC were then
transferred to Long Beach, a wholly-owned subsidiary of LBFC. Immediately
following the reorganization, LBFC became a publicly traded company in
connection with a public offering of its stock. Long Beach continued the
activities previously conducted by the broker-sourced and loan sales divisions
of Old Long Beach.
In October 1999, Washington Mutual, Inc., or Washington Mutual, a
publicly traded financial services company headquartered in Seattle, Washington,
purchased Long Beach in a transaction in which Long Beach merged into Washington
Mutual. In connection with the merger, there have been recent significant
changes in the management positions of Long Beach. Long Beach is anticipated to
operate as a subsidiary of Washington Mutual.
Substantially all of the loans originated by Long Beach while it
operated as a division of Old Long Beach were serviced by the servicing division
of Old Long Beach. Following the reorganization, loans originated by Long Beach
were master serviced by Long Beach and directly serviced by another entity. In
November 1998, Long Beach began directly servicing loans and will directly
service all of the mortgage loans in the mortgage pool.
Long Beach is approved as a seller/servicer for Fannie Mae and as a
non-supervised mortgagee by the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban
Development.
Lending Activities and Loan Sales
Long Beach originates real estate loans through its network of offices
and loan origination centers. Long Beach also participates in secondary market
activities by originating and selling mortgage loans while continuing to service
the majority of the loans sold. In other cases Long Beach's whole loan sale
agreements provide for the transfer of servicing rights.
Long Beach's primary lending activity is funding loans to enable
mortgagors to purchase or refinance residential real property, which loans are
secured by first or second liens on the related real property. Long Beach's
single-family real estate loans are predominantly "conventional" mortgage loans,
meaning that they are not insured by the Federal Housing Administration or
partially guaranteed by the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs.
The following table summarizes Long Beach's one- to four-family
residential mortgage loan origination and sales activity for the periods shown
below. Sales activity may include sales of mortgage loans purchased by Long
Beach from other loan originators.
S-11
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1995(1) 1996(1) 1997 1998 1999 2000(2)
------- ------- ---- ---- ---- -------
(Dollars in thousands)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Originations and
Purchases................ $592,542 $1,058,122 $1,685,742 $2,575,965 $3,181,948 $1,797,335
Sales...................... $580,366 $1,029,789 $1,679,522 $2,521,606 $2,814,656 $1,287,341
--------------
</TABLE>
(1) Reflects activity of broker-sourced business of Old Long Beach up to May
1997.
(2) Through June 30, 2000.
Loan Servicing
Long Beach services all of the mortgage loans it originates that are
retained in its portfolio and continues to service at least a majority of the
loans that have been sold to investors. Servicing includes collecting and
remitting loan payments, accounting for principal and interest, contacting
delinquent mortgagors, and supervising foreclosure in the event of unremedied
defaults. Long Beach's servicing activities are audited periodically by
applicable regulatory authorities. Certain financial records of Long Beach
relating to its loan servicing activities are reviewed annually as part of the
audit of Long Beach's financial statements conducted by its independent
accountants.
Collection Procedures; Delinquency and Loss Experience
When a mortgagor fails to make a required payment on a residential
mortgage loan, Long Beach attempts to cause the deficiency to be cured by
corresponding with the mortgagor. In most cases, deficiencies are cured
promptly. Pursuant to Long Beach's customary procedures for residential mortgage
loans serviced by it for its own account, Long Beach generally mails a notice of
intent to foreclose to the mortgagor after the loan is delinquent two payments
and, within one month thereafter, if the loan remains delinquent, typically
institutes appropriate legal action to foreclose on the property securing the
loan. If foreclosed, the property is sold at public or private sale and may be
purchased by Long Beach. In California, real estate lenders are generally unable
as a practical matter to obtain a deficiency judgment against the mortgagor on a
loan secured by single-family real estate.
The following table sets forth the delinquency and loss experience at
the dates indicated for one- to four-family, first-lien, residential mortgage
loans serviced directly by Long Beach that were originated or purchased by Long
Beach:
S-12
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
As at
------------------------------------------------------------
December 31, 1998 December 31, 1999 June 30, 2000
----------------- ----------------- -------------
(Dollars in Thousands)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Total Outstanding Principal
Balance................................... $546,581 $3,951,592 $4,455,761
Number of Loans............................. 4,865 35,359 39,572
DELINQUENCY
31-60 Days
Principal Balance:................. $312 $63,403 $65,151
Number of Loans.................... 2 645 650
Delinquency as a Percentage
of Total Outstanding
Principal Balance................ 0.06% 1.60% 1.46%
Delinquency as a Percentage
of Number of Loans............... 0.04% 1.82% 1.64%
61-90 Days
Principal Balance:................. $0 $31,376 $39,362
Number of Loans.................... 0 278 356
Delinquency as a Percentage
of Total Outstanding
Principal Balance................ 0.00% 0.79% 0.88%
Delinquency as a Percentage
of Number of Loans............... 0.00% 0.79% 0.90%
91 Days or More
Principal Balance:................. $7,695 $97,653 $127,256
Number of Loans.................... 97 939 1,196
Delinquency as a Percentage
of Total Outstanding
Principal Balance................ 1.41% 2.47% 2.86%
Delinquency as a Percentage
of Number of Loans............... 1.99% 2.66% 3.02%
Total Delinquencies:
Principal Balance:................. $8,007 $192,433 $231,769
Number of Loans.................... 99 1,862 2,202
Delinquency as a Percentage
of Total Outstanding
Principal Balance................ 1.46% 4.87% 5.20%
Delinquency as a Percentage
of Number of Loans............... 2.03% 5.27% 5.56%
FORECLOSURES PENDING(1)
Principal Balance:................. $7,597 $97,661 $123,675
Number of Loans.................... 96 930 1,150
Foreclosures Pending as a Percentage
of Total Outstanding
Principal Balance................ 1.39% 2.47% 2.78%
Foreclosures Pending as a Percentage
of Number of Loans............... 1.97% 2.63% 2.91%
NET LOAN LOSSES for the
Period(2)................................. $0 $2,771 $3,371
NET LOAN LOSSES as a
Percentage of Total Outstanding
Principal Balance......................... 0.00% 0.07% 0.08%
---------
</TABLE>
(1) Includes mortgage loans which are in foreclosure but as to which title to
the mortgaged property has not been acquired, at the end of the period
indicated. Foreclosures pending are included in the delinquencies set forth
above.
(2) Net loan losses is calculated for all loans conveyed to securitization
trusts as the aggregate of the net loan loss for all such loans liquidated
during the period indicated. The net loan loss for any such loan is equal
to the difference between (a) the principal balance plus accrued interest
through the date of liquidation plus all liquidation expenses related to
such loan and (b) all amounts received in connection with the liquidation
of such loan. The majority of residential loans serviced by the master
servicer have been conveyed to securitization trusts.
S-13
<PAGE>
As of June 30, 2000, 299 one- to four-family residential properties
relating to loans in Long Beach's servicing portfolio had been acquired through
foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure and were not liquidated.
The delinquency and loss experience of the mortgage loans held by the
trust may not correspond to the loss experience of Long Beach's mortgage
portfolio set forth in the table above. The statistics shown above represent the
delinquency and loss experience for Long Beach's total servicing portfolio for
the periods presented, while the delinquency and loss experience on the mortgage
loans will depend on the results obtained over the life of the trust. Long
Beach's portfolio includes mortgage loans with payment and other characteristics
which are not representative of the payment and other characteristics of the
mortgage loans. A substantial number of the mortgage loans may also have been
originated based on Long Beach's underwriting guidelines that are less stringent
than those generally applicable to the servicing portfolio reflected in the
table above. If the residential real estate market experiences an overall
decline in property values, the actual rates of delinquencies, foreclosures and
losses could be higher than those previously experienced by Long Beach. In
addition, adverse economic conditions may affect the timely payment by
mortgagors of scheduled payments of principal and interest on the mortgage loans
and, accordingly, the actual rates of delinquencies, foreclosures and losses on
the mortgage loans.
The delinquency and loss experience percentages set forth in the table
above are calculated on the basis of the total mortgage loans serviced as of the
end of the periods indicated. However, because the total outstanding principal
balance of residential loans serviced by Long Beach has increased from $546,581
at December 31, 1998 to $4,455,761 at June 30, 2000, the total outstanding
principal balance of originated loans serviced as of the end of any indicated
period includes many loans that will not have been outstanding long enough to
give rise to some or all of the indicated periods of delinquency. In the absence
of such substantial and continual additions of newly originated loans to the
total amount of loans serviced, the percentages indicated above would be higher
and could be substantially higher. The actual delinquency percentages with
respect to the Mortgage Loans may be expected to be substantially higher than
the delinquency percentages indicated above because the mortgage loans held by
the trust will represent a static pool, and will not change.
Underwriting Standards; Representations
The mortgage loans have been acquired by the depositor or its
affiliates from Long Beach. All of the mortgage loans were originated or
acquired by Long Beach generally in accordance with the underwriting criteria
described below.
The information regarding Long Beach's underwriting standards has been
provided by Long Beach. None of the depositor, the indenture trustee, the owner
trustee, the underwriters or any of their affiliates has made any independent
investigation of such information or has made or will make any representation as
to the accuracy or completeness of such information.
The mortgage loans were originated generally in accordance with
guidelines established by Long Beach under its Full Documentation, Fast Trac or
Stated Income residential loan programs. Long Beach's underwriting guidelines
are primarily intended to evaluate the value and adequacy of the mortgaged
property as collateral and are also intended to consider the mortgagor's credit
standing and repayment ability. On a case-by-case basis and only with the
approval of two or more senior lending officers, Long Beach may determine that,
based upon compensating factors, a prospective mortgagor not strictly qualifying
under the underwriting risk category guidelines described below warrants an
underwriting exception. Compensating factors may include, but are not limited
to, low loan-to-value ratio, low debt-to-income ratio, good credit history,
stable employment and time in residence at the applicant's current address. It
is expected that a
S-14
<PAGE>
substantial number of the mortgage loans to be included in the mortgage pool
will represent exceptions to the underwriting guidelines.
Under Long Beach's programs, during the underwriting process, Long
Beach reviews and verifies the loan applicant's sources of income (except under
the Stated Income and Fast Trac loan programs), calculates the amount of income
from all such sources indicated on the loan application, reviews the credit
history of the applicant and calculates the debt-to-income ratio to determine
the applicant's ability to repay the loan, and reviews the mortgaged property
for compliance with Long Beach's underwriting guidelines. Long Beach applies its
underwriting guidelines in accordance with a procedure which complies with
applicable federal and state laws and regulations and requires (1) an appraisal
of the mortgaged property which generally conforms to Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae
standards and (2) a review of that appraisal. The appraisal review may be
conducted by a representative of Long Beach or a staff appraiser and, depending
upon the original principal balance and loan-to-value ratio of the mortgaged
property, may include a desk review of the original appraisal or a drive-by
review appraisal of the mortgaged property.
Long Beach's underwriting guidelines permit loans with loan-to-value
ratios at origination of up to 90%. The maximum allowable loan-to-value ratio
varies based upon the income documentation, property type, creditworthiness,
debt service-to-income ratio of the mortgagor and the overall risks associated
with the loan decision. Under the residential loan programs, the maximum
combined loan-to-value ratio, including any second deeds of trust subordinate to
Long Beach's first lien, is generally 100% for owner occupied mortgaged
properties and 90% for non-owner occupied mortgaged properties.
All of the mortgage loans originated under Long Beach's underwriting
programs are based on loan application packages submitted through mortgage
brokerage companies or Long Beach's retail branches, or are purchased from
approved originators. Loan application packages submitted through mortgage
brokerage companies, containing relevant credit, property and underwriting
information on the loan request, are compiled by the mortgage brokerage company
and submitted to Long Beach for approval and funding. The mortgage brokerage
companies receive a portion of the loan origination fee charged to the mortgagor
at the time the loan is made. No single mortgage brokerage company accounts for
more than 5%, measured by outstanding principal balance, of the single-family
mortgage loans originated by Long Beach.
Each prospective mortgagor completes an application which includes
information with respect to the applicant's liabilities, income, credit history
and employment history, as well as certain other personal information. Long
Beach obtains a credit report on each applicant from a credit reporting company.
The applicant must generally provide to Long Beach or the correspondent
originator a letter explaining all late payments on mortgage debt and,
generally, non-mortgage consumer debt. The report typically contains information
relating to such matters as credit history with local and national merchants and
lenders, installment debt payments and any record of defaults, bankruptcy,
repossession, suits or judgments. Under the Full Documentation residential loan
program, self-employed individuals are generally required to submit their most
recent federal income tax return. As part of its quality control system, Long
Beach reverifies information with respect to the foregoing matters that has been
provided by the mortgage brokerage company prior to funding a loan and
periodically audits files based on a random sample of closed loans. In the
course of its pre-funding audit, Long Beach reverifies the income of each
mortgagor or, for a self-employed individual, reviews the income documentation
obtained (except under the Stated Income residential loan program). Long Beach
generally verifies the source of funds for the down payment.
The mortgaged properties are appraised by qualified independent
appraisers who are approved by Long Beach's internal valuation managers. In most
cases, below-average properties, including properties requiring major deferred
maintenance, are not acceptable under the Long Beach underwriting programs. Each
appraisal includes a market data analysis based on recent sales of comparable
homes in the area and, where deemed appropriate, replacement cost analysis based
on the current cost of constructing a similar
S-15
<PAGE>
home. Every independent appraisal is reviewed by a representative of Long Beach
or by a staff appraiser before the loan is funded.
Long Beach's underwriting guidelines are less stringent than the
standards generally acceptable to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac with regard to the
mortgagor's credit standing and repayment ability. Mortgagors who qualify under
the Long Beach's underwriting programs generally have payment histories and debt
ratios which would not satisfy Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac underwriting
guidelines and may have a record of major derogatory credit items such as
outstanding judgments or prior bankruptcies. Long Beach's underwriting
guidelines establish the maximum permitted loan-to-value ratio for each loan
type based upon these and other risk factors.
Under the Fast Trac and Stated Income residential loan programs, the
mortgagor's employment and income sources must be stated on the mortgagor's
application. The mortgagor's income as stated must be reasonable for the related
occupation and such determination as to reasonableness is subject to the loan
underwriter's discretion. However, the mortgagor's income as stated on the
application is not independently verified. Verification of employment is
required for salaried mortgagors only. Maximum loan-to-value ratios are
generally lower under the Fast Trac and Stated Income residential loan programs
than those permitted under the Full Documentation residential loan program.
Except as otherwise stated above, the same mortgage credit, consumer credit and
collateral property underwriting guidelines that apply to the Full Documentation
residential loan program apply to the Fast Trac and Stated Income residential
loan programs.
Long Beach requires that all mortgage loans in its underwriting
programs have title insurance and be secured by liens on real property. Long
Beach also requires that fire and extended coverage casualty insurance be
maintained on the secured property in an amount at least equal to the principal
balance of the mortgage loan or the replacement cost of the property, whichever
is less. Long Beach does not require that the mortgage loans originated under
its underwriting programs be covered by a primary mortgage insurance policy.
Risk Categories
Under Long Beach's underwriting programs, various risk categories are
used to grade the likelihood that the mortgagor will satisfy the repayment
conditions of the mortgage loan. These risk categories establish the maximum
permitted loan-to-value ratio and loan amount, given the occupancy status of the
mortgaged property and the mortgagor's credit history and debt ratio. In
general, higher credit risk mortgage loans are graded in categories which permit
higher debt ratios and more (or more recent) major derogatory credit items such
as outstanding judgments or prior bankruptcies; however, Long Beach's
underwriting programs establish lower maximum loan-to-value ratios and maximum
loan amounts for loans graded in such categories.
Long Beach's underwriting guidelines have the following categories and
criteria for grading the potential likelihood that an applicant will satisfy the
repayment obligations of a mortgage loan:
Credit Grade: "A." Under the "A" risk categories, the applicant
generally must have repaid installment or revolving debt according to its terms
and have demonstrated steady employment over the last two years. Some
non-consumer credit, collections or judgments may be disregarded on a
case-by-case basis. Any and all payments 60 days or more late within the past 12
months may not represent more than 25% of the credit reported during that
period. Minor derogatory items are permitted on a case-by-case basis as to
non-mortgage credit when the majority of the consumer credit is good. No
bankruptcy filings may have occurred during the preceding two years and no
discharge or notice of default filings may have occurred during the preceding
three years. The mortgaged property must be in at least average condition. A
maximum loan-to-value ratio of 90% is permitted for owner occupied purchase
money and/or refinance
S-16
<PAGE>
mortgage loans on single family and condominium properties, and a maximum
loan-to-value ratio of 80% is permitted on an owner occupied mortgaged property
consisting of two- to four-units or second homes. A maximum loan-to-value ratio
of 80% is permitted for non-owner occupied purchase money and/or refinance
mortgage loans on single family and condominium properties, and a maximum
loan-to-value ratio of 70% is permitted on a non-owner occupied mortgaged
property consisting of two-to-four units. Generally, the debt service-to-income
ratio maximum may be 47%, but this may be allowed to be increased to 55% based
on the mortgagor's net disposable income and if the loan-to-value ratio is less
than or equal to 85%.
Credit Grade: "A1." Under the "A1" risk sub-category, in
addition to the characteristics described under the "A" risk category
above, no late payments are permitted during the previous twelve months
on an existing mortgage loan, either on the property which is being
made subject to Long Beach's lien or any mortgage on any other property
for which the applicant is listed as borrower. In addition, the
applicant must have a credit score of 620 or higher and a debt
service-to-income ratio of 45% or less.
Credit Grade "A2." Under the "A2" risk sub-category, in
addition to the characteristics described under the "A" risk category
above, no late payments are permitted during the previous twelve months
on an existing mortgage loan, either on the property which is being
made subject to Long Beach's lien or any mortgage on any other property
for which the applicant is listed as borrower.
Credit Grade "A3." Under the "A3" risk sub-category, in
addition to the characteristics described under the "A" risk category
above, no late payments are permitted during the previous twelve months
on an existing mortgage loan on the property which is being made
subject to Long Beach's lien.
Credit Grade "A4." Under the "A4" risk sub-category, in
addition to the characteristics described under the "A" risk category
above, a maximum of one 30-day late payment and no 60-day late payments
during the previous twelve months are permitted on an existing mortgage
loan, on the property which is being made subject to Long Beach's lien
or any mortgage on any other property for which the applicant is listed
as mortgagor.
Credit Grade "A5." Under the "A5" risk sub-category, in
addition to the characteristics described under the "A" risk category
above, a maximum of two 30-day late payments and no 60-day late
payments during the previous twelve months are permitted on an existing
mortgage loan, on the property which is being made subject to Long
Beach's lien or any mortgage on any other property for which the
applicant is listed as mortgagor.
Credit Grade: "B." Under the "B" risk category, the applicant must have
generally repaid installment or revolving debt according to its terms and have
demonstrated steady employment over the last two years. Certain non-consumer
credit, collections or judgments may be disregarded on a case-by-case basis. Up
to four minor derogatory items that are late 90 days or more are permitted on a
case-by-case basis as to non-mortgage credit when the majority of the consumer
credit is deemed good. Any and all payments 60 days or more late within the past
12 months may not represent more than 35% of the credit reported during that
period. No bankruptcy filings may have occurred during the preceding two years
and no discharge or notice of default filings may have occurred during the
preceding three years. The mortgaged property must be in at least average
condition. A maximum loan-to-value ratio of 85% is permitted for owner occupied
purchase money and/or refinance mortgage loans on single family and condominium
properties, and a maximum loan-to-value ratio of 80% is permitted for non-owner
occupied purchase money and/or refinance mortgage loans on single family and
condominium properties, and a maximum loan-to-value ratio of 70% is permitted on
a non-owner occupied mortgaged property consisting of two- to four-
S-17
<PAGE>
units or second homes. Generally, the debt service-to-income ratio must be 50%
or less but this may be increased to 55% based on the mortgagor's net disposable
income and/or loan-to-value ratio.
Credit Grade "B1." Under the "B1" risk sub-category, in
addition to the characteristics described under the "B" risk category
described above, no late payments are permitted during the previous
twelve months on an existing mortgage loan, on the property which is
being made subject to Long Beach's lien or any mortgage on any other
property for which the applicant is listed as mortgagor.
Credit Grade "B2." Under the "B2" risk sub-category, in
addition to the characteristics described under the "B" risk category
described above, a maximum of one 30-day late payment and no 60-day
late payments are permitted during the previous twelve months on an
existing mortgage loan, on the property which is being made subject to
Long Beach's lien or any mortgage on any other property for which the
applicant is listed as mortgagor.
Credit Grade "B3." Under the "B3" risk sub-category, in
addition to the characteristics described under the "B" risk category
described above, a maximum of two 30-day late payments and no 60-day
late payments are permitted during the previous twelve months on an
existing mortgage loan, on the property which is being made subject to
Long Beach's lien or any mortgage on any other property for which the
applicant is listed as mortgagor.
Credit Grade "B4." Under the "B4" risk sub-category, in
addition to the characteristics described under the "B" risk category
described above, a maximum of three 30-day late payments and generally
no 60-day late payments during the previous twelve months are permitted
on an existing mortgage loan, on the property which is being made
subject to Long Beach's lien or any mortgage on any other property for
which the applicant is listed as mortgagor.
Credit Grade: "B-." Under the "B-" risk category, the applicant must
have generally repaid installment or revolving debt according to its terms and
have demonstrated steady employment over the last two years. No payment
delinquent more than 30 days at the time of application is permitted on an
existing mortgage loan. Certain non-consumer credit, collections or judgments
may be disregarded on a case-by-case basis. Payments 60 days or more late within
the last 12 months may not represent more than 50% of the credit items reported
during that period. No bankruptcy filings may have occurred during the preceding
eighteen months and no discharge or notice of default filings may have occurred
during the preceding two years. The mortgaged property must be in at least
average condition. A maximum loan-to-value ratio of 80% is permitted for owner
occupied purchase money and/or refinance mortgage loans on single family and
condominium properties, and a maximum loan-to-value ratio of 75% is permitted on
an owner occupied mortgaged property consisting of two-to-four units or second
homes. A maximum loan-to-value ratio of 75% is permitted for non-owner occupied
purchase money and/or refinance mortgage loans on single family and condominium
properties, and a maximum loan-to-value ratio of 65% is permitted on a non-owner
occupied mortgaged property consisting of two-to-four units or second homes.
Generally, the debt service-to-income ratio must not exceed 55%.
Credit Grade "B-1." Under the "B-1" risk sub-category, in
addition to the characteristics described under the "B-" risk category
described above, no late payments are permitted during the previous
twelve months on an existing mortgage loan, on the property which is
being made subject to Long Beach's lien or any mortgage on any other
property for which the applicant is listed as mortgagor.
Credit Grade "B-2." Under the "B-2" risk sub-category, in
addition to the characteristics described under the "B-" risk category
described above, a maximum of one 30-day late payment and
S-18
<PAGE>
no 60-day late payments are permitted during the previous twelve months
on an existing mortgage loan, on the property which is being made
subject to Long Beach's lien or any mortgage on any other property for
which the applicant is listed as mortgagor.
Credit Grade "B-3." Under the "B-3" risk sub-category, in
addition to the characteristics described under the "B-" risk category
described above, a maximum of two 30-day late payments and no 60-day
late payments are permitted during the previous twelve months on an
existing mortgage loan, on the property which is being made subject to
Long Beach's lien or any mortgage on any other property for which the
applicant is listed as mortgagor.
Credit Grade "B-4." Under the "B-4" risk sub-category, in
addition to the characteristics described under the "B-" risk category
described above, a maximum of three 30-day late payments and generally
no 60-day late payments during the previous twelve months are permitted
on an existing mortgage loan, on the property which is being made
subject to Long Beach's lien or any mortgage on any other property for
which the applicant is listed as mortgagor.
Credit Grade "B-5." Under the "B-5" risk sub-category, in
addition to the characteristics described under the "B-" risk category
described above, a maximum of one 60-day late payment during the
previous twelve months are permitted on an existing mortgage loan, on
the property which is being made subject to Long Beach's lien or any
mortgage on any other property for which the applicant is listed as
mortgagor.
Credit Grade: "C." Under the "C" risk category, the applicant may have
experienced significant credit problems in the past. A maximum of two 60-day
late payments and one 90-day late payment, or three 60-day late payments and no
90-day late payments, within the last 12 months is permitted on an existing
mortgage loan. An existing mortgage loan is not required to be current at the
time the application is submitted. Consumer credit derogatory items will be
considered on a case-by-case basis. No bankruptcy, discharge or notice of
default filings may have occurred during the preceding twelve months. The
mortgaged property must be in at least average condition. A maximum
loan-to-value ratio of 75% is permitted for owner occupied purchase money and/or
refinance mortgage loans on single family and condominium properties, and a
maximum loan-to-value ratio of 70% is permitted on an owner occupied mortgaged
property consisting of two-to-four units or second homes. A maximum
loan-to-value ratio of 70% is permitted for non-owner occupied purchase money
and/or refinance mortgage loans on single family and condominium properties, and
a maximum loan-to-value ratio of 60% is permitted on a non-owner occupied
mortgaged property consisting of two-to-four units or second homes. Generally,
the debt service-to-income ratio must not exceed 55%; however, a debt
service-to-income ratio of 55% to 60% will be considered on a case-by-case
basis.
Credit Grade: "D." Under the "D" risk category, the applicant may have
experienced significant credit problems in the past. The applicant may be in
bankruptcy or have a notice of default or foreclosure, and in any such case must
provide a reasonable explanation including why the problem no longer exists. The
mortgaged property must be in at least average condition. A maximum
loan-to-value ratio of 65% is permitted for owner occupied purchase money and/or
refinance mortgage loans on single family and condominium properties, and a
maximum loan-to-value ratio of 60% is permitted on an owner occupied mortgaged
property consisting of two-to-four units or second homes. A maximum
loan-to-value ratio of 65% is permitted for non-owner occupied purchase money
and/or refinance mortgage loans on single family and condominium properties, and
a maximum loan-to-value ratio of 50% is permitted on a non-owner occupied
mortgaged property consisting of two-to-four units or second homes. Generally,
the debt service-to-income ratio must not exceed 55%; however, a debt
service-to-income ratio of 55% to 60% will be considered on a case-by-case
basis.
S-19
<PAGE>
Use of Proceeds
Long Beach, as originator, previously sold the mortgage loans to the
depositor or its affiliates. The depositor will convey the mortgage loans to the
trust in exchange for and concurrently with the delivery of the notes. The net
proceeds from the sale of the class A, class M and class B-1 notes, together
with the delivery of the other notes and certificates, will represent the
purchase price to be paid by the trust to the depositor for the mortgage loans.
The Mortgage Pool
The mortgage pool held by the trust will consist of approximately 3,194
conventional, one- to four-family, fixed- and adjustable-rate mortgage loans
secured by first liens on residential real properties and having an aggregate
principal balance as of the cut-off date of approximately $360,107,788.57, after
application of scheduled payments due on or before the cut-off date whether or
not those payments are received, and subject to a permitted variance of plus or
minus 5%. Of the total pool, approximately 2,539 mortgage loans having an
aggregate cut-off date principal balance of approximately $307,088,800.50 will
be adjustable-rate loans, or ARMs and approximately 655 mortgage loans having an
aggregate cut-off date principal balance of approximately $53,018,988.07 will be
fixed-rate loans. The mortgage loans have original terms to maturity of not
greater than 30 years.
References to percentages of the mortgage loans, unless otherwise
noted, are calculated based on the aggregate principal balance of the mortgage
loans as of the cut-off date.
The mortgage loans are secured by first liens on residential properties
consisting of attached, detached or semi-detached, one- to four-family homes,
townhouses, individual condominium units, individual units in planned unit
developments and manufactured housing.
The mortgage rate on each mortgage loan is the per annum rate of
interest specified in the related mortgage note. Each ARM provides for
semi-annual adjustment to its mortgage rate, which adjusts after an initial
period of approximately two years after origination with respect to
approximately 77.56% of the mortgage loans in the mortgage pool, approximately
three years after origination with respect to approximately 0.14% of the
mortgage loans in the mortgage pool or approximately five years after
origination with respect to approximately 6.13% of the mortgage loans in the
mortgage pool. Each time the mortgage rate on an ARM adjusts, a corresponding
adjustment is made to the monthly payment amount.
On each adjustment date for an ARM, the mortgage rate will generally be
adjusted to equal the sum, rounded to the nearest multiple of 0.125%, of the
index plus a margin, subject to a periodic rate cap which generally limits the
increase or decrease to 1.00% per annum on any single adjustment date. The ARMs
also have specified maximum and minimum lifetime mortgage rates. The index is
described below under "--The Index". In connection with each adjustment date,
the monthly payment amount will be adjusted to an amount that will amortize
fully the outstanding principal balance of the ARM over its remaining term, and
pay interest at the mortgage rate as so adjusted. Due to the application of the
periodic rate caps and the maximum mortgage rates, the mortgage rate on each
ARM, may be less than the sum of the index and the related margin. See "--The
Index" herein. None of the ARMs is convertible to a fixed rate loan.
The mortgage loans have scheduled monthly payments due generally on the
first day of the month. Each mortgage loan will contain a customary
"due-on-sale" clause and each mortgage loan may be assumable by a creditworthy
purchaser of the mortgaged property.
S-20
<PAGE>
Approximately 91.10% of the mortgage loans provide for payment by the
mortgagor of a prepayment charge. Generally, these prepayment charges are
imposed on certain voluntary prepayments in full made within a specified period
not in excess of five years from the date of origination of the mortgage loan.
The amount of the prepayment charge is generally equal to six month's interest
on any amounts prepaid in excess of 20% of the then original principal balance
of the mortgage loan in any 12 month period. The prepayment charges received on
the mortgage loans will not be available to fund payments on any class of notes
other than the class P notes. The master servicer may in appropriate cases waive
the payment of a prepayment charge. Investors should conduct their own analysis
of the effect, if any, that the prepayment charges, and decisions by the master
servicer to waive them, may have on the prepayment performance of the mortgage
loans.
Approximately 0.13% of the mortgage loans, by aggregate principal
balance as of the cut-off date, are balloon loans. Each balloon loan amortizes
over 360 months, but the final balloon payment is due and payable on the 180th
month. The amount of the balloon payment is substantially in excess of the
amount of the scheduled monthly payment on the balloon loan for the period prior
to the due date of the balloon payment.
The average principal balance of the mortgage loans at origination was
approximately $112,916.03. No mortgage loan had a principal balance at
origination greater than approximately $569,500.00 or less than approximately
$20,060.00. The average principal balance of the mortgage loans as of the
cut-off date was approximately $112,745.08. No mortgage loan had a principal
balance as of the cut-off date greater than approximately $568,598.06 or less
than approximately $20,053.52.
The mortgage loans had mortgage rates as of the cut-off date ranging
from approximately 7.950% per annum to approximately 14.850% per annum, and the
weighted average mortgage rate was approximately 10.273% per annum. The ARMs had
mortgage rates as of the cut-off date ranging from approximately 7.950% per
annum to approximately 14.650% per annum, and the weighted average mortgage rate
for the ARMs was approximately 10.207% per annum. The fixed-rate loans had
mortgage rates as of the cut-off date ranging from approximately 8.000% per
annum to approximately 14.850% per annum, and the weighted average mortgage rate
for the fixed-rate loans was approximately 10.652% per annum. The weighted
average loan-to-value ratio of the mortgage loans at origination was
approximately 77.53% At origination no mortgage loan had a loan-to-value ratio
greater than approximately 92.87% or less than approximately 9.09%.
As of the cut-off date, the ARMs had gross margins ranging from
approximately 4.900% to approximately 9.500%, minimum mortgage rates ranging
from approximately 5.750% per annum to approximately 14.650% per annum and
maximum mortgage rates ranging from approximately 13.950% per annum to
approximately 20.650% per annum. As of the cut-off date, the weighted average
gross margin was for the ARMs approximately 6.310% the weighted average minimum
mortgage rate was approximately 10.205% per annum and the weighted average
maximum mortgage rate was approximately 16.213% per annum. The latest first
adjustment date following the cut-off date on any ARM occurs in April 1, 2005
and the weighted average next adjustment date for all of the ARMs following the
cut-off date is June 1, 2002.
The weighted average remaining term to stated maturity of the mortgage
loans will be approximately 29 years and 6 months as of the cut-off date. None
of the mortgage loans will have a first due date prior to February 1, 2000 or
after June 1, 2000, or will have a remaining term to stated maturity of less
than 116 months or greater than 360 months as of the cut-off date. The latest
maturity date of any mortgage loan is May 1, 2030.
The mortgage loans are expected to have the following characteristics
as of the cut-off date (the sum in any column may not equal the total indicated
due to rounding):
S-21
<PAGE>
Principal Balances of the Mortgage Loans at Origination
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
% of Aggregate
Number Aggregate Original Original Principal
Principal Balance ($) of Loans Principal Balance Balance
--------------------- -------- ----------------- ------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
0.01 - 50,000.00..................... 587 $ 22,606,216.50 6.27%
50,000.01 - 100,000.00..................... 1,219 89,046,769.15 24.69
100,000.01 - 150,000.00..................... 710 86,671,308.65 24.03
150,000.01 - 200,000.00..................... 315 54,534,673.75 15.12
200,000.01 - 250,000.00..................... 137 30,594,591.20 8.48
250,000.01 - 300,000.00..................... 98 27,032,607.00 7.50
300,000.01 - 350,000.00..................... 56 18,035,340.30 5.00
350,000.01 - 400,000.00..................... 21 8,096,810.00 2.25
400,000.01 - 450,000.00..................... 17 7,263,352.00 2.01
450,000.01 - 500,000.00..................... 31 15,151,470.00 4.20
500,000.01 - 550,000.00..................... 2 1,051,175.00 0.29
550,000.01 - 600,000.00..................... 1 569,500.00 0.16
----- -------------------- ------
Total................................... 3,194 $ 360,653,813.55 100.00%
===== ==================== ======
</TABLE>
Minimum Principal Balance: $20,060.00
Maximum Principal Balance: $569,500.00
Average Principal Balance: $112,916.03
Total Principal Balance: $360,653,813.55
Principal Balances of the Mortgage Loans as of the Cut-off Date
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
% of Aggregate
Aggregate Principal Principal Balance
Number Balance Outstanding as Outstanding as of
Principal Balance ($) of Loans of the Cut-off Date the Cut-off Date
--------------------- -------- ---------------------- -----------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
0.01 - 50,000.00..................... 589 $ 22,661,724.98 6.29%
50,000.01 - 100,000.00..................... 1,217 88,815,311.21 24.66
100,000.01 - 150,000.00..................... 710 86,520,779.51 24.03
150,000.01 - 200,000.00..................... 315 54,459,295.01 15.12
200,000.01 - 250,000.00..................... 137 30,551,851.39 8.48
250,000.01 - 300,000.00..................... 98 27,000,524.70 7.50
300,000.01 - 350,000.00..................... 56 18,011,552.81 5.00
350,000.01 - 400,000.00..................... 21 8,086,995.68 2.25
400,000.01 - 450,000.00..................... 17 7,250,887.76 2.01
450,000.01 - 500,000.00..................... 31 15,130,722.82 4.20
500,000.01 - 550,000.00..................... 2 1,049,544.64 0.29
550,000.01 - 600,000.00..................... 1 568,598.06 0.16
----- ------------------ ------
Total................................... 3,194 $ 360,107,788.57 100.00%
===== ================== ======
</TABLE>
Minimum Principal Balance: $20,053.52
Maximum Principal Balance: $568,598.06
Average Principal Balance: $112,745.08
Total Principal Balance: $360,107,788.57
S-22
<PAGE>
Mortgage Rates of the ARMs at Origination
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
% of Aggregate
Aggregate Principal Principal Balance
Number Balance Outstanding as Outstanding as of
Mortgage Rate (%) of Loans of the Cut-off Date the Cut-off Date
----------------- -------- ---------------------- ------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
7.501 - 8.000..................... 8 $ 932,378.77 0.30%
8.001 - 8.500..................... 45 7,490,792.25 2.44
8.501 - 9.000..................... 170 27,304,780.36 8.89
9.001 - 9.500..................... 281 46,577,229.91 15.17
9.501 - 10.000..................... 531 76,488,251.37 24.91
10.001 - 10.500..................... 402 50,039,875.95 16.29
10.501 - 11.000..................... 470 50,901,032.31 16.58
11.001 - 11.500..................... 259 20,537,709.03 6.69
11.501 - 12.000..................... 188 14,457,298.87 4.71
12.001 - 12.500..................... 118 8,379,582.66 2.73
12.501 - 13.000..................... 49 3,147,503.31 1.02
13.001 - 13.500..................... 13 631,939.94 0.21
13.501 - 14.000..................... 4 170,498.51 0.06
14.501 - 15.000..................... 1 29,927.26 0.01
----- -------------------- ------
Total:............................... 2,539 $ 307,088,800.50 100.00%
===== ==================== ======
</TABLE>
Minimum Mortgage Rate: 7.950%
Maximum Mortgage Rate: 14.650%
Weighted Average Mortgage Rate: 10.207%
Mortgage Rates of the ARMs as of the Cut-off Date
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
% of Aggregate
Aggregate Principal Principal Balance
Number Balance Outstanding as Outstanding as of
Mortgage Rate (%) of Loans of the Cut-off Date the Cut-off Date
----------------- -------- ---------------------- ------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
7.501 - 8.000............................. 8 $932,378.77 0.30%
8.001 - 8.500............................. 45 7,490,792.25 2.44
8.501 - 9.000............................. 170 27,304,780.36 8.89
9.001 - 9.500............................. 281 46,577,229.91 15.17
9.501 - 10.000............................. 531 76,488,251.37 24.91
10.001 - 10.500............................. 402 50,039,875.95 16.29
10.501 - 11.000............................. 470 50,901,032.31 16.58
11.001 - 11.500............................. 259 20,537,709.03 6.69
11.501 - 12.000............................. 188 14,457,298.87 4.71
12.001 - 12.500............................. 118 8,379,582.66 2.73
12.501 - 13.000............................. 49 3,147,503.31 1.02
13.001 - 13.500............................. 13 631,939.94 0.21
13.501 - 14.000............................. 4 170,498.51 0.06
14.501 - 15.000............................. 1 29,927.26 0.01
------- --------------- ------
Total....................................... 2,539 $307,088,800.50 100.00%
======= =============== ======
</TABLE>
Minimum Mortgage Rate: 7.950%
Maximum Mortgage Rate: 14.650%
Weighted Average Mortgage Rate: 10.207%
S-23
<PAGE>
Mortgage Rates of the Fixed-Rate Loans as of the Cut-off Date
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
% of Aggregate
Aggregate Principal Principal Balance
Number Balance Outstanding as Outstanding as of
Mortgage Rate (%) of Loans of the Cut-off Date the Cut-off Date
----------------- -------- ---------------------- ------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
7.501 - 8.000............................. 3 $341,606.08 0.64%
8.001 - 8.500............................. 9 913,462.28 1.72
8.501 - 9.000............................. 32 3,456,190.92 6.52
9.001 - 9.500............................. 42 5,194,254.67 9.80
9.501 - 10.000............................. 101 10,259,378.41 19.35
10.001 - 10.500............................. 101 8,957,841.64 16.90
10.501 - 11.000............................. 90 6,535,036.06 12.33
11.001 - 11.500............................. 81 5,336,748.10 10.07
11.501 - 12.000............................. 68 4,285,737.30 8.08
12.001 - 12.500............................. 54 3,559,627.49 6.71
12.501 - 13.000............................. 31 1,697,303.88 3.20
13.001 - 13.500............................. 31 1,930,541.04 3.64
13.501 - 14.000............................. 6 240,517.83 0.45
14.001 - 14.500............................. 5 265,339.19 0.50
14.501 - 15.000............................. 1 45,403.18 0.09
--- -------------- ------
Total....................................... 655 $53,018,988.07 100.00%
=== ============== ======
</TABLE>
Minimum Mortgage Rate: 8.000%
Maximum Mortgage Rate: 14.850%
Weighted Average Mortgage Rate: 10.652%
Maximum Mortgage Rates of the ARMs
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
% of Aggregate
Aggregate Principal Principal Balance
Number Balance Outstanding as Outstanding as of
Maximum Mortgage Rate (%) of Loans of the Cut-off Date the Cut-off Date
------------------------- -------- ---------------------- ------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
13.001 - 14.000............................. 8 $932,378.77 0.30%
14.001 - 15.000............................. 212 34,329,241.02 11.18
15.001 - 16.000............................. 812 123,052,434.25 40.07
16.001 - 17.000............................. 873 100,757,345.38 32.81
17.001 - 18.000............................. 449 35,657,949.40 11.61
18.001 - 19.000............................. 167 11,527,085.97 3.75
19.001 - 20.000............................. 16 761,246.03 0.25
20.001 - 21.000............................. 2 71,119.68 0.02
----- --------------- ------
Total....................................... 2,539 $307,088,800.50 100.00%
===== =============== ======
</TABLE>
Minimum Maximum Mortgage Rate: 13.950%
Maximum Maximum Mortgage Rate: 20.650%
Weighted Average Maximum Mortgage Rate: 16.213%
S-24
<PAGE>
Minimum Mortgage Rates of the ARMs
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
% of Aggregate
Aggregate Principal Principal Balance
Number Balance Outstanding as Outstanding as of
Minimum Mortgage Rate (%) of Loans of the Cut-off Date the Cut-off Date
------------------------- -------- ------------------- ----------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
0.000 - 7.500............................. 3 $115,386.94 0.04%
7.501 - 8.000............................. 8 932,378.77 0.30
8.001 - 8.500............................. 45 7,490,792.25 2.44
8.501 - 9.000............................. 170 27,304,780.36 8.89
9.001 - 9.500............................. 281 46,577,229.91 15.17
9.501 - 10.000............................. 531 76,488,251.37 24.91
10.001 - 10.500............................. 402 50,039,875.95 16.29
10.501 - 11.000............................. 470 50,901,032.31 16.58
11.001 - 11.500............................. 256 20,422,322.09 6.65
11.501 - 12.000............................. 188 14,457,298.87 4.71
12.001 - 12.500............................. 118 8,379,582.66 2.73
12.501 - 13.000............................. 49 3,147,503.31 1.02
13.001 - 13.500............................. 13 631,939.94 0.21
13.501 - 14.000............................. 4 170,498.51 0.06
14.501 - 15.000............................. 1 29,927.26 0.01
----- --------------- ------
Total....................................... 2,539 $307,088,800.50 100.00%
===== =============== ======
</TABLE>
Minimum Minimum Mortgage Rate: 5.750%
Maximum Minimum Mortgage Rate: 14.650%
Weighted Average Minimum Mortgage Rate: 10.205%
Gross Margins of the ARMs
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Aggregate % of Aggregate
Principal Balance Principal Balance
Number Outstanding as of Outstanding as of
Gross Margin (%) of Loans the Cut-off Date the Cut-off Date
---------------- -------- -------------------- ------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
4.501 - 5.000............................... 4 $415,943.56 0.14%
5.001 - 5.500............................... 60 9,160,535.26 2.98
5.501 - 6.000............................... 838 108,926,344.03 35.47
6.001 - 6.500............................... 644 72,547,481.31 23.62
6.501 - 7.000............................... 981 115,261,796.53 37.53
7.001 - 7.500............................... 7 487,541.60 0.16
8.001 - 8.500............................... 2 86,680.76 0.03
8.501 - 9.000............................... 2 93,085.12 0.03
9.001 - 9.500............................... 1 109,392.33 0.04
----- --------------- ------
Total................................... 2,539 $307,088,800.50 100.00%
===== =============== ======
</TABLE>
Minimum Gross Margin: 4.900%
Maximum Gross Margin: 9.500%
Weighted Average Gross Margin: 6.310%
S-25
<PAGE>
Initial Periodic Mortgage Rate Caps of the ARMs
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Initial Periodic Number Aggregate % of Aggregate
Mortgage Rate Cap (%) of Loans Principal Balance Principal Balance
--------------------- -------- ----------------- -----------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
1.000....................................... 2,274 $279,907,789.91 91.15%
1.500....................................... 3 808,792.60 0.26
2.000....................................... 2 282,142.61 0.09
3.000....................................... 260 26,090,075.38 8.50
----- --------------- ------
Total................................... 2,539 $307,088,800.50 100.00%
===== =============== ======
</TABLE>
Minimum Initial Periodic Mortgage Rate Cap: 1.000%
Maximum Initial Periodic Mortgage Rate Cap: 3.000%
Weighted Initial Periodic Average Mortgage Rate Cap: 1.172%
Subsequent Periodic Mortgage Rate Caps of the ARMs
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Subsequent Periodic Number Aggregate % of Aggregate
Mortgage Rate Cap (%) of Loans Principal Balance Principal Balance
--------------------- -------- ----------------- -----------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
1.000....................................... 2,539 $307,088,800.50 100.00%
Total................................... 2,539 $307,088,800.50 100.00%
</TABLE>
Minimum Subsequent Periodic Mortgage Rate Cap: 1.000%
Maximum Subsequent Periodic Mortgage Rate Cap: 1.000%
Weighted Subsequent Periodic Average Mortgage Rate Cap: 1.000%
S-26
<PAGE>
Original Loan-to-Value Ratios of the Mortgage Loans
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Aggregate % of Aggregate
Principal Balance Principal Balance
Number Outstanding as of Outstanding as of
Loan-to-Value Ratio (%) of Loans the Cut-off Date the Cut-off Date
----------------------- -------- -------------------- ------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
00.01 - 60.00............................... 280 $ 24,036,359.95 6.67%
60.01 - 70.00............................... 454 44,314,532.17 12.31
70.01 - 75.00............................... 450 43,665,014.30 12.13
75.01 - 80.00............................... 1,046 119,540,809.29 33.20
80.01 - 85.00............................... 802 103,858,430.30 28.84
85.01 - 90.00............................... 160 24,463,968.25 6.79
90.01 - 95.00............................... 2 228,674.31 0.06
----- ----------------- ------
Total................................... 3,194 $ 360,107,788.57 100.00%
===== ================= ======
</TABLE>
Minimum Loan-to-Value Ratio: 9.09%
Maximum Loan-to-Value Ratio: 92.87%
Weighted Average Loan-to-Value Ratio: 77.53%
Mortgaged Property Types of the Mortgage Loans
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Aggregate % of Aggregate
Principal Balance Principal Balance
Number Outstanding as of Outstanding as of
Mortgaged Property Type of Loans the Cut-off Date the Cut-off Date
----------------------- -------- -------------------- ------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Single Family Residence..................... 2,542 $ 286,117,197.83 79.45%
Townhouse................................... 7 903,779.76 0.25
Condominium................................. 168 17,397,122.25 4.83
Two- to Four-Family......................... 100 12,809,047.77 3.56
Planned Unit Development.................... 192 29,165,548.00 8.10
Manufactured Housing........................ 185 13,715,092.96 3.81
----- ----------------- ------
Total................................... 3,194 $ 360,107,788.57 100.00%
===== ================= ======
</TABLE>
Mortgaged Property Occupancy Status of the Mortgage Loans
(Based on representations by the mortgagors in the loan applications.)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Aggregate % of Aggregate
Principal Balance Principal Balance
Number Outstanding as of Outstanding as of
Occupancy Status of Loans the Cut-off Date the Cut-off Date
---------------- -------- -------------------- ------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Primary..................................... 2,918 $ 336,029,851.74 93.31%
Second Home................................. 30 4,420,540.83 1.23
Investment.................................. 246 19,657,396.00 5.46
----- ----------------- ------
Total................................... 3,194 $ 360,107,788.57 100.00%
===== ================= ======
</TABLE>
S-27
<PAGE>
Geographic Distribution of the Mortgaged Properties
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Aggregate % of Aggregate
Principal Balance Principal Balance
Number Outstanding as of Outstanding as of
Location of Loans the Cut-off Date the Cut-off Date
-------- -------- -------------------- ------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Alabama..................................... 39 $ 2,509,477.13 0.70%
Alaska...................................... 9 741,380.91 0.21
Arizona..................................... 80 6,985,921.33 1.94
Arkansas.................................... 12 844,017.74 0.23
California.................................. 651 114,073,216.91 31.68
Colorado.................................... 254 32,970,633.53 9.16
Connecticut................................. 10 907,167.75 0.25
District of Columbia........................ 5 504,184.99 0.14
Florida..................................... 129 11,506,309.07 3.20
Georgia..................................... 48 4,961,891.89 1.38
Hawaii...................................... 13 3,084,812.56 0.86
Idaho....................................... 23 2,211,276.68 0.61
Illinois.................................... 98 13,232,614.38 3.67
Indiana..................................... 51 3,051,504.66 0.85
Iowa........................................ 37 2,108,807.50 0.59
Kansas...................................... 17 974,299.41 0.27
Kentucky.................................... 13 982,256.01 0.27
Louisiana................................... 55 4,096,994.31 1.14
Maine....................................... 12 981,217.16 0.27
Maryland.................................... 15 1,465,848.67 0.41
Massachusetts............................... 91 13,442,108.65 3.73
Michigan.................................... 150 11,632,320.03 3.23
Minnesota................................... 67 6,668,669.85 1.85
Mississippi................................. 15 1,139,175.06 0.32
Missouri.................................... 62 3,722,963.43 1.03
Montana..................................... 13 1,131,865.79 0.31
Nebraska.................................... 46 3,180,727.43 0.88
Nevada...................................... 70 8,973,394.35 2.49
New Hampshire............................... 11 1,436,565.69 0.40
New Jersey.................................. 26 3,141,120.32 0.87
New Mexico.................................. 20 1,746,773.15 0.49
New York.................................... 102 12,398,393.63 3.44
North Carolina.............................. 65 5,040,079.16 1.40
North Dakota................................ 3 231,234.00 0.06
Ohio........................................ 134 9,496,009.88 2.64
Oklahoma.................................... 36 1,685,200.95 0.47
Oregon...................................... 106 11,879,526.45 3.30
Pennsylvania................................ 30 2,195,436.50 0.61
Rhode Island................................ 17 1,384,147.30 0.38
South Carolina.............................. 44 3,435,008.50 0.95
South Dakota................................ 8 620,138.14 0.17
Tennessee................................... 45 2,894,506.25 0.80
Texas....................................... 230 17,931,298.75 4.98
Utah........................................ 82 9,828,703.67 2.73
Vermont..................................... 1 58,761.82 0.02
Virginia.................................... 37 3,560,260.49 0.99
Washington.................................. 89 11,649,189.31 3.23
West Virginia............................... 9 523,462.62 0.15
Wisconsin................................... 7 425,577.01 0.12
Wyoming..................................... 7 461,337.80 0.13
----- ---------------- ------
Total................................... 3,194 $ 360,107,788.57 100.00%
===== ================ ======
</TABLE>
S-28
<PAGE>
Loan Purpose of the Mortgage Loans
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Aggregate % of Aggregate
Principal Balance Principal Balance
Number Outstanding as of Outstanding as of
Loan Purpose of Loans the Cut-off Date the Cut-off Date
------------ -------- -------------------- ------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Purchase.................................... 1,425 $ 156,911,518.40 43.57%
Refinance - Rate Term....................... 643 73,478,128.53 20.40
Refinance - Cashout......................... 1,126 129,718,141.64 36.02
----- ----------------- ------
Total................................... 3,194 $ 360,107,788.57 100.00%
===== ================= ======
</TABLE>
Loan Programs of the Mortgage Loans
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Aggregate % of Aggregate
Principal Balance Principal Balance
Number Outstanding as of Outstanding as of
Loan Program of Loans the Cut-off Date the Cut-off Date
------------ -------- -------------------- ------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Full Documentation Program.................. 2,533 $ 278,116,118.30 77.23%
Fast Trac Program........................... 139 20,341,413.20 5.65
Stated Income Program....................... 522 61,650,257.07 17.12
----- ----------------- ------
Total................................... 3,194 $ 360,107,788.57 100.00%
===== ================= ======
</TABLE>
Risk Categories of the Mortgage Loans
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Aggregate % of Aggregate
Principal Balance Principal Balance
Number Outstanding as of Outstanding as of
Risk Categories of Loans the Cut-off Date the Cut-off Date
--------------- -------- -------------------- ------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
A-.......................................... 1,496 $ 196,512,110.75 54.57
B........................................... 510 58,162,523.79 16.15
B-.......................................... 509 51,266,329.82 14.24
C........................................... 518 41,729,083.51 11.59
D........................................... 161 12,437,740.70 3.45
----- ----------------- ------
Total................................... 3,194 $ 360,107,788.57 100.00%
===== ================= ======
</TABLE>
S-29
<PAGE>
Next Adjustment Dates for the ARMs
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Aggregate % of Aggregate
Principal Balance Principal Balance
Number Outstanding as of Outstanding as of
Month of Next Adjustment Date of Loans the Cut-off Date the Cut-off Date
----------------------------- -------- -------------------- ------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
September 2000.............................. 12 $ 1,690,586.88 0.55%
October 2000................................ 14 2,885,047.46 0.94
January 2002................................ 2 581,504.07 0.19
February 2002............................... 26 3,022,044.17 0.98
March 2002.................................. 947 116,342,111.35 37.89
April 2002.................................. 1,315 159,740,189.80 52.02
May 2002.................................... 1 244,691.47 0.08
March 2003.................................. 2 400,046.98 0.13
April 2003.................................. 1 111,092.38 0.04
February 2005............................... 4 352,595.07 0.11
March 2005.................................. 90 9,070,708.85 2.95
April 2005.................................. 125 12,648,182.02 4.12
----- ----------------- ------
Total.................................... 2,539 $ 307,088,800.50 100.00%
===== ================= ======
</TABLE>
Weighted Average Next Interest Adjustment Date: June 1, 2002
Weighted Average Number of Months to Next Interest Rate Adjustment Date: 23
The Index
The ARMs base their mortgage rates on an adjustment date to an index,
which will generally be the average of the interbank offered rates for six-month
United States dollar deposits in the London market as published in The Wall
Street Journal and as most recently available either as of the first business
day 45 days prior to that adjustment date or as of the first business day of the
month preceding the month of that adjustment date, as specified in the mortgage
note. In the event that the index becomes unavailable or otherwise unpublished,
the master servicer will select a comparable alternative index over which it has
no direct control and which is readily verifiable.
Additional Information
The description in this prospectus supplement of the mortgage pool is
based upon the mortgage pool as constituted as of the opening of business on the
cut-off date. Prior to the issuance of the notes, mortgage loans may be prepaid
or may be removed from the mortgage pool as a result of incomplete documentation
or otherwise if the depositor believes that such removal is necessary or
desirable. A limited number of other mortgage loans may be included in the
mortgage pool prior to the issuance of the notes unless including such mortgage
loans would materially alter the characteristics of the mortgage pool as
described in this prospectus supplement. The depositor believes that the
information set forth in this prospectus supplement will be representative of
the characteristics of the mortgage pool as it will be constituted at the time
the notes are issued, although the range of mortgage rates and maturities and
certain other characteristics of the mortgage loans may vary.
Description of the Notes
The class A notes will be issued by the trust under the indenture. The
trust will also issue the class M notes, the class B-1 notes, the class P notes,
the class S notes and the class R certificates, none of which are being offered
by this prospectus supplement. The class M and class B-1 notes are being offered
to
S-30
<PAGE>
institutional investors by the depositor in a private placement under Rule 144A
under the Securities Act of 1933. The class S notes and the class P notes will
be delivered, at the direction of the depositor, to a wholly-owned, bankruptcy
remote affiliate of the depositor. The class R certificates will be retained
initially by the depositor or its affiliates.
Distributions on the notes are required to be made on each payment
date. Payment dates are the 25th day of each calendar month, or if the 25th day
is not a business day, the next succeeding business day. The first payment date
will be August 25, 2000. Payments will be made to the owners of record. The
owners of record of the class A, class M and class B-1 notes are the owners as
of the record date, which is the close of business on the business day
immediately preceding the payment date, unless the notes are issued in
definitive form, in which case the record date will be the last business day of
the prior calendar month.
Distributions will be made in amounts equal to the product of (a) the
owner's percentage interest in that class of notes and (b) the amount
distributed to that class of notes on that payment date.
Persons in whose name the notes are registered in the register
maintained by the indenture trustee are the owners of the notes. For so long as
the notes are in book-entry form with DTC, the only owner under the indenture
will be Cede. No person acquiring a beneficial interest in an offered note will
be entitled to receive a definitive note representing that person's interest in
the trust, except in the event that physical notes are issued because DTC
becomes unable or unwilling to act as depository and no suitable replacement can
be found. All references to the owners of notes mean and include the rights of
the beneficial owners.
Each class A, class M, and class B-1 note will evidence the right to
receive on each payment date the distribution amount for that class, in each
case until the principal balance of that class has been reduced to zero. The
owners of the class P notes will be entitled to receive all prepayment charges
received on the mortgage loans. The owners of the class S notes will be entitled
to receive distributions of residual cashflow not required to be applied for
other purposes.
Note Interest Rate
The class A, class M and class B-1 notes have a floating rate of
interest. The interest rates on the class A, class M and class B-1 notes will
increase, or "step-up", if it remains outstanding following the clean-up call
date. The interest rates on the class A, class M and class B-1 notes is also
subject to the available funds cap rate. For each payment date, interest will
accrue on the class A, class M and class B-1 notes during the related interest
accrual period. The interest accrual period for the class A, class M and class
B-1 notes and any payment date is the period from and including the prior
payment date, or, in the case of the first payment date, from the closing date,
to and including the day immediately preceding that payment date. Interest will
accrue on the class A, class M and class B-1 notes on an "actual/360" basis.
The note interest rate applicable to the class A notes for any payment
date is the lesser of,
(1) for any payment date which occurs on or prior to the
Step-Up Payment Date, LIBOR + 0.30% per annum, and for any
payment date thereafter LIBOR + 0.60% per annum, this
amount being the formula note interest rate for the class
A notes; and
(2) the Available Funds Cap Rate for that payment date.
S-31
<PAGE>
The note interest rate applicable to the class M-1 notes for any
payment date is the lesser of,
(1) for any payment date which occurs on or prior to the
Step-Up Payment Date, LIBOR + 0.65% per annum, and for any
payment date thereafter LIBOR + 0.975% per annum, this
amount being the formula note interest rate for the class
M-1 notes; and
(2) the Available Funds Cap Rate for that payment date.
The note interest rate applicable to the class M-2 notes for any
payment date is the lesser of,
(1) for any payment date which occurs on or prior to the
Step-Up Payment Date, LIBOR + 1.05% per annum, and for any
payment date thereafter LIBOR + 1.575% per annum, this
amount being the formula note interest rate for the class
M-2 notes; and
(2) the Available Funds Cap Rate for that payment date.
The note interest rate applicable to the class B-1 notes for any
payment date is the lesser of,
(1) for any payment date which occurs on or prior to the
Step-Up Payment Date, LIBOR + 2.25% per annum, and for any
payment date thereafter LIBOR + 3.375% per annum, this
amount being the formula note interest rate for the class
B-1 notes; and
(2) the Available Funds Cap Rate for that payment date.
The Step-Up Payment Date is the payment date immediately following the
calendar month in which the clean-up call is first permitted to occur.
The Available Funds Cap Rate for any payment date is an amount,
expressed as a per annum rate and calculated on the basis of the actual number
of days in the related interest accrual period, divided by 360, equal to,
(1) the aggregate amount of interest accrued and collected or
advanced on all of the mortgage loans in the mortgage loan pool during
the prior calendar month -- net of any shortfalls arising due to the
application of the Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act -- minus the
aggregate amount of the servicing fee and the indenture trustee's fee
on that payment date, divided by
(2) the aggregate principal balance of the mortgage loans in
the mortgage loan pool as of the opening of business on the first day
of the prior calendar month.
The owners of class A, class M and class B-1 notes may be entitled to
Supplemental Interest Amounts. The Supplemental Interest Amount for a class of
notes is the excess of,
(1) the interest due on that class of notes on any payment
date calculated at the related formula note interest rate, over
(2) the interest due on that class of notes calculated at the
Available Funds Cap Rate.
If a Supplemental Interest Amount is due, the trust will pay that
amount out only from amounts which would otherwise be distributed to the owners
of the class S notes on that payment date. If the full amount of any
Supplemental Interest Amount is not paid on any payment date, then the unpaid
amount will
S-32
<PAGE>
accrue interest at the related formula interest rate, until it is paid. If the
clean-up call is exercised, any Supplemental Interest Amount then owing to the
owners of the notes might not be paid in full.
Neither the depositor nor the master servicer guarantees the payment
of, nor do the ratings assigned to the notes address the likelihood of the
payment of, any Supplemental Interest Amount.
Calculation of LIBOR
On each interest determination date, which is the second business day
preceding each payment date or, in the case of the first payment date, the
second business day preceding the closing date, the indenture trustee will
determine the London interbank offered rate for one-month U.S. dollar deposits,
or LIBOR, for the next interest accrual period for the notes. LIBOR will be
established on the basis of the offered rates of the reference banks for
one-month U.S. dollar deposits, as they appear on the Telerate Page 3750, as of
11:00 a.m., London time, on the interest determination date. As used in this
section, business day means a day on which banks are open for dealing in foreign
currency and exchange in London and New York City; and reference banks means
leading banks, selected by the trustee, which are engaged in transactions in
Eurodollar deposits in the international Eurocurrency market (1) with an
established place of business in London, (2) which have been designated by the
indenture trustee after consultation with the master servicer and (3) which are
not controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the depositor.
On each interest determination date, the indenture trustee will
determine LIBOR for the next interest accrual period for the notes as follows:
first, on the basis of the offered rate for one-month United
States dollar deposits, as this rate appears on Telerate Page 3750, as
of 11:00 a.m., London time.
second, if the rate does not appear on Telerate Page 3750 as
of 11:00 a.m. London time, LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of the
offered quotations of two or more reference banks, rounded to the
nearest whole multiple of 1/16%.
third, if fewer than two reference banks provide offered
quotations, LIBOR will be the higher of:
o LIBOR as determined on the previous interest
determination date and
o the reserve interest rate.
The reserve interest rate is the rate per annum that the trustee
determines to be either the arithmetic mean, rounded to the nearest whole
multiple of 1/16%, of the one-month U.S. dollar lending rates which New York
City banks, selected by the indenture trustee, are quoting on the interest
determination date to the principal London offices of leading banks in the
London interbank market or, in the event that the indenture trustee cannot
determine the arithmetic mean, the lowest one-month U.S. dollar lending rate
which New York City banks, selected by the trustee, are quoting on the interest
determination date to leading European banks.
The establishment of LIBOR on each interest determination date by the
indenture trustee and the indenture trustee's calculation of the rate of
interest applicable to the notes for the interest accrual period will, in the
absence of manifest error, be final and binding. Each rate of interest may be
obtained by telephoning the indenture trustee at 1-800-735-7777.
S-33
<PAGE>
Distributions of Interest
For each payment date, the interest due on each class of notes will be
the interest which has accrued at the related note interest rate during the
related interest accrual period. On each payment date, all interest collections
on the mortgage loans will be applied in the following order of priority:
o to the payment of the fees due to the master servicer, the
indenture trustee and the owner trustee;
o to the payment of the Interest Distribution Amount for the
class A notes, together with any unpaid interest shortfall
from prior payment dates, with interest thereon at the note
interest rate for the class A notes applicable to that payment
date;
o to the payment of the Interest Distribution Amount for the
class M-1 notes;
o to the payment of the Interest Distribution Amount for the
class M-2 notes;
o to the payment of the Interest Distribution Amount for the
class B-1 notes.
Any amount of interest remaining following the distributions described
above are a component of Excess Cashflow, and will be distributed in accordance
with the priority described under "--Excess Cashflow" below.
Distributions of Principal
The owners of the notes will be entitled to receive monthly
distributions of principal on each payment date which reflect collections of
principal during the prior month on the mortgage loans in the mortgage loan
pool. In addition, pursuant to the overcollateralization provisions of the
trust, excess interest remaining after the payment of interest on the class A,
class M and class B-1 notes will be applied as a payment of principal on the
class A, class M, and class B-1 notes to maintain a specified level of
overcollateralization. These overcollateralization provisions result in a
limited acceleration of principal payments to the owners of the class A, class M
and class B-1 notes, and are more fully described under "Credit Enhancement."
On each payment date prior to the Step-Down Date, and at any time that
a Trigger Event has occurred and is continuing, the Principal Distribution
Amount will be applied sequentially, such that only the most senior class of
notes outstanding will receive a principal payment on that payment date.
Therefore, the Principal Distribution Amount will be distributed in the
following order of priority:
o to the class A notes, until the note principal balance of the
class A notes has been reduced to zero;
o to the class M-1 notes, until the note principal balance of
the class M-1 notes has been reduced to zero;
o to the class M-2 notes, until the note principal balance of
the class M-2 notes has been reduced to zero; and
o to the class B-1 notes, until the note principal balance of
the class B-1 notes has been reduced to zero.
S-34
<PAGE>
On each payment date on or after the Step-Down Date, and provided no
Trigger Event has occurred and is continuing, the Principal Distribution Amount
will be applied to each class of notes in an amount calculated so as to maintain
a required level of subordination below each class. Therefore, the Principal
Distribution Amount will be distributed in the following order of priority:
o to the class A notes, an amount equal to the excess of the
note principal balance of the class A notes over the lesser of
(x) 58.00% of the aggregate principal balance of the mortgage
loan pool and (y) the aggregate principal balance of the
mortgage loan pool minus the overcollateralization floor of
$1,800,538;
o to the class M-1 notes, an amount equal to the excess of the
note principal balance of the class A notes and the note
principal balance of the class M-1 notes over the lesser of
(x) 72.00% of the aggregate principal balance of the mortgage
loan pool and (y) the aggregate principal balance of the
mortgage loan pool minus the overcollateralization floor of
$1,800,538;
o to the class M-2 notes, an amount equal to the excess of the
note principal balance of the class A notes and the note
principal balance of the class M-1 and class M-2 notes over
the lesser of (x) 84.50% of the aggregate principal balance of
the mortgage loan pool and (y) the aggregate principal balance
of the mortgage loan pool minus the overcollateralization
floor of $1,800,538; and
o to the class B-1 notes, an amount equal to the excess of the
aggregate note principal balance of the class A notes and the
note principal balance of the class M-1, class M-2 and class
B-1 notes over the lesser of (x) 95.30% of the aggregate
principal balance of the mortgage loan pool and (y) the
aggregate principal balance of the mortgage loan pool minus
the overcollateralization floor of $1,800,538.
The Step-Down Date is
o the later to occur of (1) the payment date occurring in August
25, 2003 and (2) the payment date on which the aggregate
principal balance of the mortgage loans is less than or equal
to 50.00% of the initial aggregate principal balance of
mortgage loans as of the cut-off date; or
o if earlier, the date on which the note principal balance of
the class A notes has been paid to zero.
A Trigger Event occurs at any time during which the percentage of the
aggregate principal balance of the mortgage loans in the mortgage loan pool
represented by mortgage loans 60 or more days delinquent exceeds the lesser of
(1) 16.80% and (2) 40.00% of the current Credit Enhancement Percentage.
The Credit Enhancement Percentage is the percentage obtained by
dividing the aggregate note principal balance of the class M and class B-1 notes
and the Overcollateralization Amount by the aggregate principal balance of the
mortgage loans in the mortgage loan pool.
Excess Cashflow
Any collections of interest remaining after the distribution of
interest on the notes in accordance with "--Distributions of Interest" above,
together with any overcollateralization reduction amounts, represent Excess
Cashflow, and will be distributed on each payment date in the following order of
priority:
o to the payment of any Overcollateralization Deficiency, such
amount to be paid as a distribution of principal according to
the priority set forth above under "--Distributions of
Principal";
S-35
<PAGE>
o to the payment of the Overcollateralization Increase Amount,
such amount to be paid as a distribution of principal
according to the priority set forth above under
"--Distributions of Principal";
o to the payment of any unpaid interest shortfall on the class
M-1 notes from prior payment dates, with interest thereon at
the related note interest rate;
o to the payment of any unpaid interest shortfall on the class
M-2 notes from prior payment dates, with interest thereon at
the related note interest rate;
o to the payment of any unpaid interest shortfall on the class
B-1 notes from prior payment dates, with interest thereon at
the related note interest rate;
o to the payment of any shortfalls in interest on the notes in
connection with prepayment interest shortfalls or the
imposition of the Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act,
such amounts to be paid sequentially beginning with the most
senior class of notes outstanding;
o to reimburse the master servicer, the owner trustee and the
indenture trustee for any advances and expenses not previously
reimbursed;
o to the payment of any Supplemental Interest Amounts on the
class A, class M-1, class M-2 and class B-1 notes, such
amounts to be paid sequentially beginning with the most senior
class of notes outstanding; and
o to the owners of the class S notes, or otherwise as provided
in the indenture.
Optional "Clean-Up Call" Redemption
The majority holder of the class S notes, or, if that holder does not
exercise that option, then the majority holder of the class R certificates, will
have the right to exercise a clean-up call, which would enable them to purchase
all the mortgage loans from the trust on any payment date after the outstanding
aggregate principal balance of the mortgage loans in the trust has declined to
10% or less of the aggregate initial principal balance of the mortgage loan
pool. In the event that neither holder exercises the clean-up call, the master
servicer may exercise the clean-up call after the aggregate principal balance of
the mortgage loans has been reduced to less than 5% of the aggregate principal
balance of the mortgage loans as of the cut-off date. The clean-up call will
result in the redemption of the notes at a price equal to the outstanding
principal amount of the notes, plus accrued interest plus amounts owing to the
master servicer for fees and advances.
Credit Enhancement
The credit enhancement for the class A notes is a combination of the
credit enhancement provided by the overcollateralization and subordination
provisions of the trust.
Overcollateralization. The notes are each secured by the mortgage
loans. The mortgage loans have coupon rates which on average are higher than the
sum of the note interest rates on the class A, class M and class B-1 notes and
the fees payable by the trust to the master servicer and the indenture trustee.
In the absence of losses and delinquencies on the mortgage loans, the trust will
have excess cashflow which will be available to provide credit enhancement. The
difference between (a) the mortgage loans' aggregate principal balance and (b)
the class A, class M and class B-1 notes' aggregate outstanding principal
balance is the overcollateralization which is available to absorb losses on the
mortgage loans.
S-36
<PAGE>
The aggregate principal balance of the mortgage loans as of the cut-off
date will exceed the aggregate principal balance of the class A, class M and
class B-1 notes on the closing date by approximately $9,002,788. This amount
represents approximately 2.50% of the aggregate principal balance of the
mortgage loans, and is the initial amount of overcollateralization available to
absorb losses and provide protection for the holders of the class A, class M and
class B-1 notes. The amount of overcollateralization must be maintained at
specified required levels, which are permitted to reduce or step down over time.
The trust will use the excess cashflow described above to make payments
of principal on the class A, class M and class B-1 notes for the purpose of
building the level of overcollateralization or maintaining the
overcollateralization level at its required amount. The required amount of
overcollateralization is equal to $9,002,788 prior to the Step-Down Date; on and
after the Step-Down Date, and provided that no Trigger Event is in effect, the
required level of overcollateralization is permitted to decrease, or
"step-down," to a level equal to 4.70% of the amortizing pool balance, subject
to the overcollateralization floor. Using mortgage loan coupon payments received
by the trust to pay class A, class M and class B-1 notes principal has the
effect of amortizing the class A, class M and class B-1 notes more quickly, and
to a greater degree, than the mortgage loans amortize. This feature thus builds
up overcollateralization, or replenishes overcollateralization which would
otherwise be reduced as a result of losses on the mortgage loans.
The trust accomplishes this result by not paying through a portion of
the principal collected on the mortgage pool as principal on the class A, class
M and class B-1 notes; this has the effect of decelerating the amortization of
the mortgage loan pool relative to the aggregate note principal balance of the
class A notes, and of decreasing the level of overcollaterization. The amount of
collected principal not paid through to the holders of the class A, class M and
class B-1 notes is referred to as an overcollaterization reduction amount.
The overcollaterization is in all cases required to be maintained at a
minimum level, referred to as the overcollaterization floor, equal to
$1,800,538.
Subordination. The rights of the holders of the class M-1 Notes, the
class M-2 Notes, the class B-1 Notes and the class S notes to receive payments
will be subordinated to the rights of the holders of the class A notes.
In addition, the rights of the holders of class M and class B-1 notes
with higher numerical class designations to receive payments will be
subordinated to the rights of holders of class M notes and class B-1 with lower
numerical class designations, and the rights of the holders of the class S notes
to receive payments will be subordinated to the rights of the holders of the
class M and class B-1 notes.
Subordination is intended to increase the likelihood of regular payment
of interest and principal on the more senior notes and to afford those notes a
level of protection against losses on the mortgage loans.
Allocation of Losses. If, on any payment date, there is not sufficient
excess cashflow to absorb any losses on the mortgage loans, then those losses
will be allocated first, to reduce the overcollateralization, second, to reduce
the class B-1 note principal balance, third, to reduce the class M-2 note
principal balance and fourth, to reduce the class M-1 note principal balance.
Losses on the mortgage loans cannot be allocated to reduce the principal balance
of the class A notes or the class P notes, although investors in the class A
notes should realize that under certain loss scenarios there will not be enough
principal and interest on the mortgage loans to pay the class A notes all
interest and principal amounts to which the class A notes are entitled.
Once realized losses are allocated to a class M note or class B-1 note,
its note principal balance will be permanently reduced by the amount allocated,
and will not be reinstated or "written up."
S-37
<PAGE>
The Transaction Documents
In addition to the provisions of the transaction documents summarized
elsewhere in this prospectus supplement and the prospectus, the following is a
summary of other provisions of the transaction documents.
Formation of the Trust
The trust will be created and established on or prior to the closing
date pursuant to a trust agreement between the depositor and the owner trustee.
The property of the trust will include all money, instruments and other
property, to the extent such money, instruments and other property are subject
or intended to be held in trust for the benefit of the owners of the notes, and
all proceeds thereof.
Sale and Servicing of the Mortgage Loans
On the closing date, the depositor will transfer all right, title and
interest in each mortgage loan listed on the schedule delivered to the indenture
trustee on the closing date and all its right, title and interest in all
principal collected and all interest accrued on or after the cut-off date on
each of those mortgage loans to the trust pursuant to the sale and servicing
agreement.
Issuance of the Notes
On the closing date, the trust will issue the class A notes, the class
M notes, the class B-1 notes, the class S notes and the class P notes under an
indenture between the trust and the indenture trustee. On such date, the trust
will also issue the class R certificates under the trust agreement.
Transfer of the Mortgage Loan Files
In connection with the sale of the mortgage loans on the closing date
or on the date specified in the sale and servicing agreement, the depositor will
be required to deliver or cause to be delivered to the indenture trustee a
mortgage loan file consisting of, among other things,
(i) original or certified copies of mortgage notes, endorsed by
the originator in blank or to the order of the indenture
trustee;
(ii) originals of all intervening assignments, showing a complete
chain of title from the originator to the person endorsing to
the indenture trustee, with evidence of recording;
(iii) originals of all assumption and modification agreements if
any; and
(iv) either: (a) the original mortgage, with evidence of recording,
(b) a true and accurate copy of the mortgage where the
original has been transmitted for recording, until the
original is returned by the public recording office or (c) a
copy of the mortgage certified by the public recording office
in those instances where the original recorded mortgage has
been lost.
The indenture trustee will agree, for the benefit of the noteholders,
to review each file within 90 days after the closing date to ascertain that all
required documents, or certified copies of documents, have been executed and
received.
The sale and servicing agreement generally requires that there be
prepared and recorded, within 30 business days of the closing date, or if
original recording information is unavailable, within the later period permitted
by the sale and servicing agreement, assignments of the mortgages from the
originator to the
S-38
<PAGE>
indenture trustee, in the appropriate jurisdictions in which recordation is
necessary to perfect the lien against creditors of or purchasers from the
originator, unless the indenture trustee has received an opinion of counsel
generally to the effect that the recordation of assignments in any specific
jurisdiction is unnecessary to protect the indenture trustee's interest in the
related mortgage.
Representations and Warranties Concerning Mortgage Loans
In the sale and servicing agreement, Long Beach, as originator, will
make representations and warranties as of the closing date with respect to the
mortgage loans, and will be obligated to replace, cure or repurchase any such
mortgage loan in respect of which a material breach of the representations and
warranties it has made has occurred other than those breaches which have been
cured. The representations and warranties state, among other things, that the
schedule of mortgage loans is correct in all material respects, all material
loan documentation has been provided, not more than a specified amount of loans
are delinquent, and that the mortgage loans were originated in accordance with
applicable laws.
The master servicer will be required to enforce the cure, repurchase or
substitution obligations for the benefit of the indenture trustee and the
noteholders, following the practices it would employ in its good faith business
judgment if it were the owner of the mortgage loan. This cure, repurchase or
substitution obligation will not, however, become an obligation of the master
servicer in the event the originator fails to honor the obligation. The
foregoing will constitute the sole remedy available to noteholders or the
indenture trustee for a breach of representation.
Collection and Other Servicing Procedures on Mortgage Loans
The master servicer will make reasonable efforts to collect all
payments called for under the mortgage loans and will, consistent with the sale
and servicing agreement, follow the collection procedures that it follows for
its owned and managed servicing portfolio. Consistent with this standard, the
master servicer may in its discretion waive any late payment charge or any
assumption or other fee or charge that may be collected in the ordinary course
of servicing the mortgage loans. Subject to the sale and servicing agreement,
the master servicer may increase credit limits and solicit mortgagors for a
reduction in the coupon rate of a mortgage loan and arrange payment schedules
with mortgagors who are delinquent.
In addition, the master servicer, as part of its normal servicing
practices, may sell defaulted mortgage loans to independent third parties. The
proceeds of these sales will become Liquidation Proceeds.
P&I Advances
Subject to a recoverability standard, the master servicer will be
obligated to advance on or before each payment date its own funds, or funds in
the principal and interest account that are not included in the Available Funds
for that payment date, in an amount equal to the aggregate of all payments of
principal and interest, net of the servicing fee, that were due during the prior
due period and that were delinquent on the determination date for that payment
date, including assumed amounts on REO properties not covered by current income
on the REO property. These amounts are P&I Advances. The master servicer is not
required to make a P&I Advance for a delinquent balloon payment, but is required
to make monthly P&I Advances on a balloon loan with a delinquent balloon payment
up to that amount equal to the assumed monthly principal and interest payment
net of the servicing fee, that would have been due based on the original
principal amortization schedule for the balloon loan.
P&I Advances are required to be made only to the extent they are
believed by the master servicer to be recoverable from late collections,
insurance proceeds or Liquidation Proceeds on the mortgage loan. The purpose of
making P&I Advances is to maintain a regular cash flow to the noteholders,
rather than to
S-39
<PAGE>
guarantee or insure against losses. The master servicer will not be required to
make any P&I Advances on account of reductions in the amount of the monthly
payments on the mortgage loans due to bankruptcy proceedings or the application
of the Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act.
All P&I Advances will be reimbursable to the master servicer from late
collections, insurance proceeds and liquidation proceeds from the mortgage loan
as to which the P&I Advance was made. In addition, any P&I Advances previously
made and later determined by the master servicer to be nonrecoverable from the
related mortgage loan may be reimbursed to the master servicer out of any funds
in the payment account prior to the distributions on the notes. In the event
that the master servicer fails in its obligation to make any required advance,
the indenture trustee, from and after such time as it is successor master
servicer, will be obligated to make the advance, subject to a nonrecoverability
standard.
The master servicer is permitted to enter into a facility with third
parties under which the third party may fund P&I Advances and/or servicing
advances, although no such facility shall reduce or otherwise affect the master
servicer's obligation to fund P&I Advances and/or servicing advances. Any P&I
Advances and/or servicing advances made by a third party will be reimbursed to
it in the same manner as reimbursements would be made to the master servicer.
Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses
For each remittance period, the master servicer will receive a portion
of the interest collections as a monthly servicing fee. The servicing fee is
equal to 0.50% per annum on the aggregate loan balances of the mortgage loans as
of the first day of the prior calendar month, or as of the cut-off date for the
first remittance period. All termination fees, assumption fees, late payment
charges and other fees and charges, other than prepayment charges, to the extent
collected from borrowers, will be retained by the master servicer as additional
servicing compensation.
The master servicer will pay the ongoing expenses incurred by it in
connection with its responsibilities under the sale and servicing agreement. In
addition, the master servicer will be entitled to reimbursement for its expenses
incurred in connection with defaulted mortgage loans and in connection with the
restoration of mortgaged properties; the right of reimbursement shall be prior
to the rights of the noteholders to receive any Net Liquidation Proceeds.
Reports
Monthly reports concerning the trust and the class A notes will be made
available to the noteholders. In addition, within 60 days after the end of each
calendar year, beginning with the 2000 calendar year, information for tax
reporting purposes will be made available to each person who has been a
noteholder of record at any time during the preceding calendar year.
Matters Regarding the Master Servicer
The master servicer may not resign from its obligations and duties
under the sale and servicing agreement, except in connection with a permitted
transfer of servicing, unless the duties and obligations are no longer
permissible under applicable law or are in material conflict by reason of
applicable law with any other activities of a type and nature presently carried
on by it as evidenced by an opinion of counsel delivered to the indenture
trustee. No resignation will become effective until the indenture trustee or
appointed successor master servicer has assumed the master servicer's
obligations and duties under the sale and servicing agreement.
S-40
<PAGE>
The depositor and the indenture trustee may, and the indenture trustee,
at the direction of the majority noteholders, shall, remove the master servicer
upon the occurrence of any of the following, among other things: (a) the failure
on the part of the master servicer to make a payment or deposit required under
the sale and servicing agreement, which failure continues unremedied for one (1)
business days after written notice has been given to the master servicer, (b)
events of insolvency, readjustment of debt, marshalling of assets and
liabilities or similar proceedings are instituted against the master servicer,
which events, if involuntary, remain unstayed for sixty (60) days, or actions by
the master servicer indicating its insolvency or inability to pay its
obligations; (c) the failure of the master servicer, as originator, to
repurchase a mortgage loan as the result of a breach of any of its
representations and warranties regarding the mortgage loans set forth in the
sale and servicing agreement, which failure continues for forty-five (45) days
after the master servicer's discovery or receipt of notice of such failure, (d)
the failure by the master servicer to make any required P&I Advance which
failure continues until 3:00 p.m. the following business day, or (e) the failure
of the master servicer to perform one or more of its material obligations under
the sale and servicing agreement, which failure continues for forty-five (45)
days or more after the master servicer's discovery or receipt of notice of such
failure.
Amendments
The indenture and the sale and servicing agreement may each be amended
by the parties to these agreements, but without the giving of notice or the
receipt of the consent of the noteholders, for the purposes of curing any
ambiguity or correcting or supplementing any provision which may be inconsistent
with any other provision of these agreements, or complying with the requirements
of the Code and the regulations proposed or promulgated thereunder. These
amendments may not reduce the then current rating on the notes or materially and
adversely affect the interests of any noteholder, without its written consent.
The indenture and the sale and servicing agreement may also be amended
by the parties to these agreements, with the prior written approval of the
holders of 66-2/3% of the outstanding note principal balance of the notes, for
the purpose of adding any provisions, changing in any matter or eliminating any
of the provisions or modifying in any manner the rights of the noteholders. No
amendment shall change the amount of, or delay the timing of, payments which are
required to be distributed to any noteholders or change the percentage of the
noteholders which is required to consent to any amendments, without the consent
of all of the noteholders affected.
The Indenture Trustee
Bankers Trust Company of California, N.A., a national banking
association with its principal corporate trust office in Santa Ana, California,
will act as the indenture trustee under the indenture.
The indenture trustee may own notes and have normal banking
relationships with the depositor, the master servicer and the originators or any
of their respective affiliates.
The indenture trustee may resign at any time, in which event the
depositor will be obligated to appoint a successor indenture trustee. The trust,
at the direction of the noteholders may also remove the indenture trustee if the
indenture trustee ceases to be eligible to continue under the indenture or if
the indenture trustee becomes insolvent. Upon becoming aware of these
circumstances, the trust will be obligated to appoint a successor indenture
trustee. Any resignation or removal of the indenture trustee and appointment of
a successor indenture trustee will not become effective until acceptance of the
appointment by the successor indenture trustee.
No noteholder will have any right under the indenture to institute any
proceeding under the indenture unless:
S-41
<PAGE>
o the holders of not less than 25% of the outstanding
note principal balance of the notes will have made
written request to the indenture trustee to institute
such proceeding in respect of such event of default
in its own name as indenture trustee;
o such holders will have offered indemnity to the
indenture trustee indemnity reasonably satisfactory
to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities to
be incurred in complying with such request;
o the indenture trustee for 60 days after its receipt
of such notice, request and offer of indemnity will
have failed to institute such proceedings; and
o no direction inconsistent with such written request
has been given to the indenture trustee during such
60-day period by the holders of a majority of the
outstanding note principal balance of the notes.
The indenture trustee will be under no obligation (i) to exercise any
of the trusts or powers vested in it by the indenture, (ii) to make any
investigation of matters arising thereunder, (iii) to institute, conduct or
defend any litigation thereunder or in relation thereto at the request, order or
direction of any of the noteholders, unless the noteholders have offered to the
indenture trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the cost, expenses
and liabilities which it may incur.
Events of Default Under the Indenture
Each of the following shall constitute events of default under the
indenture:
(i) a default in the payment of the Interest Distribution Amount
on any payment date, which default continues for a period of
five (5) days;
(ii) a default in the payment in full of the aggregate outstanding
note principal balance on the final scheduled payment date;
(iii) the breach of a representation or warranty of the trust,
failure on the part of the trust to perform in any material
respect any covenant or agreement under the indenture, other
than a covenant covered in clause (i) and (ii) above, which
continues for a period of thirty (30) days after notice is
given;
(iv) the trust becomes subject to regulation as an investment
company within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of
1940; and
(v) events of bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or liquidation
of the trust.
Remedies on Event of Default under the Indenture
If an event of default under the indenture has occurred and is
continuing, the indenture trustee will , upon the direction of noteholders
representing not less than 51% of the aggregate outstanding note principal
balance of the notes, declare the principal balance of the notes due and payable
immediately. This declaration may be rescinded by noteholders representing at
least 51% of the aggregate outstanding note principal balance of the notes.
If the principal balance of the notes has been declared due and payable
as described in the preceding paragraph, the indenture trustee, at the direction
of the majority noteholders, may institute proceedings to
S-42
<PAGE>
collect all amounts payable on the notes, sell the assets of the trust or
refrain from selling the assets of the trust. Any sale of the assets of the
trust will be subject to the prior claims of the Owners of the class P notes and
of the class B-1 notes, whose rights regarding distributions from the mortgage
pool must be preserved following any such sale.
Termination of the Trust
The trust agreement will provide that the trust will terminate upon the
payment to the owners of all notes of all amounts required to be paid to those
owners after the latest to occur of (a) the final payment or other liquidation
of the last mortgage loan or (b) the disposition of all property acquired in
respect of any mortgage loan remaining in the trust estate or (c) at any time
when a qualified liquidation of the trust estate is effected as described in the
next paragraph.
To effect a qualified liquidation of the trust, the owners of all class
A notes then outstanding will be required (1) unanimously to direct the
indenture trustee on behalf of the trust to adopt a plan of complete
liquidation, as contemplated by section 860F(a)(4) of the Internal Revenue Code
and (2) to furnish to the indenture trustee an opinion of counsel reasonably
acceptable to the indenture trustee to the effect that such liquidation
constitutes a qualified liquidation.
Prepayment and Yield Considerations
Shortfalls in Collections of Interest
When a principal prepayment in full is made on a mortgage loan, the
mortgagor is charged interest only for the period from the due date of the
preceding monthly payment up to the date of the prepayment, instead of for a
full month. When a partial principal prepayment is made on a mortgage loan, the
mortgagor is not charged interest on the amount of the prepayment for the month
in which the prepayment is made.
In addition, the application of the Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief
Act of 1940 to any mortgage loan will adversely affect, for an indeterminate
period of time, the ability of Long Beach to collect full amounts of interest on
that mortgage loan. See "Certain Legal Aspects of the Loans--Soldiers' and
Sailors' Civil Relief Act" in the prospectus. Long Beach is obligated to pay, as
compensating interest, from its own funds these interest shortfalls attributable
to full and partial prepayments by the mortgagors on the mortgage loans, but
only to the extent of its aggregate monthly servicing fee for the related month.
The difference between a full month's interest due on the mortgage loan which
was subject to prepayments, assuming no prepayments were received, and the
compensatory interest paid by Long Beach, as master servicer, referred to as a
prepayment interest shortfall.
The interest shortfalls which result from prepayment interest
shortfalls and from the effect of the Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act
will reduce the amount of interest collections available to the trust to fund
payments to noteholders. Any such shortfalls will be allocated among the notes
as provided under "Description of the Notes -- Distributions of Interest" and
"Credit Enhancement".
The table following the next two paragraphs indicates the percentage of
the initial principal balances of each class of class A notes that would be
outstanding after each of the dates shown at various percentages of CPR and the
corresponding weighted average lives of those notes. The table is based on the
following modeling assumptions:
o the mortgage pool consists of 58 mortgage loans with
the characteristics listed below,
S-43
<PAGE>
o distributions on the notes are received on the 25th
day of each month, commencing in August 2000,
o the mortgage loans prepay at the constant percentages
of CPR indicated,
o no defaults or delinquencies occur in the payment by
mortgagors of principal and interest on the mortgage
loans and no shortfalls due to the application of the
Civil Relief Act are incurred,
o no mortgage loans are purchased out of the trust,
except as indicated in footnote two in the table
below,
o scheduled monthly payments on the mortgage loans are
received on the first day of each month commencing in
July 2000, and are computed prior to giving effect to
any prepayments received in the prior month,
o prepayments representing payment in full of
individual mortgage loans are received on the last
day of each month commencing in July 2000, and
include 30 days' interest,
o the scheduled monthly payment for each mortgage loan
is calculated based on its principal balance, coupon
rate and remaining term to stated maturity such that
the mortgage loan will amortize in amounts sufficient
to repay the remaining principal balance of the
mortgage loan by its remaining term to stated
maturity,
o the notes are purchased on July 25, 2000,
o the index remains constant at 6.93% per annum and the
coupon rate on each ARM is adjusted on the next
adjustment date and on subsequent adjustment dates,
if necessary, to equal the index plus the gross
margin, subject to the applicable periodic rate cap,
o one-month LIBOR remains constant at 6.63% per annum,
o the monthly payment on each ARM is adjusted on the
due date immediately following the next adjustment
date and on subsequent adjustment dates, if necessary
to equal a fully amortizing monthly payment,
o the servicing fee rate is equal to 0.50% per annum
and the trustee fee rate is equal to 0.02% per annum,
and
o mortgage loan number 38 is a balloon loan with a
final remaining term of 176 months.
S-44
<PAGE>
Assumed Mortgage Loan Characteristics
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Principal Remaining Original
Balance Term to Term to Gross Next Minimum Maximum
as of the Mortgage Maturity Maturity Margin Adjustment Mortgage Mortgage
Loan Number Type Cut-off Date ($) Rate (%) (Months) (Months) (%) Date Rate (%) Rate (%)
----------- ---- ---------------- -------- -------- -------- --- ---- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 ARM 172,555,438.43 10.0656 357 360 6.3017 20 10.0656 16.0718
2 ARM 23,310,287.51 10.1484 357 361 6.2409 20 10.1484 16.1546
3 ARM 19,711,737.32 10.5946 357 360 6.3803 20 10.5946 16.6094
4 ARM 19,437,791.44 10.8503 357 360 6.3009 20 10.7823 16.8503
5 ARM 14,465,690.96 9.8477 356 359 6.2611 18 9.8477 15.8571
6 ARM 10,791,603.49 10.6363 357 360 6.2244 57 10.6363 16.6363
7 ARM 10,444,006.54 10.1290 357 360 6.6039 21 10.1290 16.1290
8 ARM 8,146,797.89 10.7563 357 360 6.2923 20 10.7563 16.7563
9 ARM 7,775,823.57 10.4252 357 360 6.2148 21 10.4252 16.4252
10 ARM 7,042,370.10 9.8444 357 361 6.2073 55 9.8444 15.8444
11 ARM 6,188,269.26 10.3951 357 361 6.6129 20 10.3951 16.3951
12 ARM 2,159,413.92 10.8553 357 361 6.2225 56 10.8553 16.8553
13 ARM 1,207,605.76 10.1392 358 362 6.0346 20 10.1392 16.1392
14 ARM 597,559.44 9.5274 357 360 6.5411 57 9.5274 15.5274
15 ARM 479,212.96 10.7915 357 361 6.7308 20 10.7915 16.7915
16 ARM 473,616.60 10.9696 356 359 6.4917 57 10.9696 16.9696
17 ARM 463,045.56 10.4812 356 359 6.5456 57 10.4812 16.4812
18 ARM 400,439.61 9.8244 357 361 6.7500 56 9.8244 15.8244
19 ARM 379,812.14 10.7938 357 361 6.0300 56 10.7938 16.7938
20 ARM 351,565.60 9.5277 358 361 6.5150 21 9.5277 15.5277
21 ARM 328,002.06 10.9498 357 361 6.2326 20 10.9498 16.9498
22 ARM 104,945.46 12.4900 358 361 6.7500 57 12.4900 18.4900
23 ARM 103,945.90 12.4500 358 361 6.7500 21 12.4500 18.4500
24 ARM 99,887.47 10.6363 357 360 6.2244 57 10.6363 16.6363
25 ARM 69,931.51 11.4500 357 361 6.9900 56 11.4500 17.4500
26 FRM 22,819,830.35 10.5406 355 359 -- -- -- --
27 FRM 9,087,871.09 11.2226 356 360 -- -- -- --
28 FRM 4,223,672.31 10.8421 357 361 -- -- -- --
29 FRM 3,347,721.15 10.0561 356 360 -- -- -- --
30 FRM 2,483,838.11 10.2260 357 361 -- -- -- --
31 FRM 1,471,620.88 9.9737 355 358 -- -- -- --
32 FRM 1,433,612.34 11.4628 355 359 -- -- -- --
33 FRM 1,367,886.06 10.8228 175 179 -- -- -- --
34 FRM 768,233.22 10.8105 357 361 -- -- -- --
35 FRM 637,404.01 12.0554 173 177 -- -- -- --
36 FRM 567,715.64 9.7258 237 241 -- -- -- --
37 FRM 561,320.93 11.1087 356 360 -- -- -- --
38 FRM 457,687.17 11.3523 358 362 -- -- -- --
39 FRM 350,846.16 10.1365 177 181 -- -- -- --
40 FRM 342,179.78 10.5397 237 241 -- -- -- --
41 FRM 340,203.63 10.1490 357 361 -- -- -- --
42 FRM 306,532.86 11.2232 178 181 -- -- -- --
43 FRM 267,756.30 8.0000 357 361 -- -- -- --
44 FRM 267,490.90 10.5024 237 240 -- -- -- --
45 FRM 248,197.45 10.3751 177 181 -- -- -- --
46 FRM 229,322.83 11.6419 357 361 -- -- -- --
47 FRM 193,785.16 9.8966 237 240 -- -- -- --
48 FRM 176,712.71 11.4269 177 180 -- -- -- --
49 FRM 163,157.52 8.6465 237 240 -- -- -- --
50 FRM 159,518.46 8.9900 238 241 -- -- -- --
51 FRM 156,831.49 8.9500 177 181 -- -- -- --
52 FRM 125,741.64 9.8414 237 240 -- -- -- --
53 FRM 122,296.90 10.2500 358 361 -- -- -- --
54 FRM 102,453.59 10.1000 177 180 -- -- -- --
55 FRM 73,900.75 9.9900 357 360 -- -- -- --
56 FRM 70,037.58 10.5000 177 181 -- -- -- --
57 FRM 60,033.29 10.9900 178 181 -- -- -- --
58 FRM 33,575.81 13.1000 357 361 -- -- -- --
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Current Current
Periodic Periodic Subsequent
Rate Floor Rate Cap Periodic
Loan Number (%) (%) Rate Cap (%)
----------- ---------- -------- ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
1 1.0234 1.0234 1.000
2 1.0124 1.0124 1.000
3 1.0773 1.0773 1.000
4 1.0158 1.0158 1.000
5 1.0047 1.0047 1.000
6 3.0000 3.0000 1.000
7 1.0000 1.0000 1.000
8 1.1437 1.1437 1.000
9 1.0201 1.0201 1.000
10 3.0000 3.0000 1.000
11 1.0000 1.0000 1.000
12 3.0000 3.0000 1.000
13 1.0000 1.0000 1.000
14 3.0000 3.0000 1.000
15 1.3123 1.3123 1.000
16 3.0000 3.0000 1.000
17 3.0000 3.0000 1.000
18 3.0000 3.0000 1.000
19 3.0000 3.0000 1.000
20 1.0000 1.0000 1.000
21 1.0000 1.0000 1.000
22 3.0000 3.0000 1.000
23 1.0000 1.0000 1.000
24 3.0000 3.0000 1.000
25 3.0000 3.0000 1.000
26 -- -- --
27 -- -- --
28 -- -- --
29 -- -- --
30 -- -- --
31 -- -- --
32 -- -- --
33 -- -- --
34 -- -- --
35 -- -- --
36 -- -- --
37 -- -- --
38 -- -- --
39 -- -- --
40 -- -- --
41 -- -- --
42 -- -- --
43 -- -- --
44 -- -- --
45 -- -- --
46 -- -- --
47 -- -- --
48 -- -- --
49 -- -- --
50 -- -- --
51 -- -- --
52 -- -- --
53 -- -- --
54 -- -- --
55 -- -- --
56 -- -- --
57 -- -- --
58 -- -- --
</TABLE>
S-45
<PAGE>
There will be discrepancies between the characteristics of the actual
mortgage loans and the characteristics assumed in preparing the table. These
discrepancies may have an effect upon the percentages of the initial principal
balances outstanding and the weighted average lives of the notes, as shown in
the table. In addition, since the actual mortgage loans included in the mortgage
pool will have characteristics that differ from those assumed in preparing the
table set forth below and since it is not likely the level of the index or
One-Month LIBOR will remain constant as assumed, the class A notes may mature
earlier or later than indicated by the table. In addition, as described under
"Description of the Notes -- Distributions of Principal", the occurrence of the
stepdown date or a trigger event will have the effect of accelerating or
decelerating the amortization of the class A notes, affecting the weighted
average lives of the class A notes.
Based on the modelling assumptions, the following table indicates the
weighted average life of the class A notes and the percentages of the initial
principal balances of the class A notes that would be outstanding after each of
the payment dates shown, at various constant percentages of CPR.
S-46
<PAGE>
Percent of Initial Note Principal Balance Outstanding at the
Specified Percentages of CPR
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Class A Notes
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Payment Date 0% 10% 20% 28% 35% 45% 55%
-- --- --- --- --- --- ---
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
July 25, 2000............... 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
July 25, 2001............... 99 87 74 64 55 43 30
July 25, 2002............... 99 75 53 38 26 11 0
July 25, 2003............... 98 64 37 20 8 0 0
July 25, 2004............... 97 55 29 19 8 0 0
July 25, 2005............... 96 46 23 14 8 0 0
July 25, 2006............... 96 38 19 10 5 0 0
July 25, 2007............... 95 34 15 7 3 0 0
July 25, 2008............... 94 30 12 5 2 0 0
July 25, 2009............... 92 27 9 4 1 0 0
July 25, 2010............... 91 24 7 3 1 0 0
July 25, 2011............... 90 21 6 2 0 0 0
July 25, 2012............... 88 19 5 1 0 0 0
July 25, 2013............... 86 17 4 1 0 0 0
July 25, 2014............... 84 15 3 0 0 0 0
July 25, 2015............... 81 13 2 0 0 0 0
July 25, 2016............... 78 11 2 0 0 0 0
July 25, 2017............... 75 10 1 0 0 0 0
July 25, 2018............... 72 9 1 0 0 0 0
July 25, 2019............... 68 7 1 0 0 0 0
July 25, 2020............... 64 6 0 0 0 0 0
July 25, 2021............... 59 5 0 0 0 0 0
July 25, 2022............... 53 5 0 0 0 0 0
July 25, 2023............... 47 4 0 0 0 0 0
July 25, 2024............... 39 3 0 0 0 0 0
July 25, 2025............... 33 2 0 0 0 0 0
July 25, 2026............... 28 2 0 0 0 0 0
July 25, 2027............... 22 1 0 0 0 0 0
July 25, 2028............... 15 1 0 0 0 0 0
July 25, 2029............... 7 0 0 0 0 0 0
July 25, 2030............... 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Weighted Average Life
in Years(1)............... 20.99 6.82 3.56 2.40 1.69 1.01 0.77
Weighted Average Life
in Years(2)............... 20.95 6.50 3.28 2.20 1.54 1.01 0.77
--------------------
</TABLE>
* All percentages are rounded to the nearest full percent.
(1) The weighted average life of a note is determined by (a) multiplying the
amount of each net principal reduction by the number of years from the date
of issuance of the note to the related payment date, (b) adding the results
and (c) dividing the sum by the initial note principal balance of the note.
(2) Calculated pursuant to footnote (1) but assumes the holder of the class S
note exercises its option to purchase the mortgage loans on the earliest
possible payment date on which it is permitted to exercise such option. See
"Transaction Documents - Optional Termination" herein.
S-47
<PAGE>
Material Federal Income Tax Consequences
Investors may wish to review the following discussion of the material
anticipated federal income tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and
disposition of the class A notes and the Supplemental Interest Amounts together
with the information in the section "Federal Income Tax Consequences" in the
prospectus.
The discussion in this section and in the prospectus is based upon
laws, regulations, rulings and decisions now in effect, all of which are subject
to change. The discussion below and in the prospectus does not purport to deal
with all federal tax consequences applicable to all categories of investors,
some of which may be subject to special rules. Investors may wish to consult
their own tax advisors in determining the federal, state, local and any other
tax consequences to them of the purchase, ownership and disposition of the class
A notes and the Supplemental Interest Amounts. References in this section and in
the "ERISA Considerations" section to the code and sections are to the Internal
Revenue Code.
REMIC Elections
The indenture trustee will cause one or more REMIC elections to be made
with respect to specified assets of the trust. Dewey Ballantine LLP, special tax
counsel, will advise that, in its opinion, for federal income tax purposes,
assuming the REMIC elections are timely made and compliance with the trust
agreement, the trust will be treated as a REMIC for federal income tax purposes.
Each of the class A notes will be a regular interest in a REMIC.
For federal income tax purposes, regular interests in a REMIC are
treated as debt instruments issued by the REMIC on the date on which those
interests are created, and not as ownership interests in the REMIC or its
assets. Owners of class A notes that otherwise report income under a cash method
of accounting will be required to report income with respect to the class A
notes under an accrual method. See "Federal Income Tax Consequences--Taxation of
Debt Securities--Interest and Acquisition Discount" in the prospectus.
Special Tax Attributes
The class A notes possess special tax attributes by virtue of the REMIC
provisions of the code. See "Federal Income Tax Consequences--Taxation of the
REMIC and its Holders--General" in the prospectus.
Discount and Premium
The class A notes will be variable rate debt instruments. It is not
anticipated that the class A notes will be issued with any original issue
discount other than possibly original issue discount within a de minimus
exception and that accordingly the provisions of sections 1271 through 1273 and
1275 generally will not apply to the class A notes. Original issue discount will
be considered de minimus if it is less than 0.25% of the principal amount of an
offered note multiplied by its expected weighted average life. Because rules
regarding the accrual of income on prepayable debt instruments such as the class
A notes have not yet been issued by the Internal Revenue Service, the proper
treatment regarding possible original issue discount and the accrual of income
on the class A notes is not clear. See "Federal Income Tax Consequences Taxation
of Debt Securities--Interest and Acquisition Discount" in the prospectus. The
prepayment assumption that will be used in determining the rate of accrual of
original issue discount, if any, on the class A notes is 28% of the prepayment
assumption. No representation is made that any of the mortgage loans will prepay
at this rate or any other rate. See "Prepayment and Yield Considerations"
S-48
<PAGE>
in this prospectus supplement and "Federal Income Tax Consequences--Taxation of
Debt Securities--Interest and Acquisition Discount" and "--Variable Rate Debt
Securities" in the prospectus. In addition, a subsequent purchaser who buys an
offered note for less than its remaining stated redemption price at maturity may
be subject to the "market discount" rules of the Code. See "Federal Income Tax
Consequences--Taxation of Debt Securities--Market Discount" in the prospectus. A
subsequent purchaser who buys an offered note for more than its remaining stated
redemption price at maturity may be subject to the "market premium" rules of the
Code. See "Federal Income Tax Consequences--Taxation of Debt
Securities--Premium" in the prospectus.
Supplemental Interest Amounts
The owners of the class A notes and the rights to receive Supplemental
Interest Amounts will be treated for tax purposes as owning two separate
investments:
o the class A notes without the right to receive
Supplemental Interest Amounts; and
o the right to receive the Supplemental Interest
Amounts.
The owners of the class A notes must allocate the purchase price of
their certificates between these two investments based on their relative fair
market values. The purchase price allocated to the first investment will be the
issue price of the class A notes for calculating accruals of original issue
discount. See "Federal Income Tax Consequences--Taxation of Debt
Securities--Interest and Acquisition Discount" and "--Sale or Exchange" in the
prospectus.
The proper federal income tax treatment of the Supplemental Interest
Amounts is not clear and tax counsel can not make a reliable estimation of the
degree of certainty of treatment among several possible treatments and unknown
other treatments the IRS may apply to the Supplemental Interest Amounts. Special
tax counsel believes that a likely treatment of the supplemental interest
amounts is as a notional principal contract. The trust intends to treat the
supplemental interest amounts for federal income tax purposes as a notional
principal contract. Treasury Regulations under section 446 relating to notional
principal contracts provide that taxpayers, regardless of their method of
accounting, generally must recognize the ratable daily portion of a periodic
payment for the taxable year to which that portion relates. Assuming treatment
as a notional principal contract, any Supplemental Interest Amounts will be
periodic payments. Income with respect to periodic payments under a notional
principal contract for a taxable year should constitute ordinary income. The
purchase price allocated to the right to receive the supplemental interest
amounts will be treated as a nonperiodic payment under these regulations. This
nonperiodic payment may be amortized using several methods, including the level
payment method described in the regulations.
Alternative federal income tax characterizations of the Supplemental
Interest Amounts are possible, including treatment of the Supplemental Interest
Amounts as indebtedness or an interest in a partnership. The amount, timing and
character of the income and deductions for an owner of Supplemental Interest
Amounts would differ if the Supplemental Interest Amounts were held to
constitute indebtedness or an interest in a partnership, but for most investors
in most circumstances, those differences would not be material. Because the
trust will treat the Supplemental Interest Amounts as a notional principal
contract, the master servicer will not attempt to satisfy the tax reporting
requirements that would apply under these alternative characterizations of the
supplemental interest amounts. Investors that are foreign persons may wish to
consult their own tax advisors in determining the federal, state, local and
other tax consequences to them of the purchase, ownership and disposition of the
Supplemental Interest Amounts.
S-49
<PAGE>
The right to receive the Supplemental Interest Amounts will not
constitute: a real estate asset within the meaning of section 856(c)(5)(B) if
held by a real estate investment trust; a qualified mortgage within the meaning
of section 860G(a)(3) or a permitted investment within the meaning of section
860G(a)(5) if held by a REMIC; or assets described in section 7701(a)(19)(C)(xi)
if held by a thrift. Moreover, other special rules may apply to some categories
of investors, including dealers in securities and dealers in notional principal
contracts.
If the master servicer, acting directly or through a permitted
designee, exercises its right to an optional termination, the Supplemental
Interest Amount might not be paid in full.
Sale or Redemption of the Class A Notes
If an offered note is sold or retired, the seller will recognize gain
or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized on the sale and such
holder's adjusted basis in the offered note. See "Federal Income Tax
Consequences--Sale or Exchange" in the prospectus.
Other Matters
For a discussion of information reporting, backup withholding and
taxation of foreign investors in the notes, see "Federal Income Tax
Consequences--Miscellaneous Tax Aspects" and "--Tax Treatment of Foreign
Investors" in the prospectus.
The IRS has issued new withholding regulations which make certain
modifications to withholding, backup withholding and information reporting
rules. The withholding regulations attempt to unify certification requirements
and modify certain reliance standards. The withholding regulations will
generally be effective for payments made on or after December 31, 2000, although
taxpayers may begin compliance with the withholding regulations immediately.
Withholding Forms W-8 and 1001 are valid only until December 31, 2000, although
the new Form W-8BEN is valid for a period of three years beginning on the date
that the form is signed. Prospective investors are encouraged to consult their
own tax advisors regarding the withholding regulations.
State Taxes
The depositor makes no representations regarding the tax consequences
of purchase, ownership or disposition of the class A notes and Supplemental
Interest Amounts under the tax laws of any state. Investors considering an
investment in the class A notes and Supplemental Interest Amounts may wish to
consult their own tax advisors regarding these tax consequences.
All investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding the
federal, state, local or foreign tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and
disposition of the class A notes and Supplemental Interest Amounts.
ERISA Considerations
Section 406 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,
and/or Section 4975 of the Code prohibit pension, profit-sharing and other
employee benefit plans, as well as individual retirement accounts and some types
of Keogh Plans, that are subject to ERISA or to Section 4975 from engaging in
transactions with persons that are parties in interest under ERISA or
disqualified persons under the Code with respect to the benefit plans. A
violation of these prohibited transaction rules may result in an excise tax or
other penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Code for these persons.
Title I of ERISA also
S-50
<PAGE>
requires that fiduciaries of a benefit plan subject to ERISA make investments
that are prudent, diversified, except if prudent not to do so, and in accordance
with governing plan documents.
Certain transactions including the trust might be deemed to constitute
prohibited transactions under ERISA and the Code if the assets of the trust are
deemed to be plan assets. The United States Department of Labor has promulgated
a plan asset regulation, 29 CFR Section 2510.3-101, describing what constitutes
the assets of a benefit plan with respect to the benefit plan's investment in an
entity for purposes of certain provisions of ERISA, including the fiduciary
responsibility provisions of Title I of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code.
Under the plan asset regulation, if a benefit plan invests in an "equity
interest" of an entity that is neither a "publicly-offered security" nor a
security issued by an investment company registered under the Investment Company
Act of 1940, the benefit plan's assets include both the equity interest and an
undivided interest in each of the entity's underlying assets, unless certain
exceptions which are not relevant here apply.
An equity interest is defined under the plan asset regulation as an
interest other than an instrument that is treated as indebtedness under
applicable local law and which has no substantial equity features. Although
there is little guidance on how this definition applies, the depositor believe
that, at the time of their issuance, the class A notes should be treated as
indebtedness without substantial equity features for purposes of the plan asset
regulation. This determination is based in part upon the traditional debt
features of the class A notes, including the reasonable expectation of
purchasers of the class A notes that they will be repaid when due, as well as
the absence of conversion rights, warrants and other typical equity features. It
should be noted that the debt treatment of the class A notes for ERISA purposes
could change subsequent to their issuance -- i.e., they could be treated as
equity -- if the trust incurs losses or the ratings of the class A notes change.
Without regard to whether the class A notes are trustee as an equity
interest for these purposes, prohibited transactions within the meaning of
Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code may arise if class A notes are
acquired by a benefit plan with respect to which the trust is a party in
interest or a disqualified person. Certain exemptions from the prohibited
transaction provisions of Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code may
be applicable, however, depending in part on the type of benefit plan fiduciary
making the decision to acquire a class A note and circumstances under which such
decision is made. Included among these exemptions are
o Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption, or PTCE,
96-23, regarding transactions directed by an
"in-house asset manager";
o PTCE 95-60, regarding transactions involving
insurance company general accounts;
o PTCE 91-38, regarding investments by bank collective
investment funds;
o PTCE 84-14, regarding transactions effected by a
"qualified professional asset manager"; and
o PTCE 90-1, regarding investments by insurance company
pooled separate accounts.
Even if the conditions specified in one or more of these exemptions are
met, the scope of the relief provided by these exemptions might or might not
cover all acts which might be construed as prohibited transactions. There can be
no assurance that any of these class exemptions or any other exemption will be
available with respect to any particular transaction involving the class A
notes.
By its purchase of any class A note, an investor will be deemed to have
represented and warranted that on each date from its acquisition of that offered
note through and including its disposition of that offered note, either (a) it
is not a benefit plan, an entity whose underlying assets include the assets of
any such benefit plan, or a governmental plan which is subject to any federal,
state or local law that is substantially similar to the provisions of Section
406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or (b) its
S-51
<PAGE>
acquisition and holding of such note does not, and will not, result in a
non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of
the Code, or, in the case of a government plan, any substantially similar
federal, state or local law because such acquisition and holding is covered by a
United States Department of Labor Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption.
A benefit plan fiduciary considering the purchase of class A notes
should consult its tax and/or legal advisors regarding whether the assets of the
trust would be considered plan assets, the availability of exemptive relief from
the prohibited transaction rules and their potential consequences.
The sale of the class A notes to a plan is in no respect a
representation by the depositor or the underwriters that this investment meets
all relevant legal requirements with respect to investments by plans generally
or by any particular plan or that this investment is appropriate for plans
generally or any particular plan. Each investor must determine on its own
whether all conditions of the applicable exemption have been satisfied.
Moreover, each benefit plan fiduciary should determine whether, under the
general fiduciary standards of investment prudence and diversification, an
investment in the class A notes is appropriate for the plan, taking into account
the overall investment policy of the plan, the composition of the plan's
investment portfolio, and the risk/return characteristics of the class A notes.
Ratings
It is a condition to the issuance of the notes that the class A notes
be rated "Aaa" by Moody's Investors Service, Inc. and "AAA" by Fitch, Inc.
The ratings assigned to the class A notes will be based on the mortgage
loans and the overcollateralization and subordination provisions of the
transaction. These ratings will be the views of the rating agencies only.
Explanations of the significance of these ratings may be obtained from
Fitch, whose principal offices are located at 55 Water Street, New York, New
York 10041 and Moody's, whose principal offices are located at 99 Church Street,
New York, New York 10007. There is no assurance that these ratings will continue
for any period of time or that these ratings will not be revised or withdrawn.
Any revision or withdrawal of the ratings may have an adverse effect on the
market price of the class A notes. A security rating is not a recommendation to
buy, sell or hold securities.
The ratings assigned to the class A notes do not address the likelihood
of the payment on any Supplemental Interest Amount.
Moody's ratings on mortgage loan asset-backed notes address the
likelihood of the receipt by the owners of all distributions to which the owners
are entitled. Moody's rating opinions address the structural and legal issues
associated with the class A notes, including the nature of the mortgage loans.
Moody's ratings on asset-backed notes do not represent any assessment of the
likelihood that principal prepayments may differ from those originally
anticipated.
The ratings do not address the possibility that, as a result of
principal prepayments, noteholders may receive a lower than anticipated yield.
The ratings of the class A notes should be evaluated independently from
similar ratings on other types of securities.
The depositor has not requested a rating of the class A notes by any
rating agency other than Moody's and Fitch and the depositor has not provided
information relating to the class A notes or the
S-52
<PAGE>
mortgage loans to any rating agency other than Moody's and Fitch. There can be
no assurance as to whether any other rating agency will rate the class A notes
or, if another rating agency rates them, what rating would be assigned by that
rating agency. Any unsolicited rating assigned by another rating agency to the
class A notes may be lower than the rating assigned to the class A notes by
Moody's and Fitch.
Legal Investment Considerations
The class A notes will constitute "mortgage related securities" for
purposes of the Secondary Mortgage Market Enhancement Act of 1984, or SMMEA, for
so long as they are rated not lower than the second highest rating category by
one or more nationally recognized statistical rating organizations and, thus,
will be legal investments for certain investors to the extent provided in SMMEA
and applicable state laws.
Underwriting
Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Underwriting
Agreement, dated July 14, 2000, the depositor has agreed to sell, and the
underwriters have severally agreed to purchase, the class A notes in the
respective principal amounts set forth opposite their names below:
Principal Amount
Underwriters of Class A Notes
------------------------------------------ --------------------
Moran Stanley & Co. Incorporated.......... $ 284,483,000
CIBC Worldmarkets plc..................... $ 1,000
Unibank a/s............................... $ 1,000
Total............................ $ 284,485,000
The underwriters must purchase all class A notes if they purchase any.
Distribution of the class A notes will be made from time to time in
negotiated transactions or otherwise at varying prices to be determined at the
time of sale. Proceeds to the depositor from the sale of the class A notes,
before deducting expenses payable by the depositor, will be 100% of the
aggregate initial principal balance of the class A notes.
The class A notes are offered subject to receipt and acceptance by the
underwriters, to prior sale and to the underwriters' right to reject any order
in whole or in part and to withdraw, cancel or modify the offer without notice.
It is expected that delivery of the class A notes will be made through the
facilities of DTC and the Euroclear System on the closing date. The class A
notes will be offered in Europe and the United States of America.
The underwriting agreement provides that the depositor will indemnify
the underwriters against liabilities arising from securities laws violations, as
well as other liabilities or will contribute to payments the underwriter may be
required to make with respect to these liabilities.
There is currently no secondary market for the class A notes. If a
secondary market for the class A notes does develop, it may not continue. The
underwriters intend to establish a market in the class A notes but are not
obligated to do so. The primary source of information available to investors
concerning the class A notes will be the monthly statements discussed in the
prospectus under "Description of the Securities--Reports to Certificateholders".
No additional information regarding the class A notes may be available through
any other source. In addition, the depositor is not aware of any source through
which price information about the class A notes will be generally available on
an ongoing basis. The limited
S-53
<PAGE>
nature of the information regarding the class A notes may adversely affect the
liquidity of the class A notes, even if a secondary market for the class A notes
becomes available.
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated is an affiliate of the depositor.
Experts
The financial statements of Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Trust 2000-1
included in this prospectus supplement have been audited by Deloitte & Touche
LLP, independent auditors, as stated in their report appearing herein, and are
included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as
experts in accounting and auditing.
Legal Matters
Certain legal matters relating to the class A notes will be passed upon
for the depositor and for the underwriters by Dewey Ballantine LLP, New York,
New York.
S-54
<PAGE>
Glossary
"Available Funds" is the amount available to the indenture trustee for
distribution to the owners on a payment date after deducting the servicing fees
and indenture trustee's fees on that payment date.
"Available Funds Cap Rate" means, for any payment date, an amount,
expressed as a per annum rate and calculated on the basis of a the actual number
of days in the related interest accrual period divided by 360, equal to
(1) the aggregate amount of interest accrued and collected or
advanced on all of the mortgage loans in the mortgage loan pool during
the prior calendar month -- net of any shortfalls arising due to the
application of the Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act -- minus the
aggregate amount of the servicing fee and the indenture trustee's fee
on that payment date, divided by
(2) the aggregate principal balance of the mortgage loans in
the mortgage loan pool as of the opening of business on the first day
of the prior calendar month.
"Base Principal Distribution Amount" for any payment date is the lesser
of:
(a) the Available Funds minus the Interest Distribution Amount, and
(b) (1) the sum, without duplication of:
(A) the principal actually collected by the master servicer with
respect to the mortgage loans during the prior month;
(B) the proceeds in the amount equal to the principal balance of
each mortgage loan which either was repurchased by the sponsor
or an originator or purchased by the master servicer or any
sub-servicer in connection with that payment date;
(C) any amounts delivered by the sponsor or an originator in
connection with that payment date because of a substitution of
a mortgage loan;
(D) all net liquidation proceeds related to principal and actually
collected by the master servicer with respect to the mortgage
loans during the prior month;
(E) the proceeds related to principal received by the indenture
trustee from any termination of the trust;
minus
-----
(2) the amount, if any, by which the level of
overcollateralization exceeds the amount of
overcollateralization required to be maintained for that
payment date.
"Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio" or "CLTV" means, for any mortgage loan,
the ratio of (A) the sum of the original principal balance of the mortgage loan
plus any outstanding principal balances of mortgage loans senior to the mortgage
loan, calculated at the date of origination of the mortgage loan to (B) the
lower of (i) the appraised value of the mortgaged property at the time of
origination of the mortgage loans or (ii) the purchase price of the mortgaged
property, if the mortgaged property was purchased within twelve months of the
date of origination.
S-55
<PAGE>
"Excess Cashflow" is equal to the Available Funds minus the aggregate
Interest Distribution Amount and the Base Principal Distribution Amount.
"Interest Distribution Amount" means, for each class and payment date,
the current interest due with respect to that class. The Interest Distribution
Amount does not include any Supplemental Interest Amount.
"Liquidated Mortgage Loan" means a mortgage loan for which the
mortgaged property has been acquired, liquidated or foreclosed and for which the
master servicer has determined that all Liquidation Proceeds which it expects to
recover from or on account of such mortgage loan have been recovered.
"Liquidation Proceeds" means the proceeds received in connection with
the liquidation of any Liquidated Mortgage loan, whether through trustee's sale,
foreclosure sale, third party sales or otherwise.
"Loan-to-Value Ratio" or "LTV" means, for any mortgage loan, the ratio
of (A) the original principal balance of the mortgage loan to (B) the lower of
(i) the appraised value of the mortgaged property at the time of origination of
the mortgage loans or (ii) the purchase price of the mortgaged property, if the
mortgaged property was purchased within twelve months of the date of
origination.
"Net Liquidation Proceeds" means an amount equal to the Liquidation
Proceeds, reduced by out-of-pocket expenses and advances, but not including the
portion, if any, of the amount that exceeds the sum of (1) the principal balance
of the mortgage loan and (2) any accrued and unpaid interest to the end of the
calendar month during which the mortgage loan became a Liquidated Mortgage Loan.
"Overcollateralization Deficit" for any payment date is the amount, if
any, by which:
(1) the aggregate principal balance of the class A, class M
and class B-1 notes, after taking into account all distributions to be
made on that payment date exceeds
(2) the aggregate principal balance of the mortgage loans in
the mortgage loan pool as of the close of business on the last day of
the prior month.
"Overcollateralization Increase Amount" means the amount of Excess
Cashflow actually applied as an accelerated payment of principal of the class A,
class M and class B-1 notes.
"Principal Distribution Amount" is the sum of:
o the Base Principal Distribution Amount for that
payment date;
o the Overcollateralization Deficit, but only to the
extent that it can be funded on that payment date
from Excess Cashflow; and
o the amount necessary to increase the
overcollateralization to its required level, but only
to the extent it can be funded on the payment date
from Excess Cashflow.
"Step-Up Payment Date" means, the payment date immediately following
the calendar month in which the clean-up call is first permitted to occur.
"Supplemental Interest Amount" means, for any class of notes and any
payment date, the amount of interest that would otherwise be paid on that class
of notes on that payment date if not for the application of the Available Funds
Cap Rate.
S-56
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT A
Report of Independent Public Accountants
Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Trust 2000-1:
We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Morgan Stanley ABS
Capital I Trust 2000-1, a Delaware business trust, as of July 21, 2000. This
financial statement is the responsibility of the Trust. Our responsibility is to
express an opinion on this financial statement based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally
accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan
and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the balance
sheet is free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test
basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the balance sheet. An
audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
In our opinion, the balance sheet referred to above presents fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I
Trust 2000-1, as of July 21, 2000, in conformity with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States of America.
Deloitte & Touche LLP
New York, New York
July 21, 2000
A-1
<PAGE>
Index to Financial Statements
Page
Report of Independent Public Accountants....................................A-1
Balance Sheet of the Trust as of July 21, 2000..............................A-3
Notes to Balance Sheet......................................................A-4
A-2
<PAGE>
Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Trust 2000-1
Balance Sheet
July 21, 2000
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Assets
Cash............................................................. $1
Total assets.................................................. $1
Liabilities and Certificateholders' Equity
Liabilities....................................................... $0
Certificateholders' equity........................................ $1
Total liabilities and Certificateholders' equity............... $1
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement.
A-3
<PAGE>
Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Trust 2000-1
Notes to Balance Sheet
July 21, 2000
1. Organization
Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Trust 2000-1, a Delaware statutory
business trust, was organized in the state of Delaware on July 21, 2000, with
Wilmington Trust Company, as its owner trustee.
The trust was organized to engage exclusively in the following business
and financial activities: to purchase or acquire from certain affiliates of
Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I, Inc. certain property relating to certain
receivables consisting of fixed- and adjustable-rate, sub-prime mortgage loans,
and to pledge such receivables to Bankers Trust Company of California, N.A., as
indenture trustee.
Prior to and including July 21, 2000, the Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I
Trust 2000-1 did not conduct any activities.
Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I, Inc. will pay all fees and expenses
related to the organization and operating of the trust.
2. Registration Statement
At July 21, 2000, the trust was in the process of preparing to issue up
to $375,000,000 of its Mortgage Loan Asset-Backed Notes, Series 2000-1.
Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I, Inc. has agreed to indemnify the
indenture trustee and owner trustee and certain other persons involved in the
sale of the notes.
A-4
<PAGE>
ANNEX I
Global Clearance, Settlement and Tax Documentation Procedures
Except in certain limited circumstances, the class A notes will be
offered globally and will be available only in book-entry form. Investors in the
class A notes may hold such class A notes through either of DTC or Euroclear.
The class A notes will be tradable as home market instruments in both the
European and U.S. domestic markets. Initial settlement and all secondary trades
will settle in same-day funds.
Secondary market trading between investors holding class A notes
through Euroclear will be conducted in the ordinary way in accordance with their
normal rules and operating procedures and in accordance with conventional
eurobond practice (i.e., seven calendar day settlement).
Secondary market trading between investors holding class A notes
through DTC will be conducted according to the rules and procedures applicable
to U.S. corporate debt obligations.
Secondary cross-market trading between Euroclear and DTC Participants
holding Certificates will be effected on a delivery-against-payment basis
through the Depositary of Euroclear (in such capacity) and as DTC Participants.
Non-U.S. holders (as described below) of class A notes will be subject
to U.S. withholding taxes unless such holders meet certain requirements and
deliver appropriate U.S. tax documents to the securities clearing organizations
or their participants.
Initial Settlement
All class A notes will be held in book-entry form by DTC in the name of
Cede & Co. as nominee of DTC. Investors' interests in the class A notes will be
represented through financial institutions acting on their behalf as direct and
indirect Participants in DTC. As a result, Euroclear will hold positions on
behalf of its participants through its Depositary, which in turn will hold such
positions in accounts as DTC Participants.
Investors electing to hold their class A notes through DTC will follow
the settlement practices applicable to conventional eurobonds, except that there
will be no temporary global security and no "lock-up" or restricted period.
Investor securities custody accounts will be credited with their holdings
against payment in same-day funds on the settlement date.
Investors electing to hold their class A notes through Euroclear
accounts will follow the settlement procedures applicable to conventional
eurobonds, except that there will be no temporary global security and no
'lock-up' or restricted period. Class A notes will be credited to the securities
custody accounts on the settlement date against payment in same-day funds.
Secondary Market Trading
Since the purchaser determines the place of delivery, it is important
to establish at the time of the trade where both the purchaser's and seller's
accounts are located to ensure that settlement can be made on the desired value
date.
Trading between DTC Participants. Secondary market trading between DTC
Participants will be settled using the procedures applicable to prior mortgage
loan asset-backed certificates issues in same-day funds.
I-1
<PAGE>
Trading between Euroclear Participants. Secondary market trading
between Euroclear Participants will be settled using the procedures applicable
to conventional eurobonds in same-day funds.
Trading between DTC seller and Euroclear purchaser. When class A notes
are to be transferred from the account of a DTC Participant to the account of a
Euroclear Participant, the purchaser will send instructions to Euroclear through
a Euroclear Participant at least one business day prior to settlement. Euroclear
will instruct the Depositary, as the case may be, to receive the class A notes
against payment. Payment will include interest accrued on the class A notes from
and including the last coupon payment date to and excluding the settlement date,
on the basis of a 30-day month or the actual number of days in such accrual
period, as applicable, and a year assumed to consist of 360 days. For
transactions settling on the 31st of the month, payment will include interest
accrued to and excluding the first day of the following month. Payment will then
be made by the respective Depositary of the DTC Participant's account against
delivery of the class A notes. After settlement has been completed, the class A
notes will be credited to the respective clearing system and by the clearing
system, in accordance with its usual procedures, to the Euroclear Participant's
account. The securities credit will appear the next day (European time) and the
cash debt will be back-valued to, and the interest on the class A notes will
accrue from, the value date (which would be the preceding day when settlement
occurred in New York). If settlement is not completed on the intended value date
(i.e., the trade fails), the Euroclear cash debt will be valued instead as of
the actual settlement date.
Euroclear Participants will need to make available to the respective
clearing systems the funds necessary to process same-day funds settlement. The
most direct means of doing so is to preposition funds for settlement, either
from cash on hand or existing lines of credit, as they would for any settlement
occurring within Euroclear. Under this approach, they may take on credit
exposure to Euroclear until the class A notes are credited to their accounts one
day later.
As an alternative, if Euroclear has extended a line of credit to them,
Euroclear Participants can elect not to preposition funds and allow that credit
line to be drawn upon the finance settlement. Under this procedure, Euroclear
Participants purchasing class A notes would incur overdraft charges for one day,
assuming they cleared the overdraft when the class A notes were credited to
their accounts. However, interest on the class A notes would accrue from the
value date. Therefore, in many cases the investment income on the class A notes
earned during that one-day period may substantially reduce or offset the amount
of such overdraft charges, although this result will depend on each Euroclear
Participant's particular cost of funds.
Since the settlement is taking place during New York business hours,
DTC Participants can employ their usual procedures for sending class A notes to
the respective European Depositary for the benefit of Euroclear Participants.
The sale proceeds will be available to the DTC seller on the settlement date.
Thus, to the DTC Participants a cross-market transaction will settle no
differently than a trade between two DTC Participants.
Trading between Euroclear Seller and DTC Purchaser. Due to time zone
differences in their favor, Euroclear Participants may employ their customary
procedures for transactions in which class A notes are to be transferred by the
clearing system, through the Depositary, to a DTC Participant. The seller will
send instructions to Euroclear through a Euroclear Participant at least one
business day prior to settlement. In these cases Euroclear will instruct the
Depositary, as appropriate, to deliver the class A notes to the DTC
Participant's account against payment. Payment will include interest accrued on
the class A notes from and including the last coupon payment to and excluding
the settlement date on the basis of a 30-day month or the actual number of days
in such accrual period, as applicable, and a year assumed to consist of 360
days. For transactions settling on the 31st of the month, payment will include
interest accrued to and excluding the first day of the following month. The
payment will then be reflected in the account of the Euroclear
I-2
<PAGE>
Participant the following day, and receipt of the cash proceeds in the Euroclear
Participant's account would be back-valued to the value date (which would be the
preceding day, when settlement occurred in New York). Should the Euroclear
Participant have a line of credit with its respective clearing system and elect
to be in debt in anticipation of receipt of the sale proceeds in its account,
the back-valuation will extinguish any overdraft incurred over that one-day
period. If settlement is not completed on the intended value date (i.e., the
trade fails), receipt of the cash proceeds in the Euroclear Participant's
account would instead be valued as of the actual settlement date.
Finally, day traders that use Euroclear and that purchase class A notes
from DTC Participants for delivery to Euroclear Participants should note that
these trades would automatically fail on the sale side unless affirmative action
were taken. At least three techniques should be readily available to eliminate
this potential problem:
o borrowing through Euroclear for one day (until the purchase
side of the day trade is reflected in their Euroclear
accounts) in accordance with the clearing system's customary
procedures;
o borrowing the class A notes in the U.S. from a DTC Participant
no later than one day prior to settlement, which would give
the class A notes sufficient time to be reflected in their
Euroclear account in order to settle the sale side of the
trade; or
o staggering the value dates for the buy and sell sides of the
trade so that the value date for the purchase from the DTC
Participant is at least one day prior to the value date for
the sale to the Euroclear Participant.
Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Documentation Requirements
A beneficial owner of class A notes holding securities through
Euroclear (or through DTC if the holder has an address outside the U.S.) will be
subject to the 30% U.S. withholding tax that generally applies to payments of
interest (including original issue discount) on registered debt issued by U.S.
Persons, unless (i) each clearing system, bank or other financial institution
that holds customers' securities in the ordinary course of its trade or business
in the chain of intermediaries between such beneficial owner and the U.S. entity
required to withhold tax complies with applicable certification requirements and
(ii) such beneficial owner takes one of the following steps to obtain an
exemption or reduced tax rate:
Exemption for non-U.S. Persons (Form W-8 or Form W-8BEN). Beneficial
owners of class A notes that are non-U.S. Persons can obtain a complete
exemption from the withholding tax by filing a signed Form W-8 (Certificate of
Foreign Status) or Form W-8BEN (Certificate of Foreign Status of Beneficial
Owner for United States Tax Withholding). If the information shown on Form W-8
or Form W-8BEN changes, a new Form W-8 or Form W-8BEN must be filed within 30
days of such change. After December 31, 2000, only Form W-8BEN will be
acceptable.
Exemption for non-U. S. Persons with effectively connected income (Form
4224 or Form W-8ECI). A non-U.S. Person, including a non-U.S. corporation or
bank with a U.S. branch, for which the interest income is effectively connected
with its conduct of a trade or business in the United States, can obtain an
exemption from the withholding tax by filing Form 4224 (Exemption from
Withholding of Tax on Income Effectively Connected with the Conduct of a Trade
or Business in the United States) or Form W-8EC1 (Certificate of Foreign
Person's Claim for Exemption from Withholding on Income Effectively Connected
with the Conduct of a Trade or Business in the United States). After December
31, 2000, only Form W-8EC1 will be acceptable.
Exemption or reduced rate for non-U. S. Persons resident in treaty
countries (Form 1001 or Form W-8BEN). Non-U.S. Persons that are Certificate
Owners residing in a country that has a tax treaty with the United States can
obtain an exemption or reduced tax rate (depending on the treaty terms) by
filing Form
I-3
<PAGE>
1001 (Ownership, Exemption or Reduced Rate Certificate) or Form W-8BEN
(Certificate of Foreign Status of Beneficial Owner for United States Tax
Withholding). Form 1001 or Form W-8BEN may be filed by the Certificate Owners or
his agent. After December 31, 2000, only Form W-8BEN will be acceptable.
Exemption for U.S. Persons (Form W-9). U.S. Persons can obtain a
complete exemption from the withholding tax by filing Form W-9 (Payer's Request
for Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification).
U.S. Federal Income Tax Reporting Procedure. The Certificate Owner of a
Global Security or, in the case of a Form 1001 or a Form 4224 filer, his agent,
files by submitting the appropriate form to the person through whom it holds
(the clearing agency, in the case of persons holding directly on the books of
the clearing agency). Form W-8, Form 1001 and Form 4224 are effective until
December 31, 2000. Form W-8BEN and Form W-8EC1 are effective until the third
succeeding calendar year from the date such form is signed.
The term "U.S. Person" means (i) a citizen or resident of the United
States, (ii) a corporation, partnership or other entity treated as a corporation
or partnership for United States federal income tax purposes organized in or
under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of
Columbia (unless, in the case of a partnership, Treasury regulations provide
otherwise) or (iii) an estate the income of which is includible in gross income
for United States tax purposes, regardless of its source, or (iv) a trust if a
court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the
administration of the trust and one or more United States persons have authority
to control all substantial decisions of the trust. Notwithstanding the preceding
sentence, to the extent provided in Treasury regulations, certain trusts in
existence on August 20, 1996, and treated as United States persons prior to such
date, that elect to continue to be treated as United States persons will also be
a U.S. Person. This summary does not deal with all aspects of U.S. Federal
income tax withholding that may be relevant to foreign holders of the class A
notes. Investors are advised to consult their own tax advisors for specific tax
advice concerning their holding and disposing of the class A notes.
I-4
<PAGE>
PROSPECTUS
Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc.
DEPOSITOR
$1,000,000,000
(AGGREGATE AMOUNT)
ASSET BACKED SECURITIES
(ISSUABLE IN SERIES)
--------------------------------------
This Prospectus relates to the issuance of Asset Backed Certificates (the
"Certificates") and Asset Backed Notes (the "Notes" and, together with the
Certificates, the "Securities"), which may be sold from time to time in one or
more series (each, a "Series") by Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. (the
"Depositor") or by a Trust Fund (as defined below) on terms determined at the
time of sale and described in this Prospectus and the related Prospectus
Supplement. The Securities of a Series will consist of Certificates which
evidence beneficial ownership of a trust established by the Depositor (each, a
"Trust Fund"), and/or Notes secured by the assets of a Trust Fund. As specified
in the related Prospectus Supplement, the Trust Fund for a Series of Securities
will include assets (the "Trust Fund Assets") which will consist of: (a) single
family mortgage loans (the "Loans"), including (i) mortgage loans secured by
first, second and/or more subordinate liens on one- to four-family residential
properties, (ii) closed-end and/or more revolving home equity loan (the "Home
Equity Loans") secured by first, second and/or more subordinate liens on one- to
four-family residential properties, (iii) home improvement installment sale
contracts and installment loan agreements (the "Home Improvement Contracts")
that are either unsecured or secured by first, second and/or more subordinate
liens on one- to four-family residential properties, or by purchase money
security interests in the home improvements financed thereby (the "Home
Improvements"), including loans insured under the FHA Title I Credit Insurance
program administered pursuant to the National Housing Act of 1934, and (iv)
manufactured housing installment sales contracts and installment loan agreements
(the "Manufactured Housing Contracts," and together with the Home Improvement
Contracts, the "Contracts") secured by first, second and/or more subordinate
liens on Manufactured Homes (as defined herein) or by mortgages on real estate
on which the related Manufactured Homes are located; (b) mortgage-backed
securities issued or guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association
("GNMA"), the Federal National Mortgage Association ("FNMA") or the Federal Home
Loan Mortgage Corporation ("FHLMC") (the "Agency Securities"); (c) privately
issued mortgage-backed securities ("Private Mortgage-Backed Securities" or
"PMBS"); and (d) all monies due thereunder net, if and as provided in the
related Prospectus Supplement, of certain amounts payable to the servicer of the
Loans, Agency Securities or Private Mortgage-Backed Securities. The Trust Fund
Assets will be acquired by the Depositor, either directly or indirectly, from
one or more institutions (each, a "Seller"), which may be affiliates of the
Depositor, and conveyed by the Depositor to the related Trust Fund. A Trust Fund
may include a number of different types and concentrations of Trust Fund Assets
to the extent described in the related Prospectus Supplement. A Trust Fund also
may include insurance policies, surety bonds, cash accounts, reinvestment
income, guaranties or letters of credit to the extent described in the related
Prospectus Supplement. See "Index of Defined Terms" on page 115 of this
Prospectus for the location of the definitions of certain capitalized terms.
--------------------------------------
FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH AN INVESTMENT IN THE
SECURITIES, SEE THE INFORMATION UNDER "RISK FACTORS" ON PAGE 17.
--------------------------------------
THE CERTIFICATES OF A GIVEN SERIES WILL REPRESENT BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN, AND
THE NOTES OF A GIVEN SERIES WILL REPRESENT OBLIGATIONS OF, THE RELATED TRUST
FUND ONLY AND WILL NOT REPRESENT INTERESTS IN OR OBLIGATIONS OF THE DEPOSITOR,
MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED, THE MASTER SERVICER, ANY SELLER OR ANY
AFFILIATES THEREOF, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT DESCRIBED IN THE RELATED PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT. THE SECURITIES AND THE LOANS WILL NOT BE INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY
ANY GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY OR INSTRUMENTALITY OR BY THE DEPOSITOR OR ANY
<PAGE>
OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY, EXCEPT IN EACH CASE TO THE EXTENT DESCRIBED
IN THE RELATED PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT.
--------------------------------------
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS OR THE RELATED PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
--------------------------------------
Prior to issuance there will have been no market for the Securities of any
Series and there can be no assurance that a secondary market for any Securities
will develop, or if it does develop, that it will continue or provide
Securityholders with a sufficient level of liquidity of investment.
The Securities offered by this Prospectus and by the related Prospectus
Supplement are offered by Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated ("Morgan Stanley")
and the other underwriters set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement, if
any, subject to prior sale, to withdrawal, cancellation or modification of the
offer without notice to, delivery to and acceptance by Morgan Stanley and the
other underwriters, if any, and certain further conditions. Retain this
Prospectus for future reference. This Prospectus may not be used to consummate
sales of the Securities offered hereby unless accompanied by a Prospectus
Supplement.
--------------------------------------
MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER
December 21, 1998
2
<PAGE>
Each Series of Securities will be issued in one or more classes. Each
class of Certificates of a Series will evidence beneficial ownership of a
specified percentage (which may be 0%) or portion of future interest payments
and a specified percentage (which may be 0%) or portion of future principal
payments on the related Trust Fund Assets. Each class of Notes of a Series will
be secured by the related Trust Fund Assets or, if so specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, a portion thereof. A Series of Securities may include one
or more classes that are senior in right of payment to one or more other classes
of Securities of such Series. One or more classes of Securities of a Series may
be entitled to receive distributions of principal, interest or any combination
thereof prior to one or more other classes of Securities of such Series or after
the occurrence of specified events, in each case as specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement.
Distributions to holders of Securities ("Securityholders") will be made
monthly, quarterly, semi-annually or at such other intervals and on the dates
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement. Distributions on the Securities
of a Series will be made from the related Trust Fund Assets or proceeds thereof
pledged for the benefit of the Securityholders as specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement.
The related Prospectus Supplement will describe any insurance or guarantee
provided with respect to the related Series of Securities including, without
limitation, any insurance or guarantee provided by the Department of Housing and
Urban Development, the United States Department of Veterans' Affairs or any
private insurer or guarantor. Unless otherwise specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, the only obligations of the Depositor with respect to a
Series of Securities will be to obtain certain representations and warranties
from each Seller or each originator (the "Originator") of the Trust Fund Assets
and to assign to the Trustee for the related Series of Securities the
Depositor's rights with respect to such representations and warranties. The
principal obligations of the Master Servicer named in the related Prospectus
Supplement with respect to the related Series of Securities will be limited to
obligations pursuant to certain representations and warranties and to its
contractual servicing obligations, including any obligation it may have to
advance delinquent payments on the related Trust Fund Assets.
The yield on each class of Securities of a Series will be affected by,
among other things, the rate of payments of principal (including prepayments) on
the related Trust Fund Assets and the timing of receipt of such payments as
described under "Risk Factors -- Prepayment and Yield Considerations and
Reinvestment Risk" and "Yield and Prepayment Considerations" herein and in the
related Prospectus Supplement. A Trust Fund may be subject to early termination
under the circumstances described under "The Agreements -- Termination; Optional
Termination" herein and in the related Prospectus Supplement.
If specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, one or more elections
may be made to treat a Trust Fund or specified portions thereof as a "real
estate mortgage investment conduit" ("REMIC") for federal income tax purposes.
See "Federal Income Tax Consequences."
Until 90 days after the date of each prospectus supplement, all dealers
effecting transactions in the securities covered by such prospectus supplement,
whether or not participating in the distribution thereof, may be required to
deliver such Prospectus Supplement and this Prospectus. This is in addition to
the obligation of dealers to deliver a Prospectus and Prospectus Supplement when
acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or
subscriptions.
--------------------------------------
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT OR CURRENT REPORT ON FORM 8-K
The Prospectus Supplement or Current Report on Form 8-K relating to the
Securities of each Series to be offered hereunder will, among other things, set
forth with respect to such Securities, as appropriate: (i) the aggregate
principal amount, interest rate and authorized denominations of each class of
such Series of Securities; (ii) information as to the assets comprising the
Trust Fund, including the general characteristics of the related Trust Fund
Assets included therein and, if applicable, the insurance policies, surety
bonds, guaranties, letters of credit or other instruments or agreements included
in the Trust Fund or otherwise, and the amount and source of any reserve account
or other cash account; (iii) the circumstances, if any, under which the Trust
Fund may be subject to early termination; (iv) the circumstances, if any, under
which the Notes of such Series are subject to redemption; (v) the method used to
calculate the amount of principal to be distributed or paid with respect to each
class of Securities;
3
<PAGE>
(vi) the order of application of distributions or payments to each of the
classes within such Series, whether sequential, pro rata, or otherwise; (vii)
the Distribution Dates with respect to such Series; (viii) additional
information with respect to the method of distribution of such Securities; (ix)
whether one or more REMIC elections will be made with respect to the Trust Fund
and, if so, the designation of the regular interests and the residual interests;
(x) the aggregate original percentage ownership interest in the Trust Fund to be
evidenced by each class of Certificates; (xi) the stated maturity of each class
of Notes of such Series; (xii) information as to the nature and extent of
subordination with respect to any class of Securities that is subordinate in
right of payment to any other class; and (xiii) information as to the Seller,
the Master Servicer and the Trustee.
AVAILABLE INFORMATION
The Depositor has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission") a Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, with respect to the Securities. This Prospectus, which forms a part of
the Registration Statement, and the Prospectus Supplement relating to each
Series of Securities contain descriptions of the material terms of the documents
referred to herein and therein, but do not contain all of the information set
forth in the Registration Statement pursuant to the Rules and Regulations of the
Commission. For further information, reference is made to such Registration
Statement and the exhibits thereto. Such Registration Statement and exhibits can
be inspected and copied at prescribed rates at the public reference facilities
maintained by the Commission at its Public Reference Section, 450 Fifth Street,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, and at its Regional Offices located as follows:
Midwest Regional Office, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois
60661; and Northeast Regional Office, Seven World Trade Center, Suite 1300, New
York, New York 10048. The Commission also maintains a Web site at
http://www.sec.gov from which such Registration Statement and exhibits may be
obtained.
No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any
representation other than those contained in this Prospectus and any Prospectus
Supplement with respect hereto and, if given or made, such information or
representations must not be relied upon. This Prospectus and any Prospectus
Supplement with respect hereto do not constitute an offer to sell or a
solicitation of an offer to buy any securities other than the Securities offered
hereby and thereby nor an offer of the Securities to any person in any state or
other jurisdiction in which such offer would be unlawful. The delivery of this
Prospectus at any time does not imply that information herein is correct as of
any time subsequent to its date.
All documents subsequently filed by or on behalf of the Trust Fund
referred to in the accompanying Prospectus Supplement with the Commission
pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), after the date of this Prospectus and
prior to the termination of any offering of the Securities issued by such Trust
Fund shall be deemed to be incorporated by reference in this Prospectus and to
be a part of this Prospectus from the date of the filing of such documents. Any
statement contained in a document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by
reference herein shall be deemed to be modified or superseded for all purposes
of this Prospectus to the extent that a statement contained herein (or in the
accompanying Prospectus Supplement) or in any other subsequently filed document
which also is or is deemed to be incorporated by reference modifies or replaces
such statement. Any such statement so modified or superseded shall not be
deemed, except as so modified or superseded, to constitute a part of this
Prospectus. Neither the Depositor nor the Master Servicer for any Series intends
to file with the Commission periodic reports with respect to the related Trust
Fund following completion of the reporting period required by Rule 15d-1 or
Regulation 15D under the Exchange Act.
The Trustee or such other entity specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement on behalf of any Trust Fund will provide without charge to each
person to whom this Prospectus is delivered, on the written or oral request of
such person, a copy of any or all of the documents referred to above that have
been or may be incorporated by reference in this Prospectus (not including
exhibits to the information that is incorporated by reference unless such
exhibits are specifically incorporated by reference into the information that
this Prospectus incorporates). Such requests should be directed to the Corporate
Trust Office of the Trustee or the address of such other entity specified in the
accompanying Prospectus Supplement. Included in the accompanying Prospectus
Supplement is the name, address, telephone number and, if available, facsimile
number of the office or contact person at the Corporate Trust Office of the
Trustee or such other entity.
4
<PAGE>
Requests to the Depositor should be directed in writing to Morgan
Stanley ABS Capital I Inc., c/o Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, 1585
Broadway, 2nd Floor, New York, New York 10036, Attention: President, or by
telephone at (212) 761-4000. The Depositor has determined that its financial
statements are not material to the offering of any class of Securities.
REPORTS TO SECURITYHOLDERS
Periodic and annual reports concerning the related Trust Fund for a Series
of Securities will be forwarded to Securityholders. However, such reports will
neither be examined nor reported on by an independent public accountant. See
"Description of the Securities -- Reports to Securityholders."
5
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Summary of Terms.............................................................7
Risk Factors................................................................17
The Trust Fund..............................................................27
Use of Proceeds.............................................................40
The Depositor...............................................................40
Description of the Securities...............................................41
Credit Enhancement..........................................................55
Yield and Prepayment Considerations.........................................59
The Agreements..............................................................62
Certain Legal Aspects of the Loans..........................................75
Federal Income Tax Consequences.............................................88
State Tax Considerations...................................................107
ERISA Considerations.......................................................107
Legal Investment...........................................................111
Method of Distribution.....................................................112
Legal Matters..............................................................113
Financial Information......................................................113
Rating.....................................................................113
Index of Defined Terms.....................................................115
6
<PAGE>
SUMMARY OF TERMS
This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the detailed
information appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus and in the related Prospectus
Supplement with respect to the Series of Securities offered thereby and to the
related Agreement (as such term is defined below) which will be prepared in
connection with each Series of Securities. Unless otherwise specified,
capitalized terms used and not defined in this Summary of Terms have the
meanings given to them in this Prospectus and in the related Prospectus
Supplement. See "Index of Defined Terms" on Page 115 of this Prospectus for the
location of the definitions of certain capitalized terms.
Title of Securities........Asset Backed Certificates (the "Certificates") and
Asset Backed Notes (the "Notes" and, together with
the Certificates, the "Securities"), which are
issuable in Series.
Depositor..................Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc., a wholly-owned
subsidiary of Morgan Stanley Dean Witter & Co.
None of Morgan Stanley, Morgan Stanley Dean Witter
& Co. or any other affiliate of the Depositor, the
Master Servicer, the Trustee or the Seller has
guaranteed or is otherwise obligated with respect
to the Securities of any Series. See "The
Depositor."
Trustee ...................The trustee(s) (the "Trustee") for each Series of
Securities will be specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement. See "The Agreements" herein
for a description of the Trustee's rights and
obligations.
Master ....................Servicer The entity or entities named as Master
Servicer (the "Master Servicer") in the related
Prospectus Supplement. See "The Agreements -- Certain
Matters Regarding the Master Servicer and the
Depositor."
Trust Fund Assets .........Assets of the Trust Fund for a Series of
Securities will include assets (the "Trust Fund
Assets") which will consist of Loans, Agency
Securities and/or Private Mortgage-Backed
Securities, together with payments in respect of
such Trust Fund Assets, as specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement. At the time of
issuance of Securities of a Series, the Depositor
will cause Loans, Agency Securities and/or Private
Mortgage-Backed Securities comprising the related
Trust Fund to be assigned to the Trustee, without
recourse. The Loans, Agency Securities and/or
Private Mortgage-Backed Securities will be
collected in a pool (each, a "Pool") as of the
first day of the month of the issuance of the
related Series of Securities or such other date
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement
(the "Cut-off Date"). A Trust Fund may include a
number of different types and concentrations of
Trust Fund Assets to the extent described in the
related Prospectus Supplement. Trust Fund Assets
also may include insurance policies, surety bonds,
cash accounts, spread accounts, reinvestment
income, guaranties, letters of credit, interest
rate cap agreements or interest rate swap
agreements. See "Credit Enhancement." In
addition, if the related Prospectus Supplement so
provides, the related Trust Funds Asset will
include the funds on deposit in an account (a
"Pre-Funding Account") which will be used to
purchase additional Loans during the period
specified in such Prospectus Supplement. See "The
Agreements -- Pre-Funding Account."
A. Loans ..................The Loans will consist of (i) mortgage loans
secured by first, second and/or more subordinate
liens on one-to four-family residential properties
or security interests in shares issued by
cooperative housing corporations (each, a
"Mortgage Loan"), (ii) closed-end loans (the
"Closed-End Loans") and/or revolving home equity
loans or certain balances thereof (the "Revolving
Credit Line Loans," together with the Closed-End
Loans, the
7
<PAGE>
"Home Equity Loans") secured by first, second and/or
more subordinate liens on one- to four-family
residential properties, (iii) home improvement
installment sales contracts and installment loan
agreements (the "Home Improvement Contracts") that
are either unsecured or secured by first, second
and/or more subordinate liens on one- to four-family
residential properties, or by security interests in
the home improvements financed thereby (the "Home
Improvements"), including loans insured under the FHA
Title I Credit Insurance program administered
pursuant to the National Housing Act of 1934, and
(iv) manufactured housing installment sales contracts
and installment loan agreements (the "Manufactured
Housing Contracts" and together with the Home
Improvement Contracts, the "Contracts") secured by
first, second and/or more subordinate liens on
Manufactured Homes (as defined herein) or by
mortgages on real estate on which the related
Manufactured Homes are located. All Loans, Agency
Securities and Private Mortgage-Backed Securities
will have been purchased by the Depositor, either
directly or through an affiliate, from one or more
Sellers.
As specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,
the Home Equity Loans will, and the Contracts may, be
secured by mortgages or deeds of trust or other
similar security instruments creating a lien on a
Mortgaged Property, which may be subordinated to one
or more senior liens on the Mortgaged Property, as
described in the related Prospectus Supplement. As
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,
Contracts may be unsecured or secured by purchase
money security interests in the Home Improvements or
Manufactured Homes financed thereby. The Mortgaged
Properties, Home Improvements and Manufactured Homes
are collectively referred to herein as the
"Properties."
B. Agency Securities.......The Agency Securities will consist of (i) fully
modified pass-through mortgage-backed certificates
guaranteed as to timely payment of principal and
interest by the Government National Mortgage
Association ("GNMA Certificates"), (ii) guaranteed
mortgage pass-through certificates issued and
guaranteed as to timely payment of principal and
interest by the Federal National Mortgage Association
("FNMA Certificates"), (iii) mortgage participation
certificates issued and guaranteed as to timely
payment of interest and, unless otherwise specified
in the related Prospectus Supplement, ultimate
payment of principal by the Federal Home Loan
Mortgage Corporation ("FHLMC Certificates"), (iv)
stripped mortgage-backed securities representing an
undivided interest in all or a part of either the
principal distributions (but not the interest
distributions) or the interest distributions (but not
the principal distributions) or in some specified
portion of the principal and interest distributions
(but not all of such distributions) on certain GNMA,
FNMA, FHLMC or other government agency or government-
sponsored agency certificates and, unless otherwise
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,
guaranteed to the same extent as the underlying
securities, (v) another type of guaranteed
pass-through certificate issued or guaranteed by
GNMA, FNMA, FHLMC or other government agency or
government-sponsored agency and described in the
related Prospectus Supplement, or (vi) a combination
of such Agency Securities. All GNMA Certificates will
be backed by the full faith and credit of the United
States. No FNMA or FHLMC Certificates will be backed,
directly or indirectly, by the full faith and credit
of the United States. The Agency Securities may
consist of pass-through securities issued under the
GNMA I Program, the GNMA II Program, FHLMC's Cash or
Guarantor Program or another program specified in the
Prospectus
8
<PAGE>
Supplement. The payment characteristics of the
Mortgage Loans underlying the Agency Securities will
be described in the related Prospectus Supplement.
See "The Trust Fund -- Agency Securities."
C. Private Mortgage-Backed
Securities............Private Mortgage-Backed Securities may include (i)
pass-through certificates representing beneficial
interests in certain mortgage loans or (ii)
collateralized mortgage obligations ("CMOs") secured
by such mortgage loans. Although mortgage loans
underlying a Private Mortgage-Backed Security may be
insured or guaranteed by the United States or an
agency or instrumentality thereof, they need not be,
and the Private Mortgage-Backed Securities themselves
will not be, so insured or guaranteed.
Unless otherwise specified in the Prospectus
Supplement relating to a Series of Securities,
payments on the Private Mortgage-Backed Securities
will be distributed directly to the Trustee as
registered owner of such Private Mortgage-Backed
Securities. The Prospectus Supplement for each Series
of Securities will specify, with respect to any
Private Mortgage-Backed Securities owned by the
related Trust Fund: (i) the aggregate approximate
principal amount and type of Private Mortgage-Backed
Securities; (ii) certain characteristics of the
mortgage loans underlying the Private Mortgage-Backed
Securities, including (A) the payment features of
such mortgage loans, (B) the approximate aggregate
principal amount, if known, of the underlying
mortgage loans which are insured or guaranteed by a
governmental entity, (C) the servicing fee or range
of servicing fees with respect to such mortgage
loans, and (D) the minimum and maximum stated
maturities of the mortgage loans at origination;
(iii) the maximum original term-to-stated maturity of
the Private Mortgage-Backed Securities; (iv) the
weighted average term-to-stated maturity of the
Private Mortgage-Backed Securities; (v) the
pass-through or certificate rate or ranges thereof
for the Private Mortgage-Backed Securities; (vi) the
weighted average pass-through or certificate rate of
the Private Mortgage-Backed Securities; (vii) the
issuer of the Private Mortgage-Backed Securities (the
"PMBS Issuer"), the servicer of the Private
Mortgage-Backed Securities (the "PMBS Servicer") and
the trustee of the Private Mortgage-Backed Securities
(the "PMBS Trustee"); (viii) certain characteristics
of credit support, if any, such as reserve funds,
insurance policies, letters of credit, financial
guaranty insurance policies or third party
guarantees, relating to the mortgage loans underlying
the Private Mortgage-Backed Securities, or to such
Private Mortgage-Backed Securities themselves; (ix)
the terms on which underlying mortgage loans for such
Private Mortgage-Backed Securities may, or are
required to, be repurchased prior to stated maturity;
and (x) the terms on which substitute mortgage loans
may be delivered to replace those initially deposited
with the PMBS Trustee. See "The Trust Fund -- Private
Mortgage-Backed Securities."
Description of the
Securities ............Each Security will represent a beneficial ownership
interest in, or be secured by the assets of, a Trust
Fund created by the Depositor pursuant to an
Agreement among the Depositor, the Master Servicer
and the Trustee for the related Series. The
Securities of any Series may be issued in one or more
classes as specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement. A Series of Securities may include one or
more classes of senior Securities (collectively, the
"Senior Securities") and one or more classes of
subordinate Securities (collectively, the
"Subordinated Securities"). Certain Series or classes
of Securities may be covered by insurance policies or
other
9
<PAGE>
forms of credit enhancement, in each case as
described under "Credit Enhancement" herein and in
the related Prospectus Supplement.
One or more classes of Securities of each Series (i)
may be entitled to receive distributions allocable
only to principal, only to interest or to any
combination thereof; (ii) may be entitled to receive
distributions only of prepayments of principal
throughout the lives of the Securities or during
specified periods; (iii) may be subordinated in the
right to receive distributions of scheduled payments
of principal, prepayments of principal, interest or
any combination thereof to one or more other classes
of Securities of such Series throughout the lives of
the Securities or during specified periods or may be
subordinated with respect to certain losses and
delinquencies; (iv) may be entitled to receive such
distributions only after the occurrence of events
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement; (v)
may be entitled to receive distributions in
accordance with a schedule or formula or on the basis
of collections from designated portions of the
related Trust Fund Assets; (vi) as to Securities
entitled to distributions allocable to interest, may
be entitled to receive interest at a rate per annum
specified, or calculated in the method described, in
the related Prospectus Supplement; and (vii) as to
Securities entitled to distributions allocable to
interest, may be entitled to distributions allocable
to interest only after the occurrence of events
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement and
may accrue interest until such events occur, in each
case as specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement. The timing and amounts of such
distributions may vary among classes or over time, as
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.
Distributions on the
Securities ...........Distributions on the Securities entitled thereto will
be made monthly, quarterly, semi-annually or at such
other intervals and on the dates specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement (each, a "Distribution
Date") out of the payments received in respect of the
assets of the related Trust Fund or Funds or other
assets pledged for the benefit of the Securities as
described under "Credit Enhancement" herein to the
extent specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement. The amount allocable to payments of
principal and interest on any Distribution Date will
be determined as specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement. The Prospectus Supplement for a Series of
Securities will describe the method of allocating
distributions among Securities of different classes
as well as the method for allocating distributions
among Securities for any particular class.
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement, the aggregate original principal balance
of the Securities will not exceed the aggregate
distributions allocable to principal that such
Securities will be entitled to receive. If specified
in the related Prospectus Supplement, the Securities
will have an aggregate original principal balance
equal to the aggregate unpaid principal balance of
the Trust Fund Assets as of the related Cut-off Date
and will bear interest in the aggregate at a rate
equal to the interest rate borne by the underlying
Loans (the "Loan Rate") net of the aggregate
servicing fees and any other amounts specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement (the "Pass-Through
Rate") or at such other interest rate as may be
specified in such Prospectus Supplement. If specified
in the related Prospectus Supplement, the aggregate
original principal balance of the Securities and
interest rates on the classes of Securities will be
determined based on the cash flow on the Trust Fund
Assets.
10
<PAGE>
The rate at which interest will be passed through or
paid to holders of each class of Securities entitled
thereto may be a fixed rate or a rate that is subject
to change from time to time from the time and for the
periods, in each case, as specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement. Any such rate may be
calculated on a loan-by-loan, weighted average or
notional amount, as applicable, in each case as
described in the related Prospectus Supplement.
Credit Enhancement.........The assets in a Trust Fund or the Securities of one
or more classes in the related Series may have the
benefit of one or more types of credit enhancement as
described in the related Prospectus Supplement. The
protection against losses afforded by any such credit
support may be limited. The type, characteristics and
amount of credit enhancement will be determined based
on the characteristics of the Trust Fund Assets and
other factors and will be established on the basis of
requirements of each Rating Agency rating the
Securities of such Series. See "Credit Enhancement."
A. Subordination...........A Series of Securities may consist of one or more
classes of Senior Securities and one or more classes
of Subordinated Securities. The rights of the holders
of the Subordinated Securities of a Series to receive
distributions with respect to the assets in the
related Trust Fund will be subordinated to such
rights of the holders of the Senior Securities of the
same Series to the extent described in the related
Prospectus Supplement. This subordination is intended
to enhance the likelihood of regular receipt by
holders of Senior Securities of the full amount of
monthly payments of principal and interest due them.
The protection afforded to the holders of Senior
Securities of a Series by means of the subordination
feature will be accomplished by (i) the preferential
right of such holders to receive, prior to any
distribution being made in respect of the related
Subordinated Securities, the amounts of interest
and/or principal due them on each Distribution Date
out of the funds available for distribution on such
date in the related Security Account and, to the
extent described in the related Prospectus
Supplement, by the right of such holders to receive
future distributions on the assets in the related
Trust Fund that would otherwise have been payable to
the holders of Subordinated Securities; (ii) reducing
the ownership interest (if applicable) of the related
Subordinated Securities; (iii) a combination of
clauses (i) and (ii) above; or (iv) as otherwise
described in the related Prospectus Supplement. If so
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,
subordination may apply only in the event of certain
types of losses not covered by other forms of credit
support, such as hazard losses not covered by
standard hazard insurance policies or losses due to
the bankruptcy or fraud of the borrower. The related
Prospectus Supplement will set forth information
concerning, among other things, the amount of
subordination of a class or classes of Subordinated
Securities in a Series, the circumstances in which
such subordination will be applicable, and the
manner, if any, in which the amount of subordination
will decrease over time.
B. Reserve Account.........One or more reserve accounts or other cash accounts
(each, a "Reserve Account") may be established and
maintained for each Series of Securities. The related
Prospectus Supplement will specify whether or not
such Reserve Accounts will be included in the corpus
of the Trust Fund for such Series and will also
specify the manner of funding such Reserve Accounts
and the conditions under which the amounts in any
such Reserve Accounts will be used to make
distributions to holders of Securities of a
particular class or released from such Reserve
Accounts.
11
<PAGE>
C. Letter of Credit........If so specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,
credit support may be provided by one or more letters
of credit. A letter of credit may provide limited
protection against certain losses in addition to or
in lieu of other credit support, such as, in the case
of Loans, losses resulting from delinquent payments,
losses from risks not covered by standard hazard
insurance policies, losses due to bankruptcy of a
borrower and application of certain provisions of the
federal Bankruptcy Code, and losses due to denial of
insurance coverage due to misrepresentations made in
connection with the origination or sale of a Loan.
The issuer of the letter of credit (the "L/C Bank")
will be obligated to honor demands with respect to
such letter of credit, to the extent of the amount
available thereunder to provide funds under the
circumstances and subject to such conditions as are
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement. The
liability of the L/C Bank under its letter of credit
will be reduced by the amount of unreimbursed
payments thereunder.
The maximum liability of a L/C Bank under its letter
of credit will be an amount equal to a percentage
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement of the
initial aggregate outstanding principal balance of
the Loans in the related Trust Fund or one or more
Classes of Securities of the related Series (the "L/C
Percentage"). The maximum amount available at any
time to be paid under a letter of credit will be
determined in the manner specified therein and in the
related Prospectus Supplement.
D. Insurance Policies;
Surety Bonds and
Guarantees............If so specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,
credit support for a Series may be provided by an
insurance policy and/or a surety bond issued by one
or more insurance companies or sureties. Such
certificate guarantee insurance or surety bond will
guarantee timely distributions of interest and/or
full distributions of principal on the basis of a
schedule of principal distributions set forth in or
determined in the manner specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement. If specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, one or more bankruptcy bonds,
special hazard insurance policies, other insurance or
third-party guarantees may be used to provide
coverage for the risks of default or types of losses
set forth in such Prospectus Supplement.
E. Over-Collateralization..If so provided in the Prospectus Supplement for a
Series of Securities, a portion of the interest
payment on each Loan may be applied as an additional
distribution in respect of principal to reduce the
principal balance of a certain class or classes of
Securities and, thus, accelerate the rate of payment
of principal on such class or classes of Securities.
F. Loan Pool Insurance
Policy ..............A mortgage pool insurance policy or policies may be
obtained and maintained for Loans relating to any
Series of Securities, which shall be limited in
scope, covering defaults on the related Loans in an
initial amount equal to a specified percentage of the
aggregate principal balance of all Loans included in
the Pool as of the related Cut-off Date.
G. FHA Insurance ..........If specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,
all or a portion of the Loans relating to any
Series of Securities may be (i) insured by the
Federal Housing Administration (the "FHA") and/or
(ii) partially guaranteed by the Department of
Veterans' Affairs (the "VA"). See "Certain Legal
Aspects of the Loans -- The Title I Program."
H. Cross-Collateralization.If specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,
separate classes of a Series of Securities may
evidence the beneficial ownership of, or be secured
12
<PAGE>
by, separate groups of assets included in a Trust
Fund. In such case, credit support may be provided by
a cross- collateralization feature which requires
that distributions be made with respect to Securities
evidencing a beneficial ownership interest in, or
secured by, one or more asset groups prior to
distributions to Subordinated Securities evidencing a
beneficial ownership interest in, or secured by,
other asset groups within the same Trust Fund. See
"Credit Enhancement -- Cross-Collateralization."
If specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,
the coverage provided by one or more forms of credit
support may apply concurrently to two or more
separate Trust Funds. If applicable, the related
Prospectus Supplement will identify the Trust Funds
to which such credit support relates and the manner
of determining the amount of the coverage provided to
such Trust Funds thereby and of the application of
such coverage to the identified Trust Funds. See
"Credit Enhancement -- Cross-Collateralization."
I. Other Arrangements......Other arrangements as described in the related
Prospectus Supplement including, but not limited to,
one or more bankruptcy bonds, special hazard
insurance policies, other insurance or third-party
guarantees, interest rate swap agreements, interest
rate cap agreements or other similar arrangements
will be described in the related Prospectus
Supplement. An interest rate swap agreement involves
an agreement between two parties under which one
party makes to the other party periodic payments
based on a fixed rate of interest and receives in
return periodic payments based on a variable rate of
interest, which rates of interest are calculated on
the basis of a specified notional amount of principal
for a specified period of time as will be described
in the related Prospectus Supplement. An interest
rate cap agreement involves an agreement between two
parties in which one party agrees to make payments to
the other party when a designated market interest
rate goes above a designated level on predetermined
dates or during a specified time period as will be
described in the related Prospectus Supplement.
Advances...................The Master Servicer and, if applicable, each
mortgage servicing institution that services a
Loan in a Pool on behalf of the Master Servicer
(each, a "Sub-Servicer") may be obligated to
advance amounts (each, an "Advance") corresponding
to delinquent interest and/or principal payments
on such Loan (including, in the case of
Cooperative Loans, unpaid maintenance fees or
other charges under the related proprietary
lease), net of the Servicing Fee if so specified
in the related Prospectus Supplement, until the
date, as specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement, following the date on which the
related Property is sold at a foreclosure sale or
the related Loan is otherwise liquidated. Any
obligation to make Advances may be subject to
limitations as specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement. If so specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, Advances may be drawn from
a cash account available for such purpose as
described in such Prospectus Supplement. Advances
will be reimbursable to the extent described under
"Description of the Securities -- Advances" herein
and in the related Prospectus Supplement.
In the event the Master Servicer or Sub-Servicer
fails to make a required Advance, the Trustee may be
obligated to advance such amounts otherwise required
to be advanced by the Master Servicer or
Sub-Servicer. See "Description of the Securities --
Advances."
13
<PAGE>
Optional Termination.......The Master Servicer or the party specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement, including the holder
of the residual interest in a REMIC, may have the
option to effect early retirement of a Series of
Securities through the purchase of the Trust Fund
Assets. The Master Servicer will deposit the proceeds
of any such purchase in the Security Account for each
Trust Fund as described under "The Agreements --
Payments on Loans; Deposits to Security Account." Any
such purchase of Trust Fund Assets and property
acquired in respect of Trust Fund Assets evidenced by
a Series of Securities will be made at the option of
the Master Servicer, such other person or, if
applicable, such holder of the REMIC residual
interest, at a price specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement. The exercise of such right
will effect early retirement of the Securities of
that Series, but the right of the Master Servicer,
such other person, or, if applicable, such holder of
the REMIC residual interest, to so purchase is
subject to the principal balance of the related Trust
Fund Assets being less than the percentage specified
in the related Prospectus Supplement of the aggregate
principal balance of the Trust Fund Assets at the
Cut-off Date for the Series. Upon such requirement
being satisfied, the parties specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement may purchase all Trust Fund
Assets and thereby effect retirement of such Series
of Securities. In such event, the applicable purchase
price will be sufficient to pay the aggregate
outstanding principal balance of such Series of
Securities and any undistributed shortfall in
interest of such Series of Securities as will be
described in the related Prospectus Supplement. The
foregoing is subject to the provision that if a REMIC
election is made with respect to a Trust Fund, any
repurchase pursuant to clause (ii) above will be made
only in connection with a "qualified liquidation"
within the meaning of Section 860F(g)(4) of the Code.
Legal Investment...........The Prospectus Supplement for each series of
Securities will specify which, if any, of the classes
of Securities offered thereby constitute "mortgage
related securities" for purposes of the Secondary
Mortgage Market Enhancement Act of 1984 ("SMMEA").
Classes of Securities that qualify as "mortgage
related securities" will be legal investments for
certain types of institutional investors to the
extent provided in SMMEA, subject, in any case, to
any other regulations which may govern investments by
such institutional investors. Institutions whose
investment activities are subject to review by
federal or state authorities should consult with
their counsel or the applicable authorities to
determine whether an investment in a particular class
of Securities (whether or not such class constitutes
a "mortgage related security") complies with
applicable guidelines, policy statements or
restrictions. See "Legal Investment."
Federal Income Tax
Consequences .........The federal income tax consequences to
Securityholders will vary depending on whether one or
more elections are made to treat the Trust Fund or
specified portions thereof as a REMIC under the
provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended (the "Code"). The Prospectus Supplement for
each Series of Securities will specify whether such
an election will be made. If a REMIC election is
made, Securities representing regular interests in a
REMIC will generally be taxable to holders in the
same manner as evidences of indebtedness issued by
the REMIC. Stated interest on such regular interests
will be taxable as ordinary income and taken into
account using the accrual method of accounting,
regardless of the holder's normal accounting method.
If no REMIC election is made, interest (other than
original issue discount ("OID")) on Securities that
are characterized as indebtedness for federal income
tax purposes will be
14
<PAGE>
includible in income by holders thereof in accordance
with their usual method of accounting. Certain
classes of Securities may be issued with OID. A
holder should be aware that the Code and the Treasury
regulations promulgated thereunder do not adequately
address certain issues relevant to prepayable
securities, such as the Securities. Holders that will
be required to report income with respect to the
related Securities under the accrual method of
accounting will do so without giving effect to delays
and reductions in distributions attributable to a
default or delinquency on the Trust Fund Asset,
except possibly to the extent that it can be
established that such amounts are uncollectible. As a
result, the amount of income (including OID) reported
by a holder of a Security in any period could
significantly exceed the amount of cash distributed
to such holder in that period.
If a REMIC election is made with respect to a Series
of Securities, then, upon the issuance of those
Securities, special counsel to the Depositor will
issue an opinion generally to the effect that the
arrangement by which such Securities are issued will
be treated as a REMIC as long as all of the
provisions of the applicable Agreement are complied
with and the statutory and regulatory requirements
are satisfied. Such Securities will be designated as
"regular interests" or "residual interests" in a
REMIC. A REMIC will not be subject to entity-level
tax. Rather, the taxable income or net loss of a
REMIC will be taken into account by the holders of
residual interests. Such holders will report their
proportionate share of the taxable income of the
REMIC whether or not they receive cash distributions
from the REMIC attributable to such income. A portion
(or, in some cases, all) of the income from a
residual interest (i) may not be subject to offset by
losses from other activities, (ii) for a holder that
is subject to tax under the Code on unrelated
business taxable income, may be treated as unrelated
business taxable income and (iii) for a foreign
holder, may not qualify for exemption from or
reduction of withholding. In addition, (i) residual
interests are subject to transfer restrictions and
(ii) certain transfers of residual interests will not
be recognized for federal income tax purposes.
Further, individual holders are subject to
limitations on the deductibility of expenses of the
REMIC.
If so specified in the Prospectus Supplement for a
Series of Securities, then, upon the issuance of
those Securities, special counsel to the Depositor
will issue an opinion generally to the effect that
the arrangement by which such Securities are issued
will be classified as a grantor trust under Subpart
E, Part I of Subchapter J of the Code and not as an
association taxable as a corporation. If so provided
in the Prospectus Supplement for a Series of
Securities representing interests in Trust Fund
Assets, holders of Securities of such Series will be
treated as owning directly rights to receive certain
payments of interest or principal, or both, on the
assets held in the Trust Fund for such Series. All
income with respect to a Stripped Security will be
accounted for as OID and, unless otherwise specified
in the related Prospectus Supplement, will be
reported by the Trustee on an accrual basis, which
may be prior to the receipt of cash associated with
such income.
If so specified in the Prospectus Supplement for a
Series of Securities, special counsel to the
Depositor will issue an opinion generally to the
effect that the Trust Fund will not be treated as an
association or a publicly traded partnership taxable
as a corporation as long as all of the provisions of
the applicable Agreement are complied with and the
statutory and regulatory requirements are satisfied.
If Notes are issued by such Trust Fund, such
15
<PAGE>
Notes will be treated as indebtedness for federal
income tax purposes. The holders of the Certificates
issued by such Trust Fund, if any, will agree to
treat the Certificates as equity interests in a
partnership.
Generally, gain or loss will be recognized on a sale
of Securities in the amount equal to the difference
between the amount realized and the seller's tax
basis in the Securities sold. The material federal
income tax consequences for investors associated with
the purchase, ownership and disposition of the
Securities are set forth herein under "Federal Income
Tax Consequences." The material federal income tax
consequences for investors associated with the
purchase, ownership and disposition of Securities of
any particular Series will be set forth under the
heading "Federal Income Tax Consequences" in the
related Prospectus Supplement. See "Federal Income
Tax Consequences."
ERISA Considerations.......A fiduciary of any employee benefit plan or other
retirement plan or arrangement subject to the
Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended ("ERISA"), or the Code should carefully
review with its legal advisors whether the purchase
or holding of Securities could give rise to a
transaction prohibited or not otherwise permissible
under ERISA or the Code. Certain exemptions from the
prohibited transaction rules could be applicable to
the acquisition of the Securities. See "ERISA
Considerations." The U.S. Department of Labor has
issued an individual exemption, Prohibited
Transaction Exemption 90-24, to Morgan Stanley & Co.
Incorporated that generally exempts from the
application of certain of the prohibited transaction
provisions of ERISA and the Code, transactions
relating to the purchase, sale and holding of
pass-through certificates underwritten by such
underwriter such as certain classes of the Securities
and the servicing and operation of asset pools,
provided that certain conditions are satisfied as
will be described in the related Prospectus
Supplement. Certain classes of Securities may not be
transferred unless the Trustee and the Depositor are
furnished with a letter of representation or an
opinion of counsel to the effect that such transfer
will not result in a violation of the prohibited
transaction provisions and will not subject the
Trustee, the Depositor or the Master Servicer to
additional obligations. See "Description of the
Securities -- General" and "ERISA Considerations."
Rating.....................It will be a requirement for issuance of any Series
that the Securities offered by this Prospectus and
the related Prospectus Supplement be rated by at
least one Rating Agency in one of its four highest
applicable rating categories. The rating or ratings
applicable to Securities of each Series offered
hereby and by the related Prospectus Supplement will
be as set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.
A securities rating should be evaluated independently
of similar ratings on different types of securities.
A securities rating does not address the effect that
the rate of prepayments on Loans for a Series may
have on the yield to investors in the Securities of
such Series. See "Risk Factors -- Ratings are not
Recommendations."
Risk Factors ..............For a discussion of certain risks associated with an
investment in the Securities, see "Risk Factors" on
page 17 herein and in the related Prospectus
Supplement.
16
<PAGE>
RISK FACTORS
Investors should consider the following factors in connection with the
purchase of the Securities.
Lack of Secondary Market Limits Liquidity
There will be no market for the Securities of any Series prior to the
issuance thereof, and there can be no assurance that a secondary market will
develop or, if it does develop, that it will provide Securityholders with
liquidity of investment or will continue for the life of the Securities of such
Series. Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, through one or more of its
affiliates, and the other underwriters, if any, specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, presently expect to make a secondary market in
securities, but have no obligation to do so.
Limited Sources of Payments -- No Recourse to Sellers, Depositor or Master
Servicer
The Depositor does not have, nor is it expected to have, any significant
assets. Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the
Securities of a Series will be payable solely from the Trust Fund for such
Securities and will not have any claim against or security interest in the Trust
Fund for any other Series. There will be no recourse to the Depositor or any
other person for any failure to receive distributions on the Securities.
Further, at the times set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement, certain
Trust Fund Assets and/or any balance remaining in the Security Account
immediately after making all payments due on the Securities of such Series,
after making adequate provision for future payments on certain classes of
Securities and after making any other payments specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, may be promptly released or remitted to the Depositor,
the Master Servicer, any credit enhancement provider or any other person
entitled thereto and will no longer be available for making payments to
Securityholders. Consequently, holders of Securities of each Series must rely
solely upon payments with respect to the Trust Fund Assets and the other assets
constituting the Trust Fund for a Series of Securities, including, if
applicable, any amounts available pursuant to any credit enhancement for such
Series, for the payment of principal of and interest on the Securities of such
Series.
The Securities will not represent an interest in or obligation of the
Depositor, the Master Servicer, any Seller or any of their respective
affiliates. The only obligations, if any, of the Depositor with respect to the
Trust Fund Assets or the Securities of any Series will be to obtain certain
representations and warranties from each Seller or each originator (the
"Originator") of the Trust Fund Assets and to assign to the Trustee for the
related Series of Securities the Depositor's rights with respect to such
representations and warranties. The Depositor does not have, and is not expected
in the future to have, any significant assets with which to meet any obligation
to repurchase Trust Fund Assets with respect to which there has been a breach of
any representation or warranty. If, for example, the Depositor were required to
repurchase a Trust Fund Asset, its only sources of funds to make such repurchase
would be from funds obtained (i) from the enforcement of a corresponding
obligation, if any, on the part of the related Seller or Originator of such
Trust Fund Asset, or (ii) to the extent provided in the related Prospectus
Supplement, from a Reserve Account or similar credit enhancement established to
provide funds for such repurchases. The only obligations of the Master Servicer,
other than its master servicing obligations, with respect to the Trust Fund
Assets or the Securities of any Series will be pursuant to certain
representations and warranties. The Master Servicer may be required to
repurchase or substitute for any Trust Fund Asset with respect to which such
representations and warranties are breached. There is no assurance, however,
that the Master Servicer will have the financial ability to effect any such
repurchase or substitution.
The only obligations of any Seller or Originator with respect to Trust
Fund Assets or the Securities of any Series will be pursuant to certain
representations and warranties and certain document delivery requirements. A
Seller or Originator may be required to repurchase or substitute for any Trust
Fund Asset with respect to which such representations and warranties or document
delivery requirements are breached. There is no assurance, however, that such
Seller or Originator will have the financial ability to effect such repurchase
or substitution.
Limitations on Credit Enhancement for Protection Against Losses
Limitation Regarding Types of Losses Covered. Although credit enhancement
is intended to reduce the risk of delinquent payments or losses to holders of
Securities entitled to the benefit thereof, the amount of such credit
17
<PAGE>
enhancement will be limited, as set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement,
and may be subject to periodic reduction in accordance with a schedule or
formula or otherwise decline, and could be depleted under certain circumstances
prior to the payment in full of the related Series of Securities, and as a
result Securityholders of the related Series may suffer losses. Moreover, such
credit enhancement may not cover all potential losses or risks. For example,
credit enhancement may or may not cover fraud or negligence by a loan originator
or other parties. In addition, the Trustee will generally be permitted to
reduce, terminate or substitute all or a portion of the credit enhancement for
any Series of Securities, provided the applicable Rating Agency indicates that
the then-current rating of the Securities of such Series will not be adversely
affected. See "Credit Enhancement."
Disproportionate Benefits to Certain Classes and Series. A Series of
Securities may include one or more classes of Subordinated Securities, if
provided in the related Prospectus Supplement. Although subordination is
intended to reduce the likelihood of temporary shortfalls and ultimate losses to
holders of the related Senior Securities, the amount of subordination will be
limited and may decline under certain circumstances. In addition, if principal
payments on one or more classes of Securities of a Series are made in a
specified order of priority, any related credit enhancement may be exhausted
before the principal of the later paid classes of Securities of such Series has
been repaid in full. As a result, the impact of losses and shortfalls
experienced with respect to the Trust Fund Assets may fall primarily upon those
classes of Securities having a latter right of payments. Moreover, if a form of
credit enhancement covers the Securities of more than one Series and losses on
the related Trust Fund Assets exceed the amount of such credit enhancement, it
is possible that the holders of Securities of one (or more) such Series will be
disproportionately benefited by such credit enhancement to the detriment of the
holders of Securities of one (or more) other such Series. The amount of any
applicable credit enhancement supporting one or more other classes of Securities
will be determined on the basis of criteria established by each Rating Agency
rating such classes of Securities as described below under "-- Ratings are not
Recommendations."
Limitations on FHA Insurance for Title I Loans. The related Prospectus
Supplement will specify the number and percentage of Title I Loans, if any,
included in the related Trust Fund that are partially insured by the FHA
pursuant to the Title I Program. Since the FHA insurance amount for the Title I
Loans is limited as described herein under "Certain Legal Aspects of the Loans
-- The Title I Program" and in the related Prospectus Supplement, and since the
adequacy of such FHA insurance is dependent upon future events, including
reductions for the payment of FHA claims, no assurance can be given that the FHA
insurance is or will be adequate to cover 90% of all potential losses on the
Title I Loans included in the related Trust Fund. If the FHA insurance for the
Title I Loans is reduced to zero, such Loans will be effectively uninsured from
and after the date of such reduction. Under the Title I Program, until a claim
for insurance reimbursement is submitted to the FHA, the FHA does not review or
approve for qualification for insurance the individual Title I Loan insured
thereunder (as is typically the case with other federal loan insurance
programs). Consequently, the FHA has not acknowledged that any of the Title I
Loans are eligible for FHA insurance, nor has the FHA reviewed or approved the
underwriting and qualification by the originating lenders of any individual
Title I Loan. See "Certain Legal Aspects of the Loans -- The Title I Program."
The availability of FHA reimbursement following a default on a Title I
Loan is subject to a number of conditions, including strict compliance by the
originating lender of such loan, the Seller, the FHA claims administrator, the
Master Servicer and any subservicer with the FHA regulations in originating and
servicing such Title I Loan, and limits on the aggregate insurance coverage
available in the lender's insurance company reserve account. For example, the
FHA Regulations provide that, prior to originating a Title I Loan, a Title I
lender must exercise prudence and diligence in determining whether the borrower
and any co-maker or co-signer is solvent and an acceptable credit risk with a
reasonable ability to make payments on the loan. Although the related Seller
will represent and warrant that the Title I Loans have been originated and
serviced in compliance with all FHA regulations, these regulations are
susceptible to substantial interpretation. Failure to comply with all FHA
regulations may result in a denial of FHA claims, and there can be no assurance
that the FHA's enforcement of the FHA regulations will not become more strict in
the future. See "Certain Legal Aspects of the Loans -- The Title I Program."
Basis Risk and Possible Interest Shortfalls
The Trust Fund Assets may accrue interest at variable rates based on
changes in specified indexes (as set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement)
which may adjust monthly, quarterly, annually or otherwise. The Securities,
however, may accrue interest at interest rates based on different indexes and
may adjust on different
18
<PAGE>
periods. As a result, there may be periods during which the weighted average
rate of interest at which the Trust Fund Assets are accruing interest is less
than the rate of interest on the Securities. The resulting shortfall in interest
collections on the Trust Fund Assets vis-a-vis the amount of interest owed on
the Securities will, unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement, be borne by the holders of such Securities.
Prepayment and Yield Considerations and Reinvestment Risk
Prepayment and Yield considerations; Yield May Vary. The timing of
principal payments of the Securities of a Series will be affected by a number of
factors, including the following: (i) the rate, timing and extent of prepayments
(including for this purpose prepayments resulting from refinancing or
liquidations of the Loans due to defaults, casualties, condemnations and
repurchases by the Depositor or the Master Servicer) of the Loans comprising the
Trust Fund, which prepayments may be influenced by a variety of factors,
including general economic conditions, prevailing interest rate levels, the
availability of alternative financing and homeowner mobility, (ii) the manner of
allocating principal and/or payments among the classes of Securities of a Series
as specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, (iii) the exercise by the
party entitled thereto of any right of optional termination and (iv) the rate
and timing of payment defaults and losses incurred with respect to the Trust
Fund Assets. The repurchase of Loans by a Seller, an Originator or the Master
Servicer may result from repurchases of Trust Fund Assets due to material
breaches of such Seller's, such Originator's or the Master Servicer's
representations and warranties, as applicable. The yields to maturity and
weighted average lives of the Securities will be affected primarily by the rate
and timing of prepayment of the Loans comprising the Trust Fund Assets. The
"yield to maturity" is the rate of return an investor in a Security will receive
if such Security is held to its maturity date taking into account the purchase
price, redemption value, time to maturity, interest rate borne by such Security
and the time between interest payments. The "weighted average life" of a
Security refers to the amount of time that would elapse from the date of its
issuance until each dollar applicable to principal of such Security is
distributed to the investor. The yields to maturity and weighted average lives
of the Securities will also be affected by the distribution of amounts remaining
in any Pre-Funding Account following the end of the related Funding Period. A
delay in distributions of principal resulting in an extension of the weighted
average life of a Security or an acceleration in distributions of principal
resulting in a reduction of the weighted average life of a Security may
adversely impact the yield to maturity anticipated by an investor in such
Security. See "Yield and Prepayment Considerations" and "The Agreements --
Pre-Funding Account."
Reinvestment Risk Due to Prepayment of Loans. Any reinvestment risks
resulting from a faster or slower incidence of prepayment of Loans held by a
Trust Fund will be borne entirely by the holders of one or more classes of the
related Series of Securities. Amounts received by an investor from distributions
on a Security may be reinvested at prevailing interest rates which may be higher
or lower than the interest rate payable on the Securities. In general, if
prevailing interest rates fall significantly below the Loan Rates borne by the
Loans, such Loans are more likely to be subject to higher prepayment rates than
if prevailing interest rates remain at or above such Loan Rates. If, however,
prevailing interest rates rise appreciably above the Loan Rates borne by the
Loans, such Loans are more likely to experience a lower prepayment rate than if
prevailing rates remain at or below such Loan Rates. Thus, an investor may
receive accelerated principal payments on the Securities held by the investor
for reinvestment at a time when prevailing interest rates are lower than the
interest rate payable on such Securities. Conversely, an investor may not
receive any prepayments on such Securities at a time when any such prepayments
could be reinvested at interest rates higher than those payable on the
Securities. See "Yield and Prepayment Considerations" and "The Agreements --
Pre-Funding Account."
Interest payable on the Securities of a Series on a Distribution Date will
include all interest accrued during the period specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement. In the event interest accrues over a period ending two or
more days prior to a Distribution Date, the effective yield to Securityholders
will be reduced from the yield that would otherwise be obtainable if interest
payable on the Securities were to accrue through the day immediately preceding
each Distribution Date, and the effective yield (at par) to Securityholders will
be less than the indicated coupon rate. See "Description of the Securities --
Distributions on Securities -- Distributions of Interest."
Greater Risk Considerations Due to Geographic Concentration
Certain geographic regions of the United States from time to time will
experience weaker regional economic conditions and housing markets, and,
consequently, will experience higher rates of loss and delinquency
19
<PAGE>
on loans generally. Any concentration of the Loans relating to any Series of
Securities in any such region may present risk considerations in addition to
those generally present for similar loan-backed securities without such
concentration. See "The Mortgage Pool" in the related Prospectus Supplement for
further information regarding the geographic concentration of the Loans
underlying the Securities of any Series.
Nature of Security May Affect Payments on Loans
Low Credit Quality Borrowers May Affect Payments. Certain of the Loans
underlying a Series of Securities may have been made to lower credit quality
borrowers who have marginal credit and fall into one of two categories:
customers with moderate income, limited assets and other income characteristics
which cause difficulty in borrowing from banks and other traditional lending
sources, and customers with a derogatory credit report, including a history of
irregular employment, previous bankruptcy filings, repossession of property,
charged-off loans and garnishment of wages. The average Loan Rate on those Loans
made to these types of borrowers is generally higher than that charged by
lenders that typically impose more stringent credit requirements. The payment
experience on loans made to these types of borrowers is likely to be different
from that on loans made to borrowers with higher credit quality, and is likely
to be more sensitive to changes in the economic climate in the areas in which
such borrowers reside.
Balloon Payments May Affect Payments. Certain of the Loans as of the
related Cut-off Date may not be fully amortizing over their terms to maturity
and, thus, will require substantial principal payments (i.e., balloon payments)
at their stated maturity. Loans with balloon payments involve a greater degree
of risk because the ability of a borrower to make a balloon payment typically
will depend upon its ability either to timely refinance the loan or to timely
sell the related Property. The ability of a borrower to accomplish either of
these goals will be affected by a number of factors, including the level of
available mortgage rates at the time of sale or refinancing, the borrower's
equity in the related Property, the financial condition of the borrower and tax
laws. Losses on such Loans that are not otherwise covered by the credit
enhancement described in the applicable Prospectus Supplement will be borne by
the holders of one or more classes of Securities of the related Series.
Property Values May be Insufficient. There are several factors that could
adversely affect the value of Properties such that the outstanding balance of
the related Loans, together with any senior financing on the Properties, if
applicable, would equal or exceed the value of the Properties. Among the factors
that could adversely affect the value of the Properties are an overall decline
in the residential real estate market in the areas in which the Properties are
located or a decline in the general condition of the Properties as a result of
failure of borrowers to maintain adequately the Properties or of natural
disasters that are not necessarily covered by insurance, such as earthquakes and
floods. In the case of Home Equity Loans, such decline could extinguish the
value of the interest of a junior mortgagee in the Property before having any
effect on the interest of the related senior mortgagee. If such a decline
occurs, the actual rates of delinquencies, foreclosures and losses on all Loans
could be higher than those currently experienced in the mortgage lending
industry in general. Losses on such Loans that are not otherwise covered by the
credit enhancement described in the applicable Prospectus Supplement will be
borne by the holders of one or more classes of Securities of the related Series.
Delays in Liquidation and Receipt of Proceeds Due to Litigation. Even
assuming that the Properties provide adequate security for the Loans,
substantial delays could be encountered in connection with the liquidation of
defaulted Loans and corresponding delays in the receipt of related proceeds by
Securityholders could occur. An action to foreclose on a Property securing a
Loan is regulated by state statutes and rules and is subject to many of the
delays and expenses of other lawsuits if defenses or counterclaims are
interposed, sometimes requiring several years to complete. Furthermore, in some
states an action to obtain a deficiency judgment is not permitted following a
nonjudicial sale of a Property. In the event of a default by a borrower, these
restrictions, among other things, may impede the ability of the Master Servicer
to foreclose on or sell the Property or to obtain liquidation proceeds
sufficient to repay all amounts due on the related Loan. In addition, the Master
Servicer will be entitled to deduct from related liquidation proceeds all
expenses reasonably incurred in attempting to recover amounts due on defaulted
Loans and not yet repaid, including payments to senior lienholders, legal fees
and costs of legal action, real estate taxes and maintenance and preservation
expenses.
Disproportionate Effect of Liquidation Expenses May Affect Proceeds.
Liquidation expenses with respect to defaulted loans do not vary directly with
the outstanding principal balance of the loan at the time of default.
20
<PAGE>
Therefore, assuming that a servicer took the same steps in realizing upon a
defaulted loan having a small remaining principal balance as it would in the
case of a defaulted loan having a large remaining principal balance, the amount
realized after expenses of liquidation would be smaller as a percentage of the
outstanding principal balance of the small loan than would be the case with the
defaulted loan having a large remaining principal balance.
Home Equity Loans; Junior Loans Create Additional Risk of Loss. Since the
mortgages and deeds of trust securing the Home Equity Loans will be primarily
junior liens subordinate to the rights of the mortgagee under the related senior
mortgage(s) or deed(s) of trust, the proceeds from any liquidation, insurance or
condemnation proceeds will be available to satisfy the outstanding balance of
such junior lien only to the extent that the claims of such senior mortgagees
have been satisfied in full, including any related foreclosure costs. In
addition, a junior mortgagee may not foreclose on the property securing a junior
mortgage unless it forecloses subject to any senior mortgage, in which case it
must either pay the entire amount due on any senior mortgage to the related
senior mortgagee at or prior to the foreclosure sale or undertake the obligation
to make payments on any such senior mortgage in the event the mortgagor is in
default thereunder. The Trust Fund will not have any source of funds to satisfy
any senior mortgages or make payments due to any senior mortgagees and may
therefore be prevented from foreclosing on the related property.
Consumer Protection Laws May Affect Loans. Applicable state laws generally
regulate interest rates and other charges, require certain disclosures, and
require licensing of certain originators and servicers of Loans. In addition,
most states have other laws, public policy and general principles of equity
relating to the protection of consumers, unfair and deceptive practices and
practices which may apply to the origination, servicing and collection of the
Loans. Depending on the provisions of the applicable law and the specific facts
and circumstances involved, violations of these laws, policies and principles
may limit the ability of the Master Servicer to collect all or part of the
principal of or interest on the Loans, may entitle the borrower to a refund of
amounts previously paid and, in addition, could subject the Master Servicer to
damages and administrative sanctions. See "Certain Legal Aspects of the Loans."
Risks Associated with Non-Owner Occupied Properties. Certain of the
Properties relating to Loans may not be owner occupied. It is possible that the
rates of delinquencies, foreclosures and losses on Loans secured by non-owner
occupied Properties could be higher than such rates on Loans secured by the
primary residence of the borrower.
Potential Liability for Environmental Conditions
Real property pledged as security to a lender may be subject to certain
environmental risks. Under the laws of certain states, contamination of a
property may give rise to a lien on the property to assure the costs of cleanup.
In several states, such a lien has priority over the lien of an existing
mortgage against such property. In addition under the laws of some states and
under the federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and
Liability Act of 1980 ("CERCLA"), a lender may be liable, as an "owner" or
"operator," for costs of addressing releases or threatened releases of hazardous
substances that require remedy at a property, if agents or employees of the
lender have become sufficiently involved in the operations of the borrower,
regardless of whether the environmental damage or threat was caused by a prior
owner. A lender also risks such liability on foreclosure of the related
property. See "Certain Legal Aspects of the Loans -- Environmental Risks."
Security Interest Risks Associated with Certain Loan Assets
Security Interests relating to Contracts Secured by Home Improvements or
Manufactured Homes. Certain Contracts may be secured by security interests in
Home Improvements or Manufactured Homes that are not considered to be real
property because they are not permanently affixed to real estate. Perfection of
security interests in such Home Improvements or Manufactured Homes and
enforcement of rights to realize upon the value of such Home Improvements or
Manufactured Homes as collateral for the Contracts are subject to a number of
Federal and state laws, including the Uniform Commercial Code as adopted in each
state and each state's certificate of title statutes. The steps necessary to
perfect the security interest in Home Improvements or a Manufactured Home will
vary from state to state. Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement, the Master Servicer of a Contract will not amend any certificate of
title to change the lienholder specified therein from such Master Servicer to
the applicable Trustee and will not deliver any certificate of title to such
Trustee or note thereon such
21
<PAGE>
Trustee's interest. Consequently, in some states, in the absence of such an
amendment, the assignment to such Trustee of the security interest in the Home
Improvements or a Manufactured Home may not be effective or such security
interest may not be perfected and, in the absence of such notation or delivery
to such Trustee, the assignment of the security interest in the Home
Improvements or Manufactured Home may not be effective against creditors of the
Master Servicer or a trustee in bankruptcy of the Master Servicer. While the
Depositor cannot quantify the expense and administrative burden involved by the
Master Servicer taking such actions, in a transaction with a diversified pool of
Contracts consisting of a large number of Contracts with relatively small
principal balances, the expense and administrative burden of such actions may be
prohibitive. If any related credit enhancement is exhausted and a Contract is in
default, then recovery of amounts due on such Contracts is dependent on
repossession and resale of the Home Improvements or Manufactured Home securing
such Contract. Certain other factors may limit the ability of the Master
Servicer to realize upon the Home Improvements or Manufactured Homes or may
limit the amount realized to less than the amount due.
Manufactured Homes, unlike Mortgaged Properties, and Home Improvement,
generally depreciate in value. Consequently, at any time after origination it is
possible, especially in the case of Contracts with high Loan-to-Value Ratios at
origination, that the market value of a Manufactured Home or Home Improvement
may be lower than the principal amount outstanding under the related Contract.
The Home Improvement Contracts will be originated by a commercial bank, a
savings and loan association, a commercial mortgage banker or other financial
institution in the ordinary course of business. For more information concerning
Home Improvement Contracts and Manufactured Housing Contracts, see "The Trust
Fund -- The Loans -- Home Improvement Contracts" and "-- Manufactured Housing
Contracts."
Unsecured Contracts. The obligations of the borrower under certain
Contracts included as part of the related Trust Fund Assets may not be secured
by an interest in the related real estate or otherwise, and the related Trust
Fund, as the owner of such Loan, will be a general unsecured creditor as to such
obligations. As a consequence, in the event of a default under an unsecured
Contract, the related Trust Fund will have recourse only against the borrower's
assets generally, along with all other general unsecured creditors of the
borrower. In a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding relating to a borrower on an
unsecured Contract, the obligations of the borrower under such Contract may be
discharged in their entirety, notwithstanding the fact that the portion of such
borrower's assets made available to the related Trust Fund as a general
unsecured creditor to pay amounts due and owing thereunder are insufficient to
pay all such amounts. A borrower on an unsecured Contract may not demonstrate
the same degree of concern over performance of its obligations under such
Contract as if such obligations were secured by a family residence owned by such
borrower.
Certain Federal Laws May Affect the Loans
Consumer Protection Laws May Affect Collections. The Loans may also be
subject to federal laws, including:
(i) the Federal Truth in Lending Act and Regulation Z promulgated
thereunder, which require certain disclosures to the borrowers regarding
the terms of the Loans;
(ii) the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and Regulation B promulgated
thereunder, which prohibit discrimination on the basis of age, race,
color, sex, religion, marital status, national origin, receipt of public
assistance or the exercise of any right under the Consumer Credit
Protection Act, in the extension of credit;
(iii) the Fair Credit Reporting Act, which regulates the use and
reporting of information related to the borrower's credit experience;
and
(iv) for Loans that were originated or closed after November 7,
1989, the Home Equity Loan Consumer Protection Act of 1988, which requires
additional application disclosures, limits changes that may be made to the
loan documents without the borrower's consent and restricts a lender's
ability to declare a default or to suspend or reduce a borrower's credit
limit to certain enumerated events.
22
<PAGE>
These laws impose specific statutory liabilities upon lenders who fail to
comply with the provisions of such laws. In addition, violation of such laws may
limit the ability to collect all or a part of the principal of or interest on
the Loans and could subject assignees to damages and administrative enforcement.
See "Certain Legal Aspects of the Loans -- Consumer Protection Laws."
The Riegle Act May Affect Enforceability of Loans. Certain mortgage loans
may be subject to the Riegle Community Development and Regulatory Improvement
Act of 1994 (the "Riegle Act") which incorporates the Home Ownership and Equity
Protection Act of 1994. These provisions impose additional disclosure and other
requirements on creditors with respect to non-purchase money mortgage loans with
high interest rates or high up-front fees and charges. The provisions of the
Riegle Act apply on a mandatory basis to all mortgage loans originated on or
after October 1, 1995. These provisions can impose specific statutory
liabilities upon creditors who fail to comply with their provisions and may
affect the enforceability of the related loans. In addition, any assignee of the
creditor would generally be subject to all claims and defenses that the consumer
could assert against the creditor, including, without limitation, the right to
rescind the mortgage loan.
Holder in Due Course Rules May Affect Collections. The Contracts are also
subject to the Preservation of Consumers' Claims and Defenses regulations of the
Federal Trade Commission and other similar federal and state statutes and
regulations (collectively, the "Holder in Due Course Rules"), which protect the
homeowner from defective craftsmanship or incomplete work by a contractor. These
laws permit the obligor to withhold payment if the work does not meet the
quality and durability standards agreed to by the homeowner and the contractor.
The Holder in Due Course Rules have the effect of subjecting any assignee of the
seller in a consumer credit transaction to all claims and defenses which the
obligor in the credit sale transaction could assert against the seller of the
goods.
The federal Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act of 1940, as amended
(the "Relief Act"), may affect the ability of the Master Servicer to collect
full amounts of interest on certain Loans and could interfere with the ability
of the Master Servicer to foreclose on certain Properties. See "Certain Legal
Aspects of the Loans -- Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act" herein.
Violations of certain provisions of these federal laws may limit the
ability of the Master Servicer to collect all or part of the principal of or
interest on the Loans and in addition could subject the Trust Fund to damages
and administrative enforcement. Losses on such Loans that are not otherwise
covered by the credit enhancement described in the related Prospectus Supplement
will be borne by the holders of one or more classes of Securities of the related
Series. See "Certain Legal Aspects of the Loans."
Limitations on Interest Payments and Foreclosures
Generally, under the terms of the Relief Act or similar state legislation,
a mortgagor who enters military service after the origination of the related
mortgage loan (including a mortgagor who is a member of the National Guard or is
in reserve status at the time of the origination of the mortgage loan and is
later called to active duty) may not be charged interest (including fees and
charges) above an annual rate of 6% during the period of such mortgagor's active
duty status, unless a court orders otherwise upon application of the lender. It
is possible that such action could affect, for an indeterminate period of time,
the ability of the Master Servicer to collect full amounts of interest on
certain of the Loans. In addition, the Relief Act imposes limitations that would
impair the ability of the Master Servicer to foreclose on an affected Loan
during the mortgagor's period of active duty status. Thus, in the event that
such a Loan goes into default, there may be delays and losses occasioned by the
inability to realize upon the Property in a timely fashion.
Ratings are not Recommendations
It will be a condition to the issuance of a class of Securities offered
hereby that they be rated in one of the four highest rating categories by the
Rating Agency identified in the related Prospectus Supplement. Any such rating
would be based on, among other things, the adequacy of the value of the related
Trust Fund Assets and any credit enhancement with respect to such class and will
represent such Rating Agency's assessment solely of the likelihood that holders
of such class of Securities will receive payments to which such Securityholders
are entitled under the related Agreement. Such rating will not constitute an
assessment of the likelihood that principal prepayments on the related Loans
will be made, the degree to which the rate of such prepayments might differ from
23
<PAGE>
that originally anticipated or the likelihood of early optional termination of
the Series of Securities. Such rating shall not be deemed a recommendation to
purchase, hold or sell Securities, inasmuch as it does not address market price
or suitability for a particular investor. Such rating will not address the
possibility that prepayment at higher or lower rates than anticipated by an
investor may cause such investor to experience a lower than anticipated yield or
that an investor purchasing a Security at a significant premium might fail to
recoup its initial investment under certain prepayment scenarios.
There is also no assurance that any such rating will remain in effect for
any given period of time or that it may not be lowered or withdrawn entirely by
the Rating Agency in the future if in its judgment circumstances in the future
so warrant. In addition to being lowered or withdrawn due to any erosion in the
adequacy of the value of the Trust Fund Assets or any credit enhancement with
respect to a Series of Securities, such rating might also be lowered or
withdrawn because of, among other reasons, an adverse change in the financial or
other condition of a credit enhancement provider or a change in the rating of
such credit enhancement provider's long term debt. In the event of a reduction
in the rating of a Series of Securities, the market price of such Securities
could be adversely affected.
The amount, type and nature of credit enhancement, if any, established
with respect to a class of Securities will be determined on the basis of
criteria established by each Rating Agency rating classes of such Series. Such
criteria are sometimes based upon an actuarial analysis of the behavior of
similar loans in a larger group. Such analysis is often the basis upon which
each Rating Agency determines the amount of credit enhancement required with
respect to each such class. There can be no assurance that the historical data
supporting any such actuarial analysis will accurately reflect future experience
nor any assurance that the data derived from a large pool of similar loans
accurately predicts the delinquency, foreclosure or loss experience of any
particular pool of Loans. No assurance can be given that the values of any
Properties have remained or will remain at their levels on the respective dates
of origination of the related Loans. If the residential real estate markets
should experience an overall decline in property values such that the
outstanding principal balances of the Loans in a particular Trust Fund and any
secondary financing on the related Properties become equal to or greater than
the value of the Properties, the rates of delinquencies, foreclosures and losses
could be higher than those now generally experienced in the mortgage lending
industry. In addition, adverse economic conditions (which may or may not affect
real property values) may affect the timely payment by mortgagors of scheduled
payments of principal and interest on the Loans and, accordingly, the rates of
delinquencies, foreclosures and losses with respect to any Trust Fund. To the
extent that such losses are not covered by credit enhancement, such losses will
be borne, at least in part, by the holders of one or more classes of Securities
of the related Series. See "Rating."
Book-Entry Registration May Reduce Liquidity
If issued in book-entry form, such registration may reduce the liquidity
of the Securities in the secondary trading market since investors may be
unwilling to purchase Securities for which they cannot obtain physical
certificates. Since transactions in book-entry Securities can be effected only
through The Depository Trust Company ("DTC"), participating organizations,
Financial Intermediaries and certain banks, the ability of a Securityholder to
pledge a book-entry Security to persons or entities that do not participate in
the DTC system may be limited due to lack of a physical certificate representing
such Securities. Security Owners will not be recognized as Securityholders, as
such term is used in the related Agreement, and Security Owners will be
permitted to exercise the rights of Securityholders only indirectly through DTC
and its Participants.
In addition, Securityholders may experience some delay in their receipt of
distributions of interest and principal on book-entry Securities since
distributions are required to be forwarded by the Trustee to DTC and DTC will
then be required to credit such distributions to the accounts of Depository
participants which thereafter will be required to credit them to the accounts of
Securityholders either directly or indirectly through Financial Intermediaries.
See "Description of the Securities -- Book-Entry Registration of Securities."
Reinvestment Risk Related to Pre-Funding Accounts
If so provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, on the related
Closing Date the Depositor will deposit cash from the proceeds of the issuance
of the related Series of Securities in an amount (the "Pre-Funded Amount")
specified in such Prospectus Supplement into an account (the "Pre-Funding
Account"). In no event shall the Pre-
24
<PAGE>
Funded Amount exceed 25% of the initial aggregate principal amount of the
Certificates and/or Notes of the related Series of Securities. The Pre-Funded
Amount will be used to purchase Loans ("Subsequent Loans") in a period from the
related Closing Date to a date not more than three months after such Closing
Date (such period, the "Funding Period") from the Depositor (which, in turn,
will acquire such Subsequent Loans from the Seller or Sellers specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement). The Pre-Funding Account will be maintained with
the Trustee for the related Series of Securities and is designed solely to hold
funds to be applied by such Trustee during the Funding Period to pay to the
Depositor the purchase price for Subsequent Loans. Monies on deposit in the
Pre-Funding Account will not be available to cover losses on or in respect of
the related Loans. To the extent that the entire Pre-Funded Amount has not been
applied to the purchase of Subsequent Loans by the end of the related Funding
Period, any amounts remaining in the Pre-Funding Account will be distributed as
a prepayment of principal to Certificateholders and/or Noteholders on the
Distribution Date immediately following the end of the Funding Period, in the
amounts and pursuant to the priorities set forth in the related Prospectus
Supplement. Any reinvestment risk resulting from such prepayment will be borne
entirely by the holders of one or more classes of the related Series of
Certificates.
Bankruptcy and Insolvency Risks
Insolvency of Depositor May Cause Losses and Delays. The Seller and the
Depositor will treat the transfer of the Loans by the Seller to the Depositor as
a sale for accounting purposes. The Depositor and the Trust Fund will treat the
transfer of Loans from the Depositor to the Trust Fund as a sale for accounting
purposes. As a sale of the Loans by the Seller to the Depositor, the Loans would
not be part of the Seller's bankruptcy estate and would not be available to the
Seller's creditors. However, in the event of the insolvency of the Depositor, it
is possible that the bankruptcy trustee or a creditor of the Depositor may
attempt to recharacterize the sale of the Loans by the Depositor to the Trust
Fund as a borrowing by the Depositor, secured by a pledge of the Loans. In such
a case, this position, if argued before or accepted by a court, could prevent
timely payments of amounts due on the Securities and result in a reduction of
payments due on the Securities. If the sale of the Loans by the Depositor to the
Trust Fund is recharacterized as a borrowing by the Depositor, the Loans will be
part of the Depositor's bankruptcy estate and may be available to repay other
creditors of the Depositor as well as the Trust Fund. Depending on the priority
of the Trustee's security interest in the Loans, the successful
recharacterization of such sale as a borrowing may result in an insufficient
amount remaining to pay the Trust Fund after the claims of other secured
creditors of the Depositor have been reimbursed from any cash flow relating to
the Loans or proceeds from the disposition of the Loans and/or other creditors
have shared in the distribution of such cash flow or proceeds. Even if the sale
of the Loans is not so recharacterized, any litigation due to the bankruptcy of
the Depositor could result in a delay in payments from the cash flow of the
Loans to the Trustee.
Insolvency of Master Servicer May Prevent Replacing Master Servicer. In
the event of a bankruptcy or insolvency of the Master Servicer, the bankruptcy
trustee or receiver may have the power to prevent the Trustee or the
Securityholders from appointing a successor Master Servicer.
Each Agreement will specify the time period during which cash collections
may be commingled with the Master Servicer's own funds prior to each
Distribution Date and such time period will also be specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement. In the event of the insolvency of the Master Servicer and
if such cash collections are commingled with the Master Servicer's own funds for
at least ten days, the Trust Fund will likely not have a perfected interest in
such collections since such collections would not have been deposited in a
segregated account within ten days after the collection thereof, and the
inclusion thereof in the bankruptcy estate of the Master Servicer may result in
delays in payment and failure to pay amounts due on the Securities of the
related Series.
Insolvency of Loan Debtor May Cause Losses and Delays. In addition,
federal and state statutory provisions, including the federal bankruptcy laws
and state laws affording relief to debtors, may interfere with or affect the
ability of the secured mortgage lender to realize upon its security. For
example, in a proceeding under the federal Bankruptcy Code, a lender may not
foreclose on a mortgaged property without the permission of the bankruptcy
court. The rehabilitation plan proposed by the debtor may provide, if the
mortgaged property is not the debtor's principal residence and the court
determines that the value of the mortgaged property is less than the principal
balance for the mortgage loan, for the reduction of the secured indebtedness to
the value of the mortgaged property as of the date of the commencement of the
bankruptcy, rendering the lender a general unsecured creditor for the
difference, and also may reduce the monthly payments due under such mortgage
loan, change the rate of
25
<PAGE>
interest and alter the mortgage loan repayment schedule. The effect of any such
proceedings under the federal Bankruptcy Code, including but not limited to any
automatic stay, could result in delays in receiving payments on the Loans
underlying a Series of Securities and possible reductions in the aggregate
amount of such payments.
Tax Consequences of Owning Original Issue Discount Securities
Debt Securities that are Compound Interest Securities will be, and certain
of the other Debt Securities may be, issued with original discount for federal
income tax purposes. A holder of Debt Securities issued with original issue
discount will be required to include original issue discount in ordinary gross
income for federal income tax purposes as it accrues, in advance of receipt of
the cash attributable to such income. Accrued but unpaid interest on the Debt
Securities that are Compound Interest Securities generally will be treated as
original issue discount for this purpose. See "Federal Income Tax Consequences
-- General -- Interest and Acquisition Discount" and "-- Market Discount"
herein.
Value of Trust Fund Assets May Be Insufficient
There is no assurance that the market value of the Trust Fund Assets or
any other assets relating to a Series of Securities described under "Credit
Enhancement" herein will at any time be equal to or greater than the principal
amount of the Securities of such Series then outstanding, plus accrued interest
thereon. Moreover, upon an event of default under the Agreement for a Series of
Securities and a sale of the related Trust Fund Assets or upon a sale of the
assets of a Trust Fund for a Series of Securities, the Trustee, the Master
Servicer, the credit enhancer, if any, and any other service provider specified
in the related Prospectus Supplement generally will be entitled to receive the
proceeds of any such sale to the extent of unpaid fees and other amounts owing
to such persons under the related Agreement prior to distributions to
Securityholders. Upon any such sale, the proceeds thereof may be insufficient to
pay in full the principal of and interest on the Securities of such Series.
Value of Indexed Securities May Be Affected
An investment in Securities indexed, as to principal, premium and/or
interest, to one or more values of currencies (including exchange rates and swap
indices between currencies), commodities, interest rates or other indices
entails significant risks that are not associated with similar investments in a
conventional fixed-rate debt security. If the interest rate of such a Security
is so indexed, it may result in an interest rate that is less than that payable
on a conventional fixed-rate debt security issued at the same time, including
the possibility that no interest will be paid, and, if the principal amount of
such a Security is so indexed, the principal amount payable) on the related
final Distribution Date may be less than the original purchase price of such
Security if allowed pursuant to the terms of such Security, including the
possibility that no principal will be paid. The secondary market for such
Securities will be affected by a number of factors, independent of the
characteristics of the Trust Fund Assets, structure of the cash flows and the
value of the applicable currency commodity, interest rate or other index,
including the volatility of the applicable currency, commodity, interest rate or
other index, the time remaining to the maturity of such Securities, the amount
outstanding of such Securities and market interest rates. The value of the
applicable currency, commodity, interest rate or other index depends on a number
of interrelated factors, including economic, financial and political events.
Additionally, if the formula used to determine the principal amount, premium, if
any, or interest payable with respect to such Securities contains a multiple or
leverage factor, the effect of any change in the applicable currency, commodity,
interest rate or other index may be increased. The historical experience of the
relevant currencies, commodities, interest rates or other indices should not be
taken as an indication of future performance of such currencies, commodities,
interest rates or other indices during the term of any Security. The credit
ratings assigned to any Series or class of Securities, in no way, are reflective
of the potential impact of the factors discussed above, or any other factors, on
the market value of the Securities. Accordingly, prospective investors should
consult their own financial and legal advisors as to the risks entailed by an
investment in such Securities and the suitability of such Securities in light of
their particular circumstances.
26
<PAGE>
THE TRUST FUND
General
The Securities of each Series will represent interests in the assets of
the related Trust Fund, and the Notes of each Series will be secured by the
pledge of the assets of the related Trust Fund. The Trust Fund for each Series
will be held by the Trustee for the benefit of the related Securityholders. Each
Trust Fund will consist of assets (the "Trust Fund Assets") consisting of a pool
(each, a "Pool") comprised of Loans, Agency Securities and/or Private
Mortgage-Backed Securities as specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,
together with payments in respect of such Loans, and certain other accounts,
obligations or agreements, in each case, as specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement.(1) The Pool will be created on the first day of the month of the
issuance of the related Series of Securities or such other date specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement (the "Cut-off Date"). The Securities will be
entitled to payment from the assets of the related Trust Fund or Funds or other
assets pledged for the benefit of the Securityholders, as specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement, and will not be entitled to payments in respect
of the assets of any other trust fund established by the Depositor.
The Trust Fund Assets will be acquired by the Depositor, either directly
or through affiliates, from sellers (the "Sellers"). The Sellers may be
affiliates of the Depositor. Loans acquired by the Depositor will have been
originated in accordance with the underwriting criteria described below under
"The Loans -- Underwriting Standards." The Depositor will cause the Trust Fund
Assets to be assigned without recourse to the Trustee named in the related
Prospectus Supplement for the benefit of the holders of the Securities of the
related Series. The Master Servicer named in the related Prospectus Supplement
will service the Trust Fund Assets, either directly or through other servicing
institutions ("Sub-Servicers"), pursuant to a Pooling and Servicing Agreement
among the Depositor, the Master Servicer and the Trustee with respect to a
Series consisting of Certificates, or a master servicing agreement (each, a
"Master Servicing Agreement") between the Trustee and the Master Servicer with
respect to a Series consisting of Certificates and Notes, and will receive a fee
for such services. See "The Agreements." With respect to Loans serviced by the
Master Servicer through a Sub-Servicer, the Master Servicer will remain liable
for its servicing obligations under the related Agreement as if the Master
Servicer alone were servicing such Loans.
As used herein, "Agreement" means, with respect to a Series consisting of
Certificates, the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, and with respect to a Series
consisting of Certificates and Notes, the Trust Agreement, the Indenture and the
Master Servicing Agreement, as the context requires.
If so specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, a Trust Fund
relating to a Series of Securities may be a business trust formed under the laws
of the state specified in the related Prospectus Supplement pursuant to a trust
agreement (each, a "Trust Agreement") between the Depositor and the trustee of
such Trust Fund.
With respect to each Trust Fund, prior to the initial offering of the
related Series of Securities, the Trust Fund will have no assets or liabilities.
No Trust Fund is expected to engage in any activities other than acquiring,
managing and holding of the related Trust Fund Assets and other assets
contemplated herein specified and in the related Prospectus Supplement and the
proceeds thereof, issuing Securities and making payments and distributions
thereon and certain related activities. No Trust Fund is expected to have any
source of capital other than its assets and any related credit enhancement.
--------
(1) Whenever the terms "Pool," "Certificates," "Notes" and "Securities" are
used in this Prospectus, such terms will be deemed to apply, unless the
context indicates otherwise, to one specific Pool and the Securities of one
Series including the Certificates representing certain undivided interests
in, and/or Notes secured by the assets of, a single Trust Fund consisting
primarily of the Loans, Agency Securities or Private Mortgage-Backed
Securities in such Pool. Similarly, the term "Pass-Through Rate" will refer
to the Pass-Through Rate borne by the Certificates and the term "interest
rate" will refer to the interest rate borne by the Notes of one specific
Series, as applicable, and the term "Trust Fund" will refer to one specific
Trust Fund.
27
<PAGE>
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the only
obligations of the Depositor with respect to a Series of Securities will be to
obtain certain representations and warranties from the Sellers or the
Originators and to assign to the Trustee for such Series the Depositor's rights
with respect to such representations and warranties. See "The Agreements --
Assignment of the Trust Fund Assets." The obligations of the Master Servicer
with respect to the Loans will consist principally of its contractual servicing
obligations under the related Agreement (including its obligation to enforce the
obligations of the Sub-Servicers or Sellers, or both, as more fully described
herein under "The Trust Fund -- Representations by Sellers or Originators;
Repurchases" and "The Agreements -- Sub-Servicing by Sellers" and "-- Assignment
of the Trust Fund Assets") and its obligation, if any, to make certain cash
advances in the event of delinquencies in payments on or with respect to the
Loans in the amounts described herein under "Description of the Securities --
Advances." The obligations of the Master Servicer to make advances may be
subject to limitations, to the extent provided herein and in the related
Prospectus Supplement.
The following is a brief description of the assets expected to be included
in the Trust Funds. If specific information respecting the Trust Fund Assets is
not known at the time the related Series of Securities initially is offered,
more general information of the nature described below will be provided in the
related Prospectus Supplement, and specific information will be set forth in a
report on Form 8-K to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission
within fifteen days after the initial issuance of such Securities (the "Detailed
Description"). A copy of the Agreement with respect to each Series of Securities
will be attached to the Form 8-K and will be available for inspection at the
corporate trust office of the Trustee specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement. A schedule of the Loans, Agency Securities and/or Private
Mortgage-Backed Securities relating to such Series will be attached to the
Agreement delivered to the Trustee upon delivery of the Securities.
The Loans
General. Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,
Loans will consist of mortgage loans or deeds of trust secured by first or
subordinated liens on one- to four-family residential properties, Home Equity
Loans, Home Improvement Contracts or Manufactured Housing Contracts. For
purposes hereof, "Home Equity Loans" includes "Closed-End Loans" and "Revolving
Credit Line Loans." If so specified, the Loans may include cooperative apartment
loans ("Cooperative Loans") secured by security interests in shares issued by
private, non-profit, cooperative housing corporations ("Cooperatives") and in
the related proprietary leases or occupancy agreements granting exclusive rights
to occupy specific dwelling units in such Cooperatives' buildings. As more fully
described in the related Prospectus Supplement, the Loans may be "conventional"
loans or loans that are insured or guaranteed by a governmental agency such as
the FHA or VA. The Loans will have been originated in accordance with the
underwriting criteria specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, all of
the Loans in a Pool will have monthly payments due on the first day of each
month. The payment terms of the Loans to be included in a Trust Fund will be
described in the related Prospectus Supplement and may include any of the
following features (or combination thereof), all as described below or in the
related Prospectus Supplement:
(a) Interest may be payable at a fixed rate, a rate adjustable from
time to time in relation to an index (which will be specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement), a rate that is fixed for a period of time
or under certain circumstances and is followed by an adjustable rate, a
rate that otherwise varies from time to time, or a rate that is
convertible from an adjustable rate to a fixed rate. Changes to an
adjustable rate may be subject to periodic limitations, maximum rates,
minimum rates or a combination of such limitations. As specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement, the Loans will provide either for payments
in level monthly installments (except in the case of Loans with balloon
payments) consisting of interest equal to one-twelfth of the specified
interest rate borne by such Loan (the "Loan Rate") times the unpaid
principal balance, with the remainder of such payment applied to
principal, for payments that are allocated to principal and interest
according to the daily simple interest method, or for payments that are
allocated to principal and interest according to the "sum of the digits"
or "Rule of 78s" methods. Accrued interest may be deferred and added to
the principal of a Loan for such periods and under such circumstances as
may be specified in the related Prospectus Supplement. Loans may provide
for the payment of interest at a rate lower than the Loan Rate for a
period of time or for the life of the Loan, and the amount of any
difference may be contributed from funds supplied by the seller of the
Property or another source.
28
<PAGE>
(b) Principal may be payable on a level debt service basis to fully
amortize the Loan over its term, may be calculated on the basis of an
assumed amortization schedule that is significantly longer than the
original term to maturity or on an interest rate that is different from
the Loan Rate or may not be amortized during all or a portion of the
original term. Payment of all or a substantial portion of the principal
may be due on maturity ("balloon payment"). Principal may include interest
that has been deferred and added to the principal balance of the Loan.
(c) Monthly payments of principal and interest may be fixed for the
life of the Loan, may increase over a specified period of time or may
change from period to period. Loans may include limits on periodic
increases or decreases in the amount of monthly payments and may include
maximum or minimum amounts of monthly payments.
(d) Prepayments of principal may be subject to a prepayment fee,
which may be fixed for the life of the Loan or may decline over time, and
may be prohibited for the life of the Loan or for certain periods
("lockout periods"). Certain Loans may permit prepayments after expiration
of the applicable lockout period and may require the payment of a
prepayment fee in connection with any such subsequent prepayment. Other
Loans may permit prepayments without payment of a fee unless the
prepayment occurs during specified time periods. The Loans may include
"due on sale" clauses which permit the mortgagee to demand payment of the
entire Loan in connection with the sale or certain transfers of the
related Property. Other Loans may be assumable by persons meeting the then
applicable underwriting standards of the related Seller.
A Trust Fund may contain certain Loans ("Buydown Loans") that include
provisions whereby a third party partially subsidizes the monthly payments of
the borrowers on such Loans during the early years of such Loans, the difference
to be made up from a fund (a "Buydown Fund") contributed by such third party at
the time of origination of the Loan. A Buydown Fund will be in an amount equal
either to the discounted value or full aggregate amount of future payment
subsidies. The underlying assumption of buydown plans is that the income of the
borrower will increase during the buydown period as a result of normal increases
in compensation and inflation, so that the borrower will be able to meet the
full loan payments at the end of the buydown period. To the extent that this
assumption as to increased income is not fulfilled, the possibility of defaults
on Buydown Loans is increased. The related Prospectus Supplement will contain
information with respect to any Buydown Loan concerning limitations on the
interest rate paid by the borrower initially, on annual increases in the
interest rate and on the length of the buydown period.
The real property which secures repayment of the Loans is referred to as
the "Mortgaged Properties." Home Improvement Contracts and Manufactured Housing
Contracts may, and the other Loans will, be secured by mortgages or deeds of
trust or other similar security instruments creating a lien on a Mortgaged
Property. In the case of Home Equity Loans, such liens generally will be
subordinated to one or more senior liens on the related Mortgaged Properties as
described in the related Prospectus Supplement. As specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, Home Improvement Contracts and Manufactured Housing
Contracts may be unsecured or secured by purchase money security interests in
the Home Improvements and Manufactured Homes financed thereby. The Mortgaged
Properties, and the Home Improvements and the Manufactured Homes are
collectively referred to herein as the "Properties." The Properties relating to
Loans will consist primarily of detached or semi-detached one- to four-family
dwelling units, townhouses, rowhouses, individual condominium units, individual
units in planned unit developments, and certain other dwelling units ("Single
Family Properties") or "mixed used properties" which consist of structures of
not more than three stories which include one- to four-family residential
dwelling units and space used for retail, professional or other commercial uses.
Such Properties may include vacation and second homes, investment properties and
leasehold interests. In the case of leasehold interests, the term of the
leasehold will exceed the scheduled maturity of the Loan by at least five years,
unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement. The Properties
may be located in any one of the fifty states, the District of Columbia, Guam,
Puerto Rico or any other territory of the United States.
Loans with certain Loan-to-Value Ratios and/or certain principal balances
may be covered wholly or partially by primary mortgage guaranty insurance
policies (each, a "Primary Mortgage Insurance Policy"). The existence, extent
and duration of any such coverage will be described in the applicable Prospectus
Supplement.
29
<PAGE>
The aggregate principal balance of Loans secured by Properties that are
owner-occupied will be disclosed in the related Prospectus Supplement. Unless
otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the sole basis for a
representation that a given percentage of the Loans is secured by Single Family
Properties that are owner-occupied will be either (i) the making of a
representation by the borrower at origination of the Loan either that the
underlying Property will be used by the borrower for a period of at least six
months every year or that the borrower intends to use the Property as a primary
residence or (ii) a finding that the address of the underlying Property is the
borrower's mailing address.
Home Equity Loans. As more fully described in the related Prospectus
Supplement, interest on each Revolving Credit Line Loan, excluding introduction
rates offered from time to time during promotional periods, is computed and
payable monthly on the average daily outstanding principal balance of such Loan.
Principal amounts on a Revolving Credit Line Loan may be drawn down (up to a
maximum amount as set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement) or repaid
under each Revolving Credit Line Loan from time to time, but may be subject to a
minimum periodic payment. Except to the extent provided in the related
Prospectus Supplement, the Trust Fund will not include any amounts borrowed
under a Revolving Credit Line Loan after the Cut-off Date. The full amount of a
Closed-End Loan is advanced at the inception of the Loan and generally is
repayable in equal (or substantially equal) installments of an amount to fully
amortize such Loan at its stated maturity. Except to the extent provided in the
related Prospectus Supplement, the original terms to stated maturity of
Closed-End Loans will not exceed 360 months. Under certain circumstances, under
either a Revolving Credit Line Loan or a Closed-End Loan, a borrower may choose
an interest only payment option and is obligated to pay only the amount of
interest which accrues on the Loan during the billing cycle. An interest only
payment option may be available for a specified period before the borrower must
begin paying at least the minimum monthly payment of a specified percentage of
the average outstanding balance of the Loan.
Home Improvement Contracts. The Trust Fund Assets for a Series of
Securities may consist, in whole or in part, of Home Improvement Contracts
originated by a commercial bank, a savings and loan association, a commercial
mortgage banker or other financial institution in the ordinary course of
business. The Home Improvements securing the Home Improvement Contracts may
include, but are not limited to, replacement windows, house siding, new roofs,
swimming pools, satellite dishes, kitchen and bathroom remodeling goods and
solar heating panels. As specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the
Home Improvement Contracts will either be unsecured or secured by mortgages on
Single Family Properties which are generally subordinate to other mortgages on
the same Property, or secured by purchase money security interests in the Home
Improvements financed thereby. Except as otherwise specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, the Home Improvement Contracts will be fully amortizing
and may have fixed interest rates or adjustable interest rates and may provide
for other payment characteristics as described below and in the related
Prospectus Supplement. The initial Loan-to-Value Ratio of a Home Improvement
Contract is computed in the manner described in the related Prospectus
Supplement.
Manufactured Housing Contracts. The Trust Fund Assets for a Series may
consist, in whole or part, of conventional manufactured housing installment
sales contracts and installment loan agreements (the "Manufactured Housing
Contracts" and together with the Home Improvement Contracts, the "Contracts"),
originated by a manufactured housing dealer in the ordinary course of business.
As specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the Manufactured Housing
Contracts will be secured by either Manufactured Homes (as defined below),
located in any of the fifty states or the District of Columbia or by Mortgages
on the real estate on which the Manufactured Homes are located.
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the
manufactured homes (the "Manufactured Homes") securing the Manufactured Housing
Contracts will consist of manufactured homes within the meaning of 42 United
States Code, Section 5402(6), which defines a "manufactured home" as "a
structure, transportable in one or more sections, which, in the traveling mode,
is eight body feet or more in width or forty body feet or more in length, or,
when erected on site, is three hundred twenty or more square feet, and which is
built on a permanent chassis and designed to be used as a dwelling with or
without a permanent foundation when connected to the required utilities, and
includes the plumbing, heating, air-conditioning and electrical systems
contained therein; except that such term shall include any structure which meets
all the requirements of [this] paragraph except the size requirements and with
respect to which the manufacturer voluntarily files a certification required by
the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development and complies with the standards
established under [this] chapter."
30
<PAGE>
Manufactured Homes, unlike Mortgaged Properties, and Home Improvements,
generally depreciate in value. Consequently, at any time after origination it is
possible, especially in the case of Contracts with high Loan-to-Value Ratios at
origination, that the market value of a Manufactured Home or Home Improvement
may be lower than the principal amount outstanding under the related Contract.
Additional Information. Each Prospectus Supplement will contain
information, as of the date of such Prospectus Supplement and to the extent then
specifically known to the Depositor, with respect to the Loans contained in the
related Pool, including (i) the aggregate outstanding principal balance and the
average outstanding principal balance of the Loans as of the applicable Cut-off
Date, (ii) the type of property securing the Loan (e.g., single family
residences, individual units in condominium apartment buildings, two- to four-
family dwelling units, other real property, Home Improvements or Manufactured
Homes), (iii) the original terms to maturity of the Loans, (iv) the largest
principal balance and the smallest principal balance of any of the Loans, (v)
the earliest origination date and latest maturity date of any of the Loans, (vi)
the Loan-to-Value Ratios or Combined Loan-to-Value Ratios, as applicable, of the
Loans, (vii) the Loan Rates or annual percentage rates ("APR") or range of Loan
Rates or APR's borne by the Loans, (viii) the maximum and minimum per annum Loan
Rates, and (ix) the geographical location of the Loans. If specific information
respecting the Loans is not known to the Depositor at the time the related
Securities are initially offered, more general information of the nature
described above will be provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, and
specific information will be set forth in the Detailed Description.
The "Loan-to-Value Ratio" of a Loan at any given time is the fraction,
expressed as a percentage, the numerator of which is the original principal
balance of the related Loan and the denominator of which is the Collateral Value
of the related Property. Except as otherwise specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement, the "Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio" of a Loan at any given time is
the ratio, expressed as a percentage, of (i) the sum of (a) the original
principal balance of the Loan (or, in the case of a Revolving Credit Line Loan,
the maximum amount thereof available) and (b) the outstanding principal balance
at the date of origination of the Loan of any senior mortgage loan(s) or, in the
case of any open-ended senior mortgage loan, the maximum available line of
credit with respect to such mortgage loan, regardless of any lesser amount
actually outstanding at the date of origination of the Loan, to (ii) the
Collateral Value of the related Property. Except as otherwise specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement, the "Collateral Value" of the Property, other
than with respect to certain Loans the proceeds of which were used to refinance
an existing mortgage loan (each, a "Refinance Loan"), is the lesser of (a) the
appraised value determined in an appraisal obtained by the originator at
origination of such Loan and (b) the sales price for such Property. In the case
of Refinance Loans, the "Collateral Value" of the related Property is the
appraised value thereof determined in an appraisal obtained at the time of
refinancing.
No assurance can be given that values of the Properties have remained or
will remain at their levels on the dates of origination of the related Loans. If
the residential real estate market should experience an overall decline in
property values such that the sum of the outstanding principal balances of the
Loans and any primary or secondary financing on the Properties, as applicable,
in a particular Pool become equal to or greater than the value of the
Properties, the actual rates of delinquencies, foreclosures and losses could be
higher than those now generally experienced in the mortgage lending industry. In
addition, adverse economic conditions and other factors (which may or may not
affect real property values) may affect the timely payment by borrowers of
scheduled payments of principal and interest on the Loans and, accordingly, the
actual rates of delinquencies, foreclosures and losses with respect to any Pool.
To the extent that such losses are not covered by subordination provisions or
alternative arrangements, such losses will be borne, at least in part, by the
holders of the Securities of the related Series.
Underwriting Standards. The Loans will be acquired by the Depositor,
either directly or through affiliates, from the Sellers. The Depositor does not
originate Loans and has not identified specific Originators or Sellers of Loans
from whom the Depositor, either directly or through affiliates, will purchase
Loans. Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the
Loans will be originated in accordance with the following underwriting criteria.
Each Seller or Originator will represent and warrant that all Loans originated
and/or sold by it to the Depositor or one of its affiliates will have been
underwritten in accordance with standards consistent with those utilized by
lenders generally during the period of origination for similar types of loans.
As to any Loan insured by the FHA or partially guaranteed by the VA, the Seller
or Originator will represent that it has complied with underwriting policies of
the FHA or the VA, as the case may be.
31
<PAGE>
Underwriting standards are applied by or on behalf of a lender to evaluate
the borrower's credit standing and repayment ability, and the value and adequacy
of the related Mortgaged Property, Home Improvements or Manufactured Home, as
applicable, as collateral. In general, a prospective borrower applying for a
Loan is required to fill out a detailed application designed to provide to the
underwriting officer pertinent credit information, including, among other
things, the principal balance and payment history with respect to any senior
mortgage, if any, which, unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement, will be verified by the related Seller or Originator. As part of the
description of the borrower's financial condition, the borrower generally is
required to provide a current list of assets and liabilities and a statement of
income and expenses, as well as an authorization to apply for a credit report
which summarizes the borrower's credit history with local merchants and lenders
and any record of bankruptcy. In most cases, an employment verification is
obtained from an independent source (typically the borrower's employer) which
verification reports, among other things, the length of employment with that
organization and the borrower's current salary. If a prospective borrower is
self-employed, the borrower may be required to submit copies of signed tax
returns. The borrower may also be required to authorize verification of deposits
at financial institutions where the borrower has demand or savings accounts.
In determining the adequacy of the property to be used as collateral, an
appraisal, if applicable, will generally be made of each property considered for
financing. The appraiser is generally required to inspect the property, issue a
report on its condition and, if applicable, verify construction, if new, has
been completed. The appraisal is based on the market value of comparable
properties, the estimated rental income (if considered applicable by the
appraiser) and the cost of replacing the collateral. The value of the property
being financed, as indicated by the appraisal, must be such that it currently
supports, and is anticipated to support in the future, the outstanding loan
balance.
The maximum loan amount will vary depending upon a borrower's credit grade
and loan program but will not generally exceed an amount specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement. Variations in maximum loan amount limits will be
permitted based on compensating factors. Compensating factors may generally
include, to the extent specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, low
loan-to-value ratio, low debt-to-income ratio, stable employment, favorable
credit history and the nature of the underlying first mortgage loan, if
applicable.
Each Seller's or Originator's underwriting standards will generally permit
loans with loan-to-value ratios at origination of up to 100% depending on the
loan program, type and use of the property, creditworthiness of the borrower and
debt-to-income ratio.
After obtaining all applicable employment, credit and property
information, the related Seller or Originator will use a debt-to-income ratio to
assist in determining whether the prospective borrower has sufficient monthly
income available to support the payments of principal and interest on the loan
in addition to other monthly credit obligations. The "debt-to-income ratio" is
the ratio of the borrower's total monthly payments to the borrower's gross
monthly income. The maximum monthly debt-to-income ratio will vary depending
upon a borrower's credit grade and loan program but will not generally exceed an
amount specified in the related Prospectus Supplement. Variations in the monthly
debt-to-income ratio limit will be permitted based on compensating factors to
the extent specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.
Certain of the types of Loans that may be included in a Trust Fund are
recently developed and may involve additional uncertainties not present in
traditional types of loans. For example, certain of such Loans are underwritten
on the basis of a judgment that the borrowers have the ability to make the
monthly payments required initially. In some instances, a borrower's income may
not be sufficient to permit continued loan payments as such payments increase.
These types of Loans may also be underwritten primarily upon the basis of
loan-to-value ratios or other favorable credit factors.
Modification of Loans
The Master Servicer may agree, subject to the terms and conditions set
forth in the related Agreement, to modify, waive or amend any term of a Loan in
a manner that is consistent with the servicing standard set forth in the related
Agreement and related Prospectus Supplement; provided, however, that such
modification, waiver or amendment may not affect the tax status of the Trust
Fund or cause any tax to be imposed on the Trust Fund or materially impair the
security for the related Loan.
32
<PAGE>
Agency Securities
Government National Mortgage Association. GNMA is a wholly-owned corporate
instrumentality of the United States within the United Stated Department of
Housing and Urban Development ("HUD"). Section 306(g) of Title II of the
National Housing Act of 1934, as amended (the "Housing Act"), authorizes GNMA
to, among other things, guarantee the timely payment of the principal of and
interest on certificates which represent an interest in a pool of mortgage loans
insured by the FHA under the Housing Act or Title V of the Housing Act of 1949
("FHA Loans"), or partially guaranteed by the VA under the Servicemen's
Readjustment Act of 1944, as amended, or chapter 37 of Title 38, United States
Code ("VA Loans").
Section 306(g) of the Housing Act provides that "the full faith and credit
of the United States is pledged to the payment of all amounts which may be
required to be paid under any guarantee under this subsection." In order to meet
its obligations under any such guarantee, GNMA may, under Section 306(d) of the
Housing Act, borrow from the United States Treasury in an amount which is at any
time sufficient to enable GNMA, with no limitations as to amount, to perform its
obligations under its guarantee.
GNMA Certificates. Each GNMA Certificate held in a Trust Fund (which may
be a GNMA I Certificate or a GNMA II Certificate) will be a "fully modified
pass-through" mortgaged-backed certificate issued and serviced by a mortgage
banking company or other financial concern ("GNMA Issuer") approved by GNMA or
approved by FNMA as a seller-servicer of FHA Loans and/or VA Loans. The mortgage
loans underlying the GNMA Certificates held in a Trust Fund will consist of FHA
Loans and/or VA Loans. Each such mortgage loan is secured by a one- to
four-family residential property or a manufactured home. GNMA will approve the
issuance of each such GNMA Certificate in accordance with a guaranty agreement
(a "Guaranty Agreement") between GNMA and the GNMA Issuer. Pursuant to its
Guaranty Agreement, a GNMA Issuer will be required to advance its own funds in
order to make timely payments of all amounts due on each such GNMA Certificate,
even if the payments received by the GNMA Issuer on the FHA Loans or VA Loans
underlying each such GNMA Certificate are less than the amounts due on each such
GNMA Certificate.
The full and timely payment of principal of and interest on each GNMA
Certificate will be guaranteed by GNMA, which obligation is backed by the full
faith and credit of the United States. Each such GNMA Certificate will have an
original maturity of not more than 40 years (but may have original maturities of
substantially less than 40 years). Each such GNMA Certificate will provide for
the payment by or on behalf of the GNMA Issuer to the registered holder of such
GNMA Certificate of scheduled monthly payments of principal and interest equal
to the registered holder's proportionate interest in the aggregate amount of the
monthly principal and interest payment on each FHA Loan or VA Loan underlying
such GNMA Certificate, less the applicable servicing and guarantee fee which
together equal the difference between the interest on the FHA Loans or VA Loans
and the pass-through rate on the GNMA Certificate. In addition, each payment
will include proportionate pass-through payments of any prepayments of principal
on the FHA Loans or VA Loans underlying such GNMA Certificate and liquidation
proceeds in the event of a foreclosure or other disposition of any such FHA
Loans or VA Loans.
If a GNMA Issuer is unable to make the payments on a GNMA Certificate as
it becomes due, it must promptly notify GNMA and request GNMA to make such
payment. Upon notification and request, GNMA will make such payments directly to
the registered holder of such GNMA Certificate. In the event no payment is made
by a GNMA Issuer and the GNMA Issuer fails to notify and request GNMA to make
such payment, the holder of such GNMA Certificate will have recourse only
against GNMA to obtain such payment. The Trustee or its nominee, as registered
holder of the GNMA Certificates held in a Trust Fund, will have the right to
proceed directly against GNMA under the terms of the Guaranty Agreements
relating to such GNMA Certificates for any amounts that are not paid when due.
All mortgage loans underlying a particular GNMA Certificate must have the
same interest rate (except for pools of mortgage loans secured by manufactured
homes) over the term of the loan. The interest rate on such GNMA I Certificate
will equal the interest rate on the mortgage loans included in the pool of
mortgage loans underlying such GNMA I Certificate, less one-half percentage
point per annum of the unpaid principal balance of the mortgage loans.
33
<PAGE>
Mortgage loans underlying a particular GNMA II Certificate may have per
annum interest rates that vary from each other by up to one percentage point.
The interest rate on each GNMA II Certificate will be between one-half
percentage point and one and one-half percentage points lower than the highest
interest rate on the mortgage loans included in the pool of mortgage loans
underlying such GNMA II Certificate (except for pools of mortgage loans secured
by manufactured homes).
Regular monthly installment payments on each GNMA Certificate held in a
Trust Fund will be comprised of interest due as specified on such GNMA
Certificate plus the scheduled principal payments on the FHA Loans or VA Loans
underlying such GNMA Certificate due on the first day of the month in which the
scheduled monthly installments on such GNMA Certificate is due. Such regular
monthly installments on each such GNMA Certificate are required to be paid to
the Trustee as registered holder by the 15th day of each month in the case of a
GNMA I Certificate and are required to be mailed to the Trustee by the 20th day
of each month in the case of a GNMA II Certificate. Any principal prepayments on
any FHA Loans or VA Loans underlying a GNMA Certificate held in a Trust Fund or
any other early recovery of principal on such loan will be passed through to the
Trustee as the registered holder of such GNMA Certificate.
GNMA Certificates may be backed by graduated payment mortgage loans or by
"buydown" mortgage loans for which funds will have been provided (and deposited
into escrow accounts) for application to the payment of a portion of the
borrowers' monthly payments during the early years of such mortgage loan.
Payments due the registered holders of GNMA Certificates backed by pools
containing "buydown" mortgage loans will be computed in the same manner as
payments derived from other GNMA Certificates and will include amounts to be
collected from both the borrower and the related escrow account. The graduated
payment mortgage loans will provide for graduated interest payments that, during
the early years of such mortgage loans, will be less than the amount of stated
interest on such mortgage loans. The interest not so paid will be added to the
principal of such graduated payment mortgage loans and, together with interest
thereon, will be paid in subsequent years. The obligations of GNMA and of a GNMA
Issuer will be the same irrespective of whether the GNMA Certificates are backed
by graduated payment mortgage loans or "buydown" mortgage loans. No statistics
comparable to the FHA's prepayment experience on level payment, non-buydown
loans are available in respect of graduated payment or buydown mortgages. GNMA
Certificates related to a Series of Certificates may be held in book-entry form.
GNMA also guarantees the timely payment of principal of and interest on
"fully modified pass-through" mortgage-backed securities issued and serviced by
certain mortgage banking companies and other financial concerns ("FNMA Project
Issuers") based upon and backed by pools of multi-family residential mortgage
loans coinsured by FHA and GNMA Project Issuers under the Housing Act ("GNMA
Project Certificates"). The Prospectus Supplement for a Series of Certificates
that includes GNMA Project Certificates will set forth additional information
regarding the GNMA guaranty program, servicing of the mortgage pool, the payment
of principal and interest on GNMA Project Certificates and other matters with
respect to multi-family residential mortgage loans that qualify for the GNMA
guaranty.
Federal National Mortgage Association. FNMA is a federally chartered and
privately owned corporation organized and existing under the Federal National
Mortgage Association Charter Act (the "Charter Act"). FNMA was originally
established in 1938 as a United States government agency to provide supplemental
liquidity to the mortgage market and was transformed into a stockholder-owned
and privately-managed corporation by legislation enacted in 1968.
FNMA provides funds to the mortgage market primarily by purchasing
mortgage loans from lenders, thereby replenishing their funds for additional
lending. FNMA acquires funds to purchase mortgage loans from many capital market
investors that may not ordinarily invest in mortgages, thereby expanding the
total amount of funds available for housing. Operating nationwide, FNMA helps to
redistribute mortgage funds from capital-surplus to capital-short areas.
FNMA Certificates. FNMA Certificates are either Guaranteed Mortgage
Pass-Through Certificates ("FNMA MBS") or Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities
("FNMA SMBS"). The following discussion of FNMA Certificates applies equally to
both FNMA MBS and FNMA SMBS, except as otherwise indicated. Each FNMA
Certificate included in the Trust Fund for a Series will represent a fractional
undivided interest in a pool of mortgage loans formed by FNMA. Each such pool
will consist of mortgage loans of one of the following types: (i) fixed-rate
34
<PAGE>
level installment conventional mortgage loans; (ii) fixed-rate level installment
mortgage loans that are insured by FHA or partially guaranteed by the VA; (iii)
adjustable rate conventional mortgage loans; or (iv) adjustable rate mortgage
loans that are insured by the FHA or partially guaranteed by the VA. Each
mortgage loan must meet the applicable standards set forth under the FNMA
purchase program. Each such mortgage loan will be secured by a first lien on a
one- to four-family residential property. Each such FNMA Certificate will be
issued pursuant to a trust indenture. Original maturities of substantially all
of the conventional, level payment mortgage loans underlying a FNMA Certificate
are expected to be between either 8 to 15 years or 20 to 40 years. The original
maturities of substantially all of the fixed rate level payment FHA Loans or VA
Loans are expected to be 30 years.
Mortgage loans underlying a FNMA Certificate may have annual interest
rates that vary by as much as two percentage points from each other. The rate of
interest payable on a FNMA MBS (and the series pass-through rate payable with
respect to a FNMA SMBS) is equal to the lowest interest rate of any mortgage
loan in the related pool, less a specified minimum annual percentage
representing servicing compensation and FNMA's guaranty fee. Under a regular
servicing option (pursuant to which the mortgagee or other servicer assumes the
entire risk of foreclosure losses), the annual interest rates on the mortgage
loans underlying a FNMA Certificate will be between 50 basis points and 250
basis points greater than the annual pass-through rate if a FNMA MBS or the
series pass-through rate if a FNMA SMBS; and under a special servicing option
(pursuant to which FNMA assumes the entire risk for foreclosure losses), the
annual interest rates on the mortgage loans underlying a FNMA Certificate will
generally be between 55 basis points and 255 basis points greater than the
annual FNMA Certificate pass-through rate if a FNMA MBS, or the series
pass-through rate if a FNMA SMBS.
FNMA guarantees to each registered holder of a FNMA Certificate that it
will distribute on a timely basis amounts representing such holder's
proportionate share of scheduled principal and interest payments at the
applicable pass-through rate provided for by such FNMA Certificate on the
underlying mortgage loans, whether or not received, and such holder's
proportionate share of the full principal amount of any foreclosed or other
finally liquidated mortgage loan, whether or not such principal amount is
actually recovered. The obligations of FNMA under its guarantees are obligations
solely of FNMA and are not backed by, nor entitled to, the full faith and credit
of the United States. If FNMA were unable to satisfy its obligations,
distributions to holders of FNMA Certificates would consist solely of payments
and other recoveries on the underlying mortgage loans and, accordingly, monthly
distributions to holders of FNMA Certificates would be affected by delinquent
payments and defaults on such mortgage loans.
FNMA SMBS are issued in series of two or more classes, with each class
representing a specified undivided fractional interest in principal
distributions and interest distributions (adjusted to the series pass-through
rate) on the underlying pool of mortgage loans. The fractional interests of each
class in principal and interest distributions are not identical, but the classes
in the aggregate represent 100% of the principal distributions and interest
distributions (adjusted to the series pass-through rate) on the respective pool.
Because of such difference between the fractional interests in principal and
interest of each class, the effective rate of interest on the principal of each
class of FNMA SMBS may be significantly higher or lower than the series
pass-through rate and/or the weighted average interest rate of the underlying
mortgage loans.
Unless otherwise specified by FNMA, FNMA Certificates evidencing interests
in pools of mortgages formed on or after May 1, 1985 will be available in
book-entry form only. Distributions of principal and interest on each FNMA
Certificate will be made by FNMA on the 25th day of each month to the persons in
whose name the FNMA Certificate is entered in the books of the Federal Reserve
Banks (or registered on the FNMA Certificate register in the case of fully
registered FNMA Certificates) as of the close of business on the last day of the
preceding month. With respect to FNMA Certificates issued in book-entry form,
distributions thereon will be made by wire, and with respect to fully registered
FNMA Certificates, distributions thereon will be made by check.
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation. FHLMC is a publicly held United
States government-sponsored enterprise created pursuant to the Federal Home Loan
Mortgage Corporation Act, Title III of the Emergency Home Finance Act of 1970,
as amended (the "FHLMC Act"). The common stock of FHLMC is owned by the Federal
Home Loan Banks. FHLMC was established primarily for the purpose of increasing
the availability of mortgage credit for the financing of urgently needed
housing. It seeks to provide an enhanced degree of liquidity for residential
mortgage investments primarily by assisting in the development of secondary
markets for conventional mortgages. The principal activity of FHLMC currently
consists of the purchase of first lien
35
<PAGE>
conventional mortgage loans FHA Loans, VA Loans or participation interests in
such mortgage loans and the sale of the loans or participations so purchased in
the form of mortgage securities, primarily FHLMC Certificates. FHLMC is confined
to purchasing, so far as practicable, mortgage loans that it deems to be of such
quality, type and class as to meet generally the purchase standards imposed by
private institutional mortgage investors.
FHLMC Certificates. Each FHLMC Certificate represents an undivided
interest in a pool of mortgage loans that may consist of first lien conventional
loans, FHA Loans or VA Loans (a "FHLMC Certificate Group"). FHLMC Certificates
are sold under the terms of a Mortgage Participation Certificate Agreement. A
FHLMC Certificate may be issued under either FHLMC's Cash Program or Guarantor
Program. Unless otherwise described in the Prospectus Supplement, mortgage loans
underlying the FHLMC Certificates held by a Trust Fund will consist of mortgage
loans with original terms to maturity of between 10 and 40 years. Each such
mortgage loan must meet the applicable standards set forth in the FHLMC Act. A
FHLMC Certificate Group may include whole loans, participation interests in
whole loans and undivided interests in whole loans and/or participations
comprising another FHLMC Certificate Group. Under the Guarantor Program, any
such FHLMC Certificate Group may include only whole loans or participation
interests in whole loans.
FHLMC guarantees to each registered holder of a FHLMC Certificate the
timely payment of interest on the underlying mortgage loans to the extent of the
applicable Certificate rate on the registered holder's pro rata share of the
unpaid principal balance outstanding on the underlying mortgage loans in the
FHLMC Certificate Group represented by such FHLMC Certificate, whether or not
received. FHLMC also guarantees to each registered holder of a FHLMC Certificate
ultimate receipt by such holder of all principal on the underlying mortgage
loans, without any offset or deduction, to the extent of such holder's pro rata
share thereof, but does not, except if and to the extent specified in the
Prospectus Supplement for a Series of Certificates, guarantee the timely payment
of scheduled principal. Under FHLMC's Gold PC Program, FHLMC guarantees the
timely payment of principal based on the difference between the pool factor
published in the month preceding the month of distribution and the pool factor
published in such month of distribution. Pursuant to its guarantees, FHLMC
indemnifies holders of FHLMC Certificates against any diminution in principal by
reason of charges for property repairs, maintenance and foreclosure. FHLMC may
remit the amount due on account of its guarantee of collection of principal at
any time after default on an underlying mortgage loan, but not later than (i) 30
days following foreclosure sale, (ii) 30 days following payment of the claim by
any mortgage insurer, or (iii) 30 days following the expiration of any right of
redemption, whichever occurs later, but in any event no later than one year
after demand has been made upon the mortgagor for accelerated payment of
principal. In taking actions regarding the collection of principal after default
on the mortgage loans underlying FHLMC Certificates, including the timing of
demand for acceleration, FHLMC reserves the right to exercise its judgment with
respect to the mortgage loans in the same manner as for mortgage loans which it
has purchased but not sold. The length of time necessary for FHLMC to determine
that a mortgage loan should be accelerated varies with the particular
circumstances of each mortgagor, and FHLMC has not adopted standards which
require that the demand be made within any specified period.
FHLMC Certificates are not guaranteed by the United States or by any
Federal Home Loan Bank and do not constitute debts or obligations of the United
States or any Federal Home Loan Bank. The obligations of FHLMC under its
guarantee are obligations solely of FHLMC and are not backed by, nor entitled
to, the full faith and credit of the United States. If FHLMC were unable to
satisfy such obligations, distributions to holders of FHLMC Certificates would
consist solely of payments and other recoveries on the underlying mortgage loans
and, accordingly, monthly distributions to holders of FHLMC Certificates would
be affected by delinquent payments and defaults on such mortgage loans.
Registered holders of FHLMC Certificates are entitled to receive their
monthly pro rata share of all principal payments on the underlying mortgage
loans received by FHLMC, including any scheduled principal payments, full and
partial prepayments of principal and principal received by FHLMC by virtue of
condemnation, insurance, liquidation or foreclosure, and repurchases of the
mortgage loans by FHLMC or the seller thereof. FHLMC is required to remit each
registered FHLMC Certificateholder's pro rata share of principal payments on the
underlying mortgage loans, interest at the FHLMC pass-through rate and any other
sums such as prepayment fees, within 60 days of the date on which such payments
are deemed to have been received by FHLMC.
Under FHLMC's Cash Program, with respect to pools formed prior to June 1,
1987, there is no limitation on the amount by which interest rates on the
mortgage loans underlying a FHLMC Certificate may exceed the pass-
36
<PAGE>
through rate on the FHLMC Certificate. With respect to FHLMC Certificates issued
on or after June 1, 1987, the maximum interest rate on the mortgage loans
underlying such FHLMC Certificates may exceed the pass through rate of the FHLMC
Certificates by 50 to 100 basis points. Under such program, FHLMC purchases
groups of whole mortgage loans from sellers at specified percentages of their
unpaid principal balances, adjusted for accrued or prepaid interest, which when
applied to the interest rate of the mortgage loans and participations purchased,
results in the yield (expressed as a percentage) required by FHLMC. The required
yield, which includes a minimum servicing fee retained by the servicer, is
calculated using the outstanding principal balance. The range of interest rates
on the mortgage loans and participations in a FHLMC Certificate group under the
Cash Program will vary since mortgage loans and participations are purchased and
assigned to a FHLMC Certificate group based upon their yield to FHLMC rather
than on the interest rate on the underlying mortgage loans.
Under FHLMC's Guarantor Program, the pass-through rate on a FHLMC
Certificate is established based upon the lowest interest rate on the underlying
mortgage loans, minus a minimum servicing fee and the amount of FHLMC's
management and guaranty income as agreed upon between the seller and FHLMC. For
FHLMC Certificate Groups formed under the Guarantor Program with certificate
numbers beginning with 18-012, the range between the lowest and the highest
annual interest rates on the mortgage loans in a FHLMC Certificate group may not
exceed two percentage points.
FHLMC Certificates duly presented for registration of ownership on or
before the last business day of a month are registered effective as of the first
day of the month. The first remittance to a registered holder of a FHLMC
Certificate will be distributed so as to be received normally by the 15th day of
the second month following the month in which the purchaser became a registered
holder of the FHLMC Certificates. Thereafter, such remittance will be
distributed monthly to the registered holder so as to be received normally by
the 15th day of each month. The Federal Reserve Bank of New York maintains
book-entry accounts with respect to FHLMC Certificates sold by FHLMC on or after
January 2, 1985, and makes payments of principal and interest each month to the
registered holders thereof in accordance with such holders' instructions.
FHLMC also issues mortgage participation certificates representing an
undivided interest in a group of multi-family residential mortgage loans or
participations in multi-family residential mortgage loans purchased by FHLMC
("FHLMC Project Certificates"). The Prospectus Supplement for a Series of
Securities issued by a Trust Fund that includes FHLMC Project Certificates will
set forth additional information regarding multi-family residential mortgage
loans that qualify for purchase by FHLMC.
Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities. Agency Securities may consist of one
or more stripped mortgage-backed securities, each as described herein and in the
related Prospectus Supplement. Each such Agency Security will represent an
undivided interest in all or part of either the principal distributions (but not
the interest distributions) or the interest distributions (but not the principal
distributions), or in some specified portion of the principal and interest
distributions (but not all of such distributions) on certain FHLMC, FNMA, GNMA
or other government agency or government-sponsored agency Certificates. The
underlying securities will be held under a trust agreement by FHLMC, FNMA, GNMA
or another government agency or government-sponsored agency, each as trustee, or
by another trustee named in the related Prospectus Supplement. FHLMC, FNMA, GNMA
or another government agency or government-sponsored agency will guarantee each
stripped Agency Security to the same extent as such entity guarantees the
underlying securities backing such stripped Agency Security, unless otherwise
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.
Other Agency Securities. If specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement, a Trust Fund may include other mortgage pass-through certificates
issued or guaranteed by GNMA, FNMA, FHLMC or other government agencies or
government-sponsored agencies. The characteristics of any such mortgage
pass-through certificates will be described in such Prospectus Supplement. If so
specified, a combination of different types of Agency Securities may be held in
a Trust Fund.
Private Mortgage-Backed Securities
General. Private Mortgage-Backed Securities may consist of (a) mortgage
pass-through certificates evidencing an undivided interest in a pool of mortgage
loans, or (b) collateralized mortgage obligations ("CMO's") secured by mortgage
loans. Private Mortgage-Backed Securities will have been issued pursuant to a
PMBS
37
<PAGE>
agreement (the "PMBS Agreement"). The seller/servicer of the underlying mortgage
loans (the "PMBS Servicer") will have entered into the PMBS Agreement with a
trustee (the "PMBS Trustee") under the PMBS Agreement. The PMBS Trustee or its
agent, or a custodian, will possess the mortgage loans underlying such Private
Mortgage-Backed Security. Mortgage loans underlying a Private Mortgage-Backed
Security will be serviced by the PMBS Servicer directly or by one or more
sub-servicers who may be subject to the supervision of the PMBS Servicer. The
PMBS Servicer will be approved as a servicer by FNMA or FHLMC and, if FHA Loans
underlie the Private Mortgage-Backed Securities, approved by the Department of
Housing and Urban Development ("HUD") as an FHA mortgagee.
The Issuer of the PMBS (the "PMBS Issuer") will be a financial institution
or other entity engaged generally in the business of mortgage lending or the
acquisition of mortgage loans, a public agency or instrumentality of a state,
local or federal government, or a limited purpose or other corporation organized
for the purpose of, among other things, establishing trusts and acquiring and
selling housing loans to such trusts and selling beneficial interests in such
trusts. If so specified in the Prospectus Supplement, the PMBS Issuer may be an
affiliate of the Depositor. If the PMBS Issuer is not an affiliate of the
Depositor, the related PMBS (i) will be acquired in the secondary market and not
pursuant to an initial offering of such PMBS, (ii) such PMBS Issuer will
generally not be involved in the issuance of the Securities other than as set
forth in the next two succeeding sentences and (iii) such PMBS will be freely
transferable pursuant to Rule 144(k) promulgated under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended. The obligations of the PMBS Issuer will generally be limited
to certain representations and warranties with respect to the assets conveyed by
it to the related trust. Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement, the PMBS Issuer will not have guaranteed any of the assets conveyed
to the related trust or any of the Private Mortgage-Backed Securities issued
under the PMBS Agreement. Additionally, although the mortgage loans underlying
the Private Mortgage-Backed Securities may be guaranteed by an agency or
instrumentality of the United States, the Private Mortgage-Backed Securities
themselves will not be so guaranteed.
Distributions of principal and interest will be made on the Private
Mortgage-Backed Securities on the dates specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement. The Private Mortgage-Backed Securities may be entitled to receive
nominal or no principal distributions or nominal or no interest distributions.
Principal and interest distributions will be made on the Private Mortgage-Backed
Securities by the PMBS Trustee or the PMBS Servicer. The PMBS Issuer or the PMBS
Servicer may have the right to repurchase assets underlying the Private
Mortgage-Backed Securities after a certain date or under other circumstances
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.
Underlying Loans. The mortgage loans underlying the Private Mortgage-
Backed Securities may consist of fixed rate, level payment, fully amortizing or
graduated payment mortgage loans, buydown loans, adjustable rate mortgage loans,
or loans having balloon or other special payment features. Such mortgage loans
may be Single Family Loans, Multifamily Loans, Cooperative Loans or Contracts
secured by Manufactured Homes. As specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement, (i) no mortgage loan underlying the Private Mortgage-Backed
Securities will have had a Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio at origination in excess
of the percentage set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement, (ii) each
underlying mortgage loan will have had an original term to stated maturity of
not less than 5 years and not more than 40 years, (iii) each underlying mortgage
loan (other than Cooperative Loans) will be required to be covered by a standard
hazard insurance policy (which may be a blanket policy), and (iv) each mortgage
loan (other than Cooperative Loans or Contracts secured by a Manufactured Home)
will be covered by a title insurance policy.
Credit Support Relating to Private Mortgage-Backed Securities. Credit
support in the form of subordination of other private mortgage certificates
issued under the PMBS Agreement, reserve funds, insurance policies, letters of
credit, financial guaranty insurance policies, guarantees or other types of
credit support may be provided with respect to the mortgage loans underlying the
Private Mortgage-Backed Securities or with respect to the Private
Mortgage-Backed Securities themselves.
Additional Information. The Prospectus Supplement for a Series for which
the related Trust Fund includes Private Mortgage-Backed Securities will specify
(i) the aggregate approximate principal amount and type of the Private
Mortgage-Backed Securities to be included in the Trust Fund, (ii) certain
characteristics of the mortgage loans underlying the Private Mortgage-Backed
Securities including (A) the payment features of such mortgage loans, (B) the
approximate aggregate principal balance, if known, of underlying mortgage loans
insured or guaranteed by a governmental entity, (C) the servicing fee or range
of servicing fees with respect to the underlying
38
<PAGE>
mortgage loans, and (D) the minimum and maximum stated maturities of the
underlying mortgage loans at origination, (iii) the maximum original
term-to-stated maturity of the Private Mortgage-Backed Securities, (iv) the
weighted average term-to-stated maturity of the Private Mortgage-Backed
Securities, (v) the pass-through or certificate rate of the Private
Mortgage-Backed Securities, (vi) the weighted average pass-through or
certificate rate of the Private Mortgage-Backed Securities, (vii) the PMBS
Issuer, the PMBS Servicer (if other than the PMBS Issuer) and the PMBS Trustee
for such Private Mortgage-Backed Securities, (viii) certain characteristics of
credit support, if any, such as reserve funds, insurance policies, letters of
credit or guarantees relating to the mortgage loans underlying the Private
Mortgage-Backed Securities or to such Private Mortgage-Backed Securities
themselves, (ix) the terms on which the underlying mortgage loans for such
Private Mortgage-Backed Securities may, or are required to, be purchased prior
to their stated maturity or the stated maturity of the Private Mortgage-Backed
Securities and (x) the terms on which other mortgage loans may be substituted
for those originally underlying the Private Mortgage-Backed Securities.
Representations by Sellers or Originators; Repurchases
Each Seller or Originator will have made representations and warranties in
respect of the Loans sold by such Seller or originated by such Originator and
evidenced by all, or a part, of a Series of Securities. Except as otherwise
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, such representations and
warranties include, among other things: (i) that title insurance (or in the case
of Properties located in areas where such policies are generally not available,
an attorney's certificate of title) and any required hazard insurance policy
were effective at origination of each Loan, other than a Cooperative Loan, and
that each policy (or certificate of title as applicable) remained in effect on
the date of purchase of the Loan from the Originator by the Seller or the
Depositor or from the Seller by or on behalf of the Depositor; (ii) that the
Seller or Originator had good title to each such Loan and such Loan was subject
to no offsets, defenses, counterclaims or rights of rescission except to the
extent that any buydown agreement may forgive certain indebtedness of a
borrower; (iii) that each Loan constituted a valid lien on, or a perfected
security interest with respect to, the Property (subject only to permissible
liens disclosed, if applicable, title insurance exceptions, if applicable, and
certain other exceptions described in the Agreement) and that the Property was
free from damage and was in acceptable condition; (iv) that there were no
delinquent tax or assessment liens against the Property; (v) that no required
payment on a Loan was delinquent more than the number of days specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement; and (vi) that each Loan was made in compliance
with, and is enforceable under, all applicable local, state and federal laws and
regulations in all material respects.
If so specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the representations
and warranties of a Seller or Originator in respect of a Loan will be made not
as of the Cut-off Date but as of the date on which such Originator sold the Loan
to the Seller or the Depositor or such Seller sold the Loan to the Depositor or
one of its affiliates. Under such circumstances, a substantial period of time
may have elapsed between the sale date and the date of initial issuance of the
Series of Securities evidencing an interest in such Loan. Since the
representations and warranties of a Seller or Originator do not address events
that may occur following the sale of a Loan by such Seller or Originator, its
repurchase obligation described below will not arise if the relevant event that
would otherwise have given rise to such an obligation with respect to a Loan
occurs after the date of sale of such Loan by such Originator to the Seller or
the Depositor or by such Seller to the Depositor or its affiliates. However, the
Depositor will not include any Loan in the Trust Fund for any Series of
Securities if anything has come to the Depositor's attention that would cause it
to believe that the representations and warranties of a Seller or Originator
will not be accurate and complete in all material respects in respect of such
Loan as of the date of initial issuance of the related Series of Securities. If
the Master Servicer is also a Seller or Originator of Loans with respect to a
particular Series of Securities, such representations will be in addition to the
representations and warranties made by the Master Servicer in its capacity as a
Master Servicer.
The Master Servicer or the Trustee, if the Master Servicer is the Seller
or Originator, will promptly notify the relevant Seller or Originator of any
breach of any representation or warranty made by it in respect of a Loan which
materially and adversely affects the interests of the Securityholders in such
Loan. Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, if such
Seller or Originator cannot cure such breach within 90 days following notice
from the Master Servicer or the Trustee, as the case may be, then such Seller or
Originator will be obligated either (i) to repurchase such Loan from the Trust
Fund at a price (the "Purchase Price") equal to 100% of the unpaid principal
balance thereof as of the date of the repurchase plus accrued interest thereon
to the first day of the month following the month of repurchase at the Loan Rate
(less any Advances or amount payable as related servicing
39
<PAGE>
compensation if the Seller or Originator is the Master Servicer) or (ii)
substitute for such Loan a replacement loan that satisfies the criteria
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement. If a REMIC election is to be
made with respect to a Trust Fund, unless otherwise specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, the Master Servicer or a holder of the related residual
certificate generally will be obligated to pay any prohibited transaction tax
which may arise in connection with any such repurchase or substitution and the
Trustee must have received a satisfactory opinion of counsel that such
repurchase or substitution will not cause the Trust Fund to lose its status as a
REMIC or otherwise subject the Trust Fund to a prohibited transaction tax. The
Master Servicer may be entitled to reimbursement for any such payment from the
assets of the related Trust Fund or from any holder of the related residual
certificate. See "Description of the Securities -- General." Except in those
cases in which the Master Servicer is the Seller or Originator, the Master
Servicer will be required under the applicable Agreement to enforce this
obligation for the benefit of the Trustee and the holders of the Securities,
following the practices it would employ in its good faith business judgment were
it the owner of such Loan. This repurchase or substitution obligation will
constitute the sole remedy available to holders of Securities or the Trustee for
a breach of representation by a Seller or Originator.
Neither the Depositor nor the Master Servicer (unless the Master Servicer
is the Seller or Originator) will be obligated to purchase or substitute a Loan
if a Seller or Originator defaults on its obligation to do so, and no assurance
can be given that Sellers or Originators will carry out their respective
repurchase or substitution obligations with respect to Loans. However, to the
extent that a breach of a representation and warranty of a Seller or Originator
may also constitute a breach of a representation made by the Master Servicer,
the Master Servicer may have a repurchase or substitution obligation as
described below under "The Agreements -- Assignment of the Trust Fund Assets."
Substitution of Trust Fund Assets
Substitution of Trust Fund Assets will be permitted in the event of
breaches of representations and warranties with respect to any original Trust
Fund Asset or in the event the documentation with respect to any Trust Fund
Asset is determined by the Trustee to be incomplete. The period during which
such substitution will be permitted generally will be indicated in the related
Prospectus Supplement. Substitution of Trust Fund Assets will be permitted if,
among other things, the credit criteria relating to the origination of the
initial Trust Fund Assets is the same as the credit criteria relating to the
origination of the substitute Trust Fund Assets. The related Prospectus
Supplement will describe any other conditions upon which Trust Fund Assets may
be substituted for Trust Fund Assets initially included in the Trust Fund.
USE OF PROCEEDS
The Depositor will apply all or substantially all of the net proceeds from
the sale of each Series of Securities for one or more of the following purposes:
(i) to purchase the related Trust Fund Assets, (ii) to establish any Pre-Funding
Account, Capitalized Interest Account or Reserve Account as described in the
related Prospectus Supplement and (iii) to pay the costs of structuring and
issuing such Securities, including the costs of obtaining any credit enhancement
as described under "Credit Enhancement". The Depositor expects to sell
Securities in Series from time to time, but the timing and amount of offerings
of Securities will depend on a number of factors, including the volume of Trust
Fund Assets acquired by the Depositor, prevailing interest rates, availability
of funds and general market conditions.
THE DEPOSITOR
Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc., the Depositor, is a direct,
wholly-owned subsidiary of Morgan Stanley Dean Witter & Co. and was incorporated
in the State of Delaware on January 7, 1997. The principal executive offices of
the Depositor are located at 1585 Broadway, 2nd Floor, New York, New York 10036.
Its telephone number is (212) 761-4000. The Depositor does not have, nor is it
expected in the future to have, any significant assets.
Neither the Depositor nor any of the Depositor's affiliates will insure or
guarantee distributions on the Securities of any Series.
40
<PAGE>
DESCRIPTION OF THE SECURITIES
Each Series of Certificates will be issued pursuant to separate agreements
(each, a "Pooling and Servicing Agreement" or a "Trust Agreement") among the
Depositor, the Master Servicer and the Trustee. A form of Pooling and Servicing
Agreement and Trust Agreement has been filed as an exhibit to the Registration
Statement of which this Prospectus forms a part. Each Series of Notes will be
issued pursuant to an indenture (the "Indenture") between the related Trust Fund
and the entity named in the related Prospectus Supplement as trustee (the
"Trustee") with respect to such Series, and the related Loans will be serviced
by the Master Servicer pursuant to a Master Servicing Agreement. A form of
Indenture and a form of Master Servicing Agreement have been filed as exhibits
to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus forms a part. A Series of
Securities may consist of both Notes and Certificates. Each Agreement, dated as
of the related Cut-off Date, will be among the Depositor, the Master Servicer
and the Trustee for the benefit of the holders of the Securities of such Series.
The provisions of each Agreement will vary depending upon the nature of the
Securities to be issued thereunder and the nature of the related Trust Fund. The
following are descriptions of the material provisions which may appear in each
Agreement. The Prospectus Supplement for a Series of Securities will describe
any provision of the Agreement relating to such Series that mainly differs from
the description thereof contained in this Prospectus. The descriptions are
subject to, and are qualified in their entirety by reference to, all of the
provisions of the Agreement for each Series of Securities and the applicable
Prospectus Supplement.
General
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the
Securities of each Series will be issued in book-entry or fully registered form,
in the authorized denominations specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,
will, in the case of Certificates, evidence specified beneficial ownership
interests in, and in the case of Notes, be secured by, the assets of the related
Trust Fund created pursuant to each Agreement and will not be entitled to
payments in respect of the assets included in any other Trust Fund established
by the Depositor. Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement, the Securities will not represent obligations of the Depositor or
any affiliate of the Depositor. Certain of the Loans may be guaranteed or
insured as set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement. Each Trust Fund will
consist of, to the extent provided in the related Agreement, (i) the Trust Fund
Assets, as from time to time are subject to the related Agreement (exclusive of
any amounts specified in the related Prospectus Supplement ("Retained
Interest")), including all payments of interest and principal received with
respect to the Loans after the Cut-off Date (to the extent not applied in
computing the principal balance of such Loans as of the Cut-off Date (the
"Cut-off Date Principal Balance")); (ii) such assets as from time to time are
required to be deposited in the related Security Account, as described below
under "The Agreements -- Payments on Loans; Deposits to Security Account"; (iii)
property which secured a Loan and which is acquired on behalf of the
Securityholders by foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure and (iv) any
insurance policies or other forms of credit enhancement required to be
maintained pursuant to the related Agreement. If so specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, a Trust Fund may also include one or more of the
following: reinvestment income on payments received on the Trust Fund Assets, a
Reserve Account, a mortgage pool insurance policy, a special hazard insurance
policy, a bankruptcy bond, one or more letters of credit, a surety bond,
guaranties or similar instruments or other agreements.
Each Series of Securities will be issued in one or more classes. Each
class of Certificates of a Series will evidence beneficial ownership of a
specified percentage (which may be 0%) or portion of future interest payments
and a specified percentage (which may be 0%) or portion of future principal
payments on, and each class of Notes of a Series will be secured by, the related
Trust Fund Assets. A Series of Securities may include one or more classes that
are senior in right to payment to one or more other classes of Securities of
such Series. Certain Series or classes of Securities may be covered by insurance
policies, surety bonds or other forms of credit enhancement, in each case as
described under "Credit Enhancement" herein and in the related Prospectus
Supplement. One or more classes of Securities of a Series may be entitled to
receive distributions of principal, interest or any combination thereof.
Distributions on one or more classes of a Series of Securities may be made prior
to one or more other classes, after the occurrence of specified events, in
accordance with a schedule or formula or on the basis of collections from
designated portions of the related Trust Fund Assets, in each case as specified
in the related Prospectus Supplement. The timing and amounts of such
distributions may vary among classes or over time as specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement.
41
<PAGE>
Distributions of principal and interest (or, where applicable, of
principal only or interest only) on the related Securities will be made by the
Trustee on each Distribution Date (i.e., monthly, quarterly, semi-annually or at
such other intervals and on the dates as are specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement) in proportion to the percentages specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement. Distributions will be made to the persons in whose names the
Securities are registered at the close of business on the dates specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement (each, a "Record Date"). Distributions will be
made in the manner specified in the related Prospectus Supplement to the persons
entitled thereto at the address appearing in the register maintained for holders
of Securities (the "Security Register"); provided, however, that the final
distribution in retirement of the Securities will be made only upon presentation
and surrender of the Securities at the office or agency of the Trustee or other
person specified in the notice to Securityholders of such final distribution.
The Securities will be freely transferable and exchangeable at the
Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as set forth in the related Prospectus
Supplement. No service charge will be made for any registration of exchange or
transfer of Securities of any Series, but the Trustee may require payment of a
sum sufficient to cover any related tax or other governmental charge.
Under current law the purchase and holding of a class of Securities
entitled only to a specified percentage of payments of either interest or
principal or a notional amount of either interest or principal on the related
Loans or a class of Securities entitled to receive payments of interest and
principal on the Loans only after payments to other classes or after the
occurrence of certain specified events by or on behalf of any employee benefit
plan or other retirement arrangement (including individual retirement accounts
and annuities, Keogh plans and collective investment funds in which such plans,
accounts or arrangements are invested) subject to provisions of ERISA or the
Code, may result in prohibited transactions, within the meaning of ERISA and the
Code. See "ERISA Considerations." Unless otherwise specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, the transfer of Securities of such a class will not be
registered unless the transferee (i) represents that it is not, and is not
purchasing on behalf of, any such plan, account or arrangement or (ii) provides
an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Trustee and the Depositor that the
purchase of Securities of such a class by or on behalf of such plan, account or
arrangement is permissible under applicable law and will not subject the
Trustee, the Master Servicer or the Depositor to any obligation or liability in
addition to those undertaken in the Agreements.
As to each Series, an election may be made to treat the related Trust Fund
or designated portions thereof as a "real estate mortgage investment conduit" or
"REMIC" as defined in the Code. The related Prospectus Supplement will specify
whether a REMIC election is to be made. Alternatively, the Agreement for a
Series may provide that a REMIC election may be made at the discretion of the
Depositor or the Master Servicer and may only be made if certain conditions are
satisfied. As to any such Series, the terms and provisions applicable to the
making of a REMIC election will be set forth in the related Prospectus
Supplement. If such an election is made with respect to a Series, one of the
classes will be designated as evidencing the sole class of "residual interests"
in the related REMIC, as defined in the Code. All other classes of Securities in
such a Series will constitute "regular interests" in the related REMIC, as
defined in the Code. As to each Series with respect to which a REMIC election is
to be made, the Trustee, the Master Servicer or a holder of the related residual
certificate will be obligated to take all actions required in order to comply
with applicable laws and regulations and will be obligated to pay any prohibited
transaction taxes. The Trustee or the Master Servicer, unless otherwise provided
in the related Prospectus Supplement, will be entitled to reimbursement for any
such payment from the assets of the Trust Fund or from any holder of the related
residual certificate.
Indexed Securities
To the extent specified in any Prospectus Supplement, any class of
Securities of a given Series may consist of Securities ("Indexed Securities") in
which the principal amount payable at the final scheduled payment date (the
"Indexed Principal Amount") is determined by reference to a measure (the
"Index") which will be related to (i) the difference in the rate of exchange
between United States dollars and a currency or composite currency (the "Indexed
Currency") specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement (such Indexed
Securities, "Currency Indexed Securities"); (ii) the difference in the price of
a specified commodity (the "Indexed Commodity") on specified dates (such Indexed
Securities, "Commodity Indexed Securities"); (iii) the difference in the level
of a specified stock index (the "Stock Index"), which may be based on U.S. or
foreign stocks, on specified dates (such Indexed Securities, "Stock Indexed
Securities"); or (iv) such other objective price or economic measures as are
described in
42
<PAGE>
the applicable Prospectus Supplement. The manner of determining the Indexed
Currency, the Indexed Commodity, the Stock Index or other price or economic
measures used in such determination will be set forth in the applicable
Prospectus Supplement, together with information concerning tax consequences to
the holders of such Indexed Securities.
If the determination of the Indexed Principal Amount of an Indexed
Security is based on an Index calculated or announced by a third party and such
third party either suspends the calculation or announcement of such Index or
changes the basis upon which such Index is calculated (other than changes
consistent with policies in effect at the time such Indexed Security was issued
and permitted changes described in the applicable Prospectus Supplement), then
such Index shall be calculated for purposes of such Indexed Security by an
independent calculation agent named in the applicable Prospectus Supplement on
the same basis, and subject to the same conditions and controls, as applied to
the original third party. If for any reason such Index cannot be calculated on
the same basis and subject to the same conditions and controls as applied to the
original third party, then the Indexed Principal Amount of such Indexed Security
will be calculated in the manner set forth in the applicable Prospectus
Supplement. Any determination of such independent calculation agent will in the
absence of manifest error be binding on all parties.
Interest on an Indexed Security will be payable based on the amount
designated in the applicable Prospectus Supplement (the "Face Amount"). The
applicable Prospectus Supplement will describe whether the principal amount of
the related Indexed Security, if any, that would be payable upon redemption or
repayment prior to the applicable final scheduled Distribution Date will be the
Face Amount of the Indexed Security, the Indexed Principal Amount of such
Indexed Security at the time of redemption or repayment, or another amount
described in such Prospectus Supplement.
Distributions on Securities
General. In general, the method of determining the amount of distributions
on a particular Series of Securities will depend on the type of credit support,
if any, that is used with respect to such Series. See "Credit Enhancement." Set
forth below are descriptions of various methods that may be used to determine
the amount of distributions on the Securities of a particular Series. The
Prospectus Supplement for each Series of Securities will describe the method to
be used in determining the amount of distributions on the Securities of such
Series.
Distributions allocable to principal and interest on the Securities will
be made by the Trustee out of, and only to the extent of, funds in the related
Security Account, including any funds transferred from any Reserve Account (a
"Reserve Account"). As between Securities of different classes and as between
distributions of principal (and, if applicable, between distributions of
Principal Prepayments, as defined below, and scheduled payments of principal)
and interest, distributions made on any Distribution Date will be applied as
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement. The Prospectus Supplement will
also describe the method for allocating the distributions among Securities of a
particular class.
Available Funds. All distributions on the Securities of each Series on
each Distribution Date will be made from the Available Funds described below, in
accordance with the terms described in the related Prospectus Supplement and
specified in the Agreement. "Available Funds" for each Distribution Date will
generally equal the amount on deposit in the related Security Account on such
Distribution Date (net of related fees and expenses payable by the related Trust
Fund) other than amounts to be held therein for distribution on future
Distribution Dates.
Distributions of Interest. Interest will accrue on the aggregate principal
balance of the Securities (or, in the case of Securities entitled only to
distributions allocable to interest, the aggregate notional amount) of each
class of Securities (the "Class Security Balance") entitled to interest from the
date, at the Pass-Through Rate or interest rate, as applicable (which in either
case may be a rate per annum specified, or calculated in the method described,
in such Prospectus Supplement), and for the periods specified in such Prospectus
Supplement. To the extent funds are available therefor, interest accrued during
each such specified period on each class of Securities entitled to interest
(other than a class of Securities that provides for interest that accrues, but
is not currently payable, referred to hereafter as "Accrual Securities") will be
distributable on the Distribution Dates specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement until the aggregate Class Security Balance of the Securities of such
class has been distributed in full or,
43
<PAGE>
in the case of Securities entitled only to distributions allocable to interest,
until the aggregate notional amount of such Securities is reduced to zero or for
the period of time designated in the related Prospectus Supplement. The original
Class Security Balance of each Security will equal the aggregate distributions
allocable to principal to which such Security is entitled. Distributions
allocable to interest on each Security that is not entitled to distributions
allocable to principal will be calculated based on the notional amount of such
Security. The notional amount of a Security will not evidence an interest in or
entitlement to distributions allocable to principal but will be used solely for
convenience in expressing the calculation of interest and for certain other
purposes.
Interest payable on the Securities of a Series on a Distribution Date will
include all interest accrued during the period specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement. In the event interest accrues over a period ending two or
more days prior to a Distribution Date, the effective yield to Securityholders
will be reduced from the yield that would otherwise be obtainable if interest
payable on the Security were to accrue through the day immediately preceding
such Distribution Date, and the effective yield (at par) to Securityholders will
be less than the indicated coupon rate.
With respect to any class of Accrual Securities, if specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement, any interest that has accrued but is not paid on
a given Distribution Date will be added to the aggregate Class Security Balance
of such class of Securities on that Distribution Date. Distributions of interest
on any class of Accrual Securities will commence only after the occurrence of
the events specified in such Prospectus Supplement. Prior to such time, the
beneficial ownership interest in the Trust Fund or the principal balance, as
applicable, of such class of Accrued Securities, as reflected in the aggregate
Class Security Balance of such class of Accrual Securities, will increase on
each Distribution Date by the amount of interest that accrued on such class of
Accrual Securities during the preceding interest accrual period but that was not
required to be distributed to such class on such Distribution Date. Any such
class of Accrual Securities will thereafter accrue interest on its outstanding
Class Security Balance as so adjusted.
Distributions of Principal. The related Prospectus Supplement will specify
the method by which the amount of principal to be distributed on the Securities
on each Distribution Date will be calculated and the manner in which such amount
will be allocated among the classes of Securities entitled to distributions of
principal. The aggregate Class Security Balance of any class of Securities
entitled to distributions of principal generally will be the aggregate original
Class Security Balance of such class of Securities specified in such Prospectus
Supplement, reduced by all distributions reported to the holders of such
Securities as allocable to principal and, (i) in the case of Accrual Securities,
unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, increased by
all interest accrued but not then distributable on such Accrual Securities and
(ii) in the case of adjustable rate Securities, subject to the effect of
negative amortization, if applicable.
If so provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, one or more classes
of Securities will be entitled to receive all or a disproportionate percentage
of the payments of principal which are received from borrowers, including
payments received in advance of their scheduled due dates and are not
accompanied by amounts representing scheduled interest due after the month of
such payments ("Principal Prepayments") in the percentages and under the
circumstances or for the periods specified in such Prospectus Supplement. Any
such allocation of principal payments to such class or classes of Securities
will have the effect of accelerating the amortization of such Securities while
increasing the interests evidenced by one or more other classes of Securities in
the Trust Fund. Increasing the interests of the other classes of Securities
relative to that of certain Securities is intended to preserve the availability
of the subordination provided by such other Securities. See "Credit Enhancement
-- Subordination."
Unscheduled Distributions. If specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement, the Securities will be subject to receipt of distributions before
the next scheduled Distribution Date under the circumstances and in the manner
described below and in such Prospectus Supplement. If applicable, the Trustee
will be required to make such unscheduled distributions on the day and in the
amount specified in the related Prospectus Supplement if, due to substantial
payments of principal (including Principal Prepayments) on the Trust Fund
Assets, the Trustee or the Master Servicer determines that the funds available
or anticipated to be available from the Security Account and, if applicable, any
Reserve Account, may be insufficient to make required distributions on the
Securities on such Distribution Date. Unless otherwise specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, the amount of any such unscheduled distribution that is
allocable to principal will not exceed the amount that would otherwise have been
required to be distributed as principal on the Securities on the next
Distribution Date. Unless otherwise specified in
44
<PAGE>
the related Prospectus Supplement, the unscheduled distributions will include
interest at the applicable Pass-Through Rate (if any) or interest rate (if any)
on the amount of the unscheduled distribution allocable to principal for the
period and to the date specified in such Prospectus Supplement.
Advances
To the extent provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, the Master
Servicer will be required to advance on or before each Distribution Date (from
its own funds, funds advanced by Sub-Servicers or funds held in the Security
Account for future distributions to the holders of Securities of the related
Series), an amount equal to the aggregate of payments of interest and/or
principal that were delinquent on the related Determination Date (as such term
is defined in the related Prospectus Supplement) and were not advanced by any
Sub-Servicer, net of the Servicing Fee if so specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement, subject to the Master Servicer's determination that such advances
may be recoverable out of late payments by borrowers, Liquidation Proceeds,
Insurance Proceeds or otherwise. In the case of Cooperative Loans, the Master
Servicer also may be required to advance any unpaid maintenance fees and other
charges under the related proprietary leases as specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement. In addition, to the extent provided in the related
Prospectus Supplement, a cash account may be established to provide for Advances
to be made in the event of certain Trust Fund Assets payment defaults or
collection shortfalls.
In making Advances, the Master Servicer will endeavor to maintain a
regular flow of scheduled interest and principal payments to holders of the
Securities, rather than to guarantee or insure against losses. If Advances are
made by the Master Servicer from cash being held for future distribution to
Securityholders, the Master Servicer will replace such funds on or before any
future Distribution Date to the extent that funds in the applicable Security
Account on such Distribution Date would be less than the amount required to be
available for distributions to Securityholders on such date. Any Master Servicer
funds advanced will be reimbursable to the Master Servicer out of recoveries on
the specific Loans with respect to which such Advances were made (e.g., late
payments made by the related borrower, any related Insurance Proceeds,
Liquidation Proceeds or proceeds of any Loan purchased by the Depositor, a
Sub-Servicer or a Seller pursuant to the related Agreement). Advances by the
Master Servicer (and any advances by a Sub-Servicer) also will be reimbursable
to the Master Servicer (or Sub-Servicer) from cash otherwise distributable to
Securityholders (including the holders of Senior Securities) to the extent that
the Master Servicer determines that any such Advances previously made are not
ultimately recoverable as described above. To the extent provided in the related
Prospectus Supplement, the Master Servicer also will be obligated to make
Advances, to the extent recoverable out of Insurance Proceeds, Liquidation
Proceeds or otherwise, in respect of certain taxes and insurance premiums not
paid by borrowers on a timely basis. Funds so advanced are reimbursable to the
Master Servicer to the extent permitted by the related Agreement. The
obligations of the Master Servicer to make advances may be supported by a cash
advance reserve fund, a surety bond or other arrangement, in each case as
described in the related Prospectus Supplement.
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, in the
event the Master Servicer or a Sub-Servicer fails to make a required Advance,
the Trustee will be obligated to make such Advance in its capacity as successor
servicer. If the Trustee makes such an Advance, it will be entitled to be
reimbursed for such Advance to the same extent and degree as the Master Servicer
or a Sub-Servicer is entitled to be reimbursed for Advances. See "--
Distributions on Securities" above.
Reports to Securityholders
Prior to or concurrently with each distribution on a Distribution Date,
the Master Servicer or the Trustee will furnish to each Securityholder of record
of the related Series a statement setting forth, to the extent applicable to
such Series of Securities, among other things:
(i) the amount of such distribution allocable to principal,
separately identifying the aggregate amount of any Principal Prepayments
and if so specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, any applicable
prepayment penalties included therein;
(ii) the amount of such distribution allocable to interest;
45
<PAGE>
(iii) the amount of any Advance;
(iv) the aggregate amount (a) otherwise allocable to the
Subordinated Securityholders on such Distribution Date, and (b) withdrawn
from the Reserve Account, if any, that is included in the amounts
distributed to the Senior Securityholders;
(v) the outstanding principal balance or notional amount of each
class of the related Series after giving effect to the distribution of
principal on such Distribution Date;
(vi) the percentage of principal payments on the Loans (excluding
prepayments), if any, which each such class will be entitled to receive on
the following Distribution Date;
(vii) the percentage of Principal Prepayments on the Loans, if any,
which each such class will be entitled to receive on the following
Distribution Date;
(viii) the related amount of the servicing compensation retained or
withdrawn from the Security Account by the Master Servicer, and the amount
of additional servicing compensation received by the Master Servicer
attributable to penalties, fees, excess Liquidation Proceeds and other
similar charges and items;
(ix) the number and aggregate principal balances of Loans (A)
delinquent (exclusive of Loans in foreclosure) (1) 1 to 30 days, (2) 31 to
60 days, (3) 61 to 90 days and (4) 91 or more days and (B) in foreclosure
and delinquent (1) 1 to 30 days, (2) 31 to 60 days, (3) 61 to 90 days and
(4) 91 or more days, as of the close of business on the last day of the
calendar month preceding such Distribution Date;
(x) the book value of any real estate acquired through
foreclosure or grant of a deed in lieu of foreclosure;
(xi) the Pass-Through Rate or interest rate, as applicable, if
adjusted from the date of the last statement, of any such class expected
to be applicable to the next distribution to such class;
(xii) if applicable, the amount remaining in any Reserve Account
at the close of business on the Distribution Date;
(xiii) the Pass-Through Rate or interest rate, as applicable, as of
the day prior to the immediately preceding Distribution Date; and
(xiv) any amounts remaining under letters of credit, pool policies
or other forms of credit enhancement.
Where applicable, any amount set forth above may be expressed as a dollar
amount per single Security of the relevant class having the Percentage Interest
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement. The report to Securityholders
for any Series of Securities may include additional or other information of a
similar nature to that specified above.
In addition, within a reasonable period of time after the end of each
calendar year, the Master Servicer or the Trustee will mail to each
Securityholder of record at any time during such calendar year a report (a) as
to the aggregate of amounts reported pursuant to (i) and (ii) above for such
calendar year or, in the event such person was a Securityholder of record during
a portion of such calendar year, for the applicable portion of such year and (b)
such other customary information as may be deemed necessary or desirable for
Securityholders to prepare their tax returns.
46
<PAGE>
Categories of Classes of Securities
The Securities of any Series may be comprised of one or more classes. Such
classes, in general, fall into different categories. The following chart
identifies and generally defines certain of the more typical categories. The
Prospectus Supplement for a series of Securities may identify the classes which
comprise such Series by reference to the following categories.
CATEGORIES OF CLASSES DEFINITION
--------------------- ----------
Principal Types
Accretion Directed...... A class that receives principal payments from the
accreted interest from specified Accrual classes.
An Accretion Directed class also may receive
principal payments from principal paid on the
underlying Trust Fund Assets for the related Series.
Component Securities.... A class consisting of "Components." The Components
of a class of Component Securities may have
different principal and/or interest payment
characteristics but together constitute a single
class. Each Component of a class of Component
Securities may be identified as falling into one or
more of the categories in this chart.
Notional Amount
Securities.............. A class having no principal balance and bearing
interest on the related notional amount. The
notional amount is used for purposes of the
determination of interest distributions.
Planned Principal Class
(also sometimes referred
to as "PACs")............ A class that is designed to receive principal
payments using a predetermined principal balance
schedule derived by assuming two constant prepayment
rates for the underlying Trust Fund Assets. These two
rates are the endpoints for the "structuring range"
for the Planned Principal Class. The Planned
Principal Classes in any Series of Securities may be
subdivided into different categories (e.g., Primary
Planned Principal Classes, Secondary Planned
Principal Classes and so forth) having different
effective structuring ranges and different principal
payment priorities. The structuring range for the
Secondary Planned Principal Class of a Series of
Securities will be narrower than that for the Primary
Planned Principal Class of such Series.
Scheduled Principal A class that is designed to receive principal
Class................... payments using a predetermined principal balance
schedule but is not designated as a Planned Principal
Class or Targeted Principal Class. In many cases, the
schedule is derived by assuming two constant
prepayment rates for the underlying Trust Fund
Assets. These two rates are the endpoints for the
"structuring range" for the Scheduled Principal
Class.
Sequential Pay Class.... Classes that receive principal payments in a
prescribed sequence, that do not have predetermined
principal balance schedules and that under all
circumstances receive payments of principal
continuously from the first Distribution Date on
which they receive principal until they are
retired. A single class that receives principal
payments before or after all other classes in the
same Series of Securities may be identified as a
Sequential Pay Class.
Strip................... A class that receives a constant proportion, or
"strip," of the principal payments on the underlying
Trust Fund Assets.
47
<PAGE>
CATEGORIES OF CLASSES DEFINITION
--------------------- ----------
Support Class (also A class that receives principal payments on any
sometimes referred to Distribution Date only if scheduled payments have
as "companion classes"). been made on specified Planned Principal Classes,
Targeted Principal Classes and/or Scheduled
Principal Classes on such Distribution Date.
Targeted Principal A class that is designed to receive principal
Class (also sometimes payments using a predetermined principal balance
referred to as "TACs").. schedule derived by assuming a single constant
prepayment rate for the underlying Trust Fund Assets.
Interest Types
Fixed Rate.............. A class with an interest rate that is fixed
throughout the life of the class.
Floating Rate........... A class with an interest rate that resets
periodically based upon a designated index and that
varies directly with changes in such index as
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.
Interest payable to a Floating Rate class on a
Distribution Date may be subject to a cap based on
the amount of funds available to pay interest on
such Distribution Date.
Inverse Floating Rate... A class with an interest rate that resets
periodically based upon a designated index as
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement and
that varies inversely with changes in such index.
Variable Rate........... A class with an interest rate that resets
periodically and is calculated by reference to the
rate or rates of interest applicable to specified
assets or instruments (e.g., the Loan Rates borne by
the underlying Loans).
Auction Rate............ A class with an interest rate that resets
periodically to an auction rate that is calculated
on the basis of auction procedures described in the
related Prospectus Supplement.
Interest Only........... A class that receives some or all of the interest
payments made on the underlying Trust Fund Assets or
other assets of the Trust Fund and little or no
principal. Interest Only classes have either a
nominal principal balance or a notional amount. A
nominal principal balance represents actual
principal that will be paid on the class. It is
referred to as nominal since it is extremely small
compared to other classes. A notional amount is the
amount used as a reference to calculate the amount
of interest due on an Interest Only class that is
not entitled to any distributions in respect of
principal.
Principal Only.......... A class that does not bear interest and is entitled
to receive only distributions in respect of
principal.
Partial Accrual......... A class that accretes a portion of the amount of
accrued interest thereon, which amount will be added
to the principal balance of such class on each
applicable Distribution Date, with the remainder of
such accrued interest to be distributed currently as
interest on such class. Such accretion may continue
until a specified event has occurred or until such
Partial Accrual class is retired.
48
<PAGE>
Accrual................. A class that accretes the amount of accrued interest
otherwise distributable on such class, which amount
will be added as principal to the principal balance
of such class on each applicable Distribution Date.
Such accretion may continue until some specified
event has occurred or until such Accrual Class is
retired.
Indices Applicable to Floating Rate and Inverse Floating Rate Classes
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the
indices applicable to Floating Rate and Inverse Floating Rate Classes either
will be LIBOR, the Eleventh District Cost of Funds Index, the Treasury Index or
the Prime Rate, in each case calculated as described below.
LIBOR
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, on the
LIBOR Determination Date (as such term is defined in the related Prospectus
Supplement) for each class of Securities of a Series as to which the applicable
interest rate is determined by reference to an index denominated as LIBOR, the
Person designated in the related Agreement (the "Calculation Agent") will
determine LIBOR by reference to the quotations, as set forth on the Reuters
Screen LIBO Page (as defined in the International Swap Dealers Association,
Inc.Code of Standard Wording, Assumptions and Provisions for Swaps, 1986
Edition), offered by the principal London office of each of the designated
reference banks meeting the criteria set forth below (the "Reference Banks") for
making one-month United States dollar deposits in leading banks in the London
Interbank market, as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such LIBOR Determination
Date. In lieu of relying on the quotations for those Reference Banks that appear
at such time on the Reuters Screen LIBO Page, the Calculation Agent will request
each of the Reference Banks to provide such offered quotations at such time.
LIBOR will be established by the Calculation Agent on each LIBOR
Determination Date as follows:
(a) If on any LIBOR Determination Date two or more Reference Banks
provide such offered quotations, LIBOR for the next Interest Accrual
Period (as such term is defined in the related Prospectus Supplement)
shall be the arithmetic mean of such offered quotations (rounded upwards
if necessary to the nearest whole multiple of 1/32%).
(b) If on any LIBOR Determination Date only one or none of the
Reference Banks provides such offered quotations, LIBOR for the next
Interest Accrual Period shall be whichever is the higher of (i) LIBOR as
determined on the previous LIBOR Determination Date or (ii) the Reserve
Interest Rate. The "Reserve Interest Rate" shall be the rate per annum
which the Calculation Agent determines to be either (i) the arithmetic
mean (rounded upwards if necessary to the nearest whole multiple of 1/32%)
of the one-month United States dollar lending rates that New York City
banks selected by the Calculation Agent are quoting, on the relevant LIBOR
Determination Date, to the principal London offices of at least two of the
Reference Banks to which such quotations are, in the opinion of the
Calculation Agent, being so made, or (ii) in the event that the
Calculation Agent can determine no such arithmetic mean, the lowest
one-month United States dollar lending rate which New York City banks
selected by the Calculation Agent are quoting on such LIBOR Determination
Date to leading European banks.
(c) If on any LIBOR Determination Date for a class specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement, the Calculation Agent is required but is
unable to determine the Reserve Interest Rate in the manner provided in
paragraph (b) above, LIBOR for the next Interest Accrual Period shall be
LIBOR as determined on the preceding LIBOR Determination Date, or, in the
case of the first LIBOR Determination Date, LIBOR shall be deemed to be
the per annum rate specified as such in the related Prospectus Supplement.
49
<PAGE>
Each Reference Bank (i) shall be a leading bank engaged in transactions in
Eurodollar deposits in the international Eurocurrency market; (ii) shall not
control, be controlled by, or be under common control with the Calculation
Agent; and (iii) shall have an established place of business in London. If any
such Reference Bank should be unwilling or unable to act as such or if
appointment of any such Reference Bank is terminated, another leading bank
meeting the criteria specified above will be appointed.
The establishment of LIBOR on each LIBOR Determination Date by the
Calculation Agent and its calculation of the rate of interest for the applicable
classes for the related Interest Accrual Period shall (in the absence of
manifest error) be final and binding.
COFI
The Eleventh District Cost of Funds Index is designed to represent the
monthly weighted average cost of funds for savings institutions in Arizona,
California and Nevada that are member institutions of the Eleventh Federal Home
Loan Bank District (the "Eleventh District"). The Eleventh District Cost of
Funds Index for a particular month reflects the interest costs paid on all types
of funds held by Eleventh District member institutions and is calculated by
dividing the cost of funds by the average of the total amount of those funds
outstanding at the end of that month and of the prior month and annualizing and
adjusting the result to reflect the actual number of days in the particular
month. If necessary, before these calculations are made, the component figures
are adjusted by the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco ("FHLBSF") to
neutralize the effect of events such as member institutions leaving the Eleventh
District or acquiring institutions outside the Eleventh District. The Eleventh
District Cost of Funds Index is weighted to reflect the relative amount of each
type of funds held at the end of the relevant month. The major components of
funds of Eleventh District member institutions are: (i) savings deposits, (ii)
time deposits, (iii) FHLBSF advances, (iv) repurchase agreements and (v) all
other borrowings. Because the component funds represent a variety of maturities
whose costs may react in different ways to changing conditions, the Eleventh
District Cost of Funds Index does not necessarily reflect current market rates.
A number of factors affect the performance of the Eleventh District Cost
of Funds Index, which may cause it to move in a manner different from indices
tied to specific interest rates, such as United States Treasury bills or LIBOR.
Because the liabilities upon which the Eleventh District Cost of Funds Index is
based were issued at various times under various market conditions and with
various maturities, the Eleventh District Cost of Funds Index may not
necessarily reflect the prevailing market interest rates on new liabilities of
similar maturities. Moreover, as stated above, the Eleventh District Cost of
Funds Index is designed to represent the average cost of funds for Eleventh
District savings institutions for the month prior to the month in which it is
due to be published. Additionally, the Eleventh District Cost of Funds Index may
not necessarily move in the same direction as market interest rates at all
times, since as longer term deposits or borrowings mature and are renewed at
prevailing market interest rates, the Eleventh District Cost of Funds Index is
influenced by the differential between the prior and the new rates on those
deposits or borrowings. In addition, movements of the Eleventh District Cost of
Funds Index, as compared to other indices tied to specific interest rates, may
be affected by changes instituted by the FHLBSF in the method used to calculate
the Eleventh District Cost of Funds Index.
The FHLBSF publishes the Eleventh District Cost of Funds Index in its
monthly Information Bulletin. Any individual may request regular receipt by mail
of Information Bulletins by writing the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco,
P.O. Box 7948, 600 California Street, San Francisco, California 94120, or by
calling (415) 616-1000. The Eleventh District Cost of Funds Index may also be
obtained by calling the FHLBSF at (415) 616-2600.
The FHLBSF has stated in its Information Bulletin that the Eleventh
District Cost of Funds Index for a month "will be announced on or near the last
working day" of the following month and also has stated that it "cannot
guarantee the announcement" of such index on an exact date. So long as such
index for a month is announced on or before the tenth day of the second
following month, the interest rate for each class of Securities of a Series as
to which the applicable interest rate is determined by reference to an index
denominated as COFI (each, a class of "COFI Securities") for the Interest
Accrual Period commencing in such second following month will be based on the
Eleventh District Cost of Funds Index for the second preceding month. If
publication is delayed beyond such tenth day, such interest rate will be based
on the Eleventh District Cost of Funds Index for the third preceding month.
50
<PAGE>
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, if on the
tenth day of the month in which any Interest Accrual Period commences for a
class of COFI Securities the most recently published Eleventh District Cost of
Funds Index relates to a month prior to the third preceding month, the index for
such current Interest Accrual Period and for each succeeding Interest Accrual
Period will, except as described in the next to last sentence of this paragraph,
be based on the National Monthly Median Cost of Funds Ratio to SAIF-Insured
Institutions (the "National Cost of Funds Index") published by the Office of
Thrift Supervision (the "OTS") for the third preceding month (or the fourth
preceding month if the National Cost of Funds Index for the third preceding
month has not been published on such tenth day of an Interest Accrual Period).
Information on the National Cost of Funds Index may be obtained by writing the
OTS at 1700 G Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20552 or calling (202) 906-6677,
and the current National Cost of Funds Index may be obtained by calling (202)
906-6988. If on any such tenth day of the month in which an Interest Accrual
Period commences the most recently published National Cost of Funds Index
relates to a month prior to the fourth preceding month, the applicable index for
such Interest Accrual Period and each succeeding Interest Accrual Period will be
based on LIBOR, as determined by the Calculation Agent in accordance with the
Agreement relating to such Series of Securities. A change of index from the
Eleventh District Cost of Funds Index to an alternative index will result in a
change in the index level, and, particularly if LIBOR is the alternative index,
could increase its volatility.
The establishment of COFI by the Calculation Agent and its calculation of
the rates of interest for the applicable classes for the related Interest
Accrual Period shall (in the absence of manifest error) be final and binding.
Treasury Index
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, on the
Treasury Index Determination Date (as such term is defined in the related
Prospectus Supplement) for each class of Securities of a Series as to which the
applicable interest rate is determined by reference to an index denominated as a
Treasury Index, the Calculation Agent will ascertain the Treasury Index for
Treasury securities of the maturity and for the period (or, if applicable, date)
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement. Unless otherwise specified in
the related Prospectus Supplement, the Treasury Index for any period means the
average of the yield for each business day during the period specified therein
(and for any date means the yield for such date), expressed as a per annum
percentage rate, on (i) U.S. Treasury securities adjusted to the "constant
maturity" (as further described below) specified in such Prospectus Supplement
or (ii) if no "constant maturity" is so specified, U.S. Treasury securities
trading on the secondary market having the maturity specified in such Prospectus
Supplement, in each case as published by the Federal Reserve Board in its
Statistical Release No. H.15(519). Statistical Release No. H.15(519) is
published on Monday or Tuesday of each week and may be obtained by writing or
calling the Publications Department at the Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve System, 21st and C Streets, Washington, D.C. 20551 (202) 452-3244. If
the Calculation Agent has not yet received Statistical Release No. H.15(519) for
such week, then it will use such Statistical Release from the immediately
preceding week.
Yields on U.S. Treasury securities at "constant maturity" are derived from
the U.S. Treasury's daily yield curve. This curve, which relates the yield on a
security to its time to maturity, is based on the closing market bid yields on
actively traded Treasury securities in the over-the-counter market. These market
yields are calculated from composites of quotations reported by five leading
U.S. Government securities dealers to the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. This
method provides a yield for a given maturity even if no security with that exact
maturity is outstanding. In the event that the Treasury Index is no longer
published, a new index based upon comparable data and methodology will be
designated in accordance with the Agreement relating to the particular Series of
Securities. The Calculation Agent's determination of the Treasury Index, and its
calculation of the rates of interest for the applicable classes for the related
Interest Accrual Period, shall (in the absence of manifest error) be final and
binding.
Prime Rate
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, on the
Prime Rate Determination Date (as such term is defined in the related Prospectus
Supplement) for each class of Securities of a Series as to which the applicable
interest rate is determined by reference to an index denominated as the Prime
Rate, the Calculation Agent will ascertain the Prime Rate for the related
Interest Accrual Period. Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement, the Prime Rate for an Interest Accrual Period will be the "Prime
Rate" as published in the
51
<PAGE>
"Money Rates" section of The Wall Street Journal (or if not so published, the
"Prime Rate" as published in a newspaper of general circulation selected by the
Calculation Agent in its sole discretion) on the related Prime Rate
Determination Date. If a prime rate range is given, then the average of such
range will be used. In the event that the Prime Rate is no longer published, a
new index based upon comparable data and methodology will be designated in
accordance with the Agreement relating to the particular Series of Securities.
The Calculation Agent's determination of the Prime Rate and its calculation of
the rates of interest for the related Interest Accrual Period shall (in the
absence of manifest error) be final and binding.
Book-Entry Registration of Securities
As described in the related Prospectus Supplement, if not issued in fully
registered form, each class of Securities will be registered as book-entry
certificates (the "Book-Entry Securities"). Persons acquiring beneficial
ownership interests in the Securities ("Security Owners") will hold their
Securities through The Depository Trust Company ("DTC") in the United States, or
CEDEL Bank, societe anonyme ("CEDEL") or the Euroclear System ("Euroclear") in
Europe if they are participants ("Participants") of such systems, or indirectly
through organizations that are Participants in such systems. The Book-Entry
Securities will be issued in one or more certificates which equal the aggregate
principal balance of the Securities and will initially be registered in the name
of Cede & Co., the nominee of DTC. CEDEL and Euroclear will hold omnibus
positions on behalf of their Participants through customers' securities accounts
in CEDEL's and Euroclear's names on the books of their respective depositaries
which in turn will hold such positions in customers' securities accounts in the
depositaries' names on the books of DTC. Citibank, N.A., will act as depositary
for CEDEL and The Chase Manhattan Bank will act as depositary for Euroclear (in
such capacities, individually the "Relevant Depositary" and collectively the
"European Depositaries"). Except as described below, no person acquiring a
Book-Entry Security (each, a "beneficial owner") will be entitled to receive a
physical certificate representing such Security (a "Definitive Security").
Unless and until Definitive Securities are issued, it is anticipated that the
only "Securityholders" of the Securities will be Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC.
Security Owners are only permitted to exercise their rights indirectly through
Participants and DTC.
The beneficial owner's ownership of a Book-Entry Security will be recorded
on the records of the brokerage firm, bank, thrift institution or other
financial intermediary (each, a "Financial Intermediary") that maintains the
beneficial owner's account for such purpose. In turn, the Financial
Intermediary's ownership of such Book-Entry Security will be recorded on the
records of DTC (or of a participating firm that acts as agent for the Financial
Intermediary, whose interest will in turn be recorded on the records of DTC, if
the beneficial owner's Financial Intermediary is not a DTC Participant, and on
the records of CEDEL or Euroclear, as appropriate).
Security Owners will receive all distributions of principal of, and
interest on, the Securities from the Trustee through DTC and DTC participants.
While the Securities are outstanding (except under the circumstances described
below), under the rules, regulations and procedures creating and affecting DTC
and its operations (the "Rules"), DTC is required to make book-entry transfers
among Participants on whose behalf it acts with respect to the Securities and is
required to receive and transmit distributions of principal of, and interest on,
the Securities. Participants and indirect participants with whom Security Owners
have accounts with respect to Securities are similarly required to make
book-entry transfers and receive and transmit such distributions on behalf of
their respective Security Owners. Accordingly, although Security Owners will not
possess certificates, the Rules provide a mechanism by which Security Owners
will receive distributions and will be able to transfer their interest.
Security Owners will not receive or be entitled to receive certificates
representing their respective interests in the Securities, except under the
limited circumstances described below. Unless and until Definitive Securities
are issued, Security Owners who are not Participants may transfer ownership of
Securities only through Participants and indirect participants by instructing
such Participants and indirect participants to transfer Securities, by
book-entry transfer, through DTC for the account of the purchasers of such
Securities, which account is maintained with their respective Participants.
Under the Rules and in accordance with DTC's normal procedures, transfers of
ownership of Securities will be executed through DTC and the accounts of the
respective Participants at DTC will be debited and credited. Similarly, the
Participants and indirect participants will make debits or credits, as the case
may be, on their records on behalf of the selling and purchasing Security
Owners.
52
<PAGE>
Because of time zone differences, credits of securities received in CEDEL
or Euroclear as a result of a transaction with a Participant will be made during
subsequent securities settlement processing and dated the business day following
the DTC settlement date. Such credits or any transactions in such securities
settled during such processing will be reported to the relevant Euroclear or
CEDEL Participants on such business day. Cash received in CEDEL or Euroclear as
a result of sales of securities by or through a CEDEL Participant (as defined
herein) or Euroclear Participant (as defined herein) to a DTC Participant will
be received with value on the DTC settlement date but will be available in the
relevant CEDEL or Euroclear cash account only as of the business day following
settlement in DTC.
Transfers between Participants will occur in accordance with the Rules.
Transfers between CEDEL Participants and Euroclear Participants will occur in
accordance with their respective rules and operating procedures.
Cross-market transfers between persons holding directly or indirectly
through DTC, on the one hand, and directly or indirectly through CEDEL
Participants or Euroclear Participants, on the other, will be effected in DTC in
accordance with DTC rules on behalf of the relevant European international
clearing system by the Relevant Depositary; however, such cross-market
transactions will require delivery of instructions to the relevant European
international clearing system by the counterparty in such system in accordance
with its rules and procedures and within its established deadlines (European
time). The relevant European international clearing system will, if the
transaction meets its settlement requirements, deliver instructions to the
Relevant Depositary to take action to effect final settlement on its behalf by
delivering or receiving securities in DTC, and making or receiving payment in
accordance with normal procedures for same day funds settlement applicable to
DTC. CEDEL Participants and Euroclear Participants may not deliver instructions
directly to the European Depositaries.
DTC is a limited-purpose trust company organized under the New York
Banking Law, a "banking organization" within the meaning of the New York Banking
Law, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a "clearing corporation" within the
meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code, and a "clearing agency"
registered pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934. DTC is owned by a number of its direct Participants and by the New
York Stock Exchange, Inc., the American Stock Exchange, Inc.and the National
Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.
CEDEL is a duly licensed bank organized as a "societe anonyme" (limited
company) under the laws of Luxembourg. CEDEL holds securities for its
participating organizations ("CEDEL Participants") and facilitates the clearance
and settlement of securities transactions between CEDEL Participants through
electronic book-entry changes in accounts of CEDEL Participants, thereby
eliminating the need for physical movement of certificates. Transactions may be
settled in CEDEL in any of 37 currencies, including United States dollars. CEDEL
provides to its CEDEL Participants, among other things, services for
safekeeping, administration, clearance and settlement of internationally traded
securities and securities lending and borrowing. CEDEL interfaces with domestic
markets in several countries. As a licensed bank, CEDEL is subject to regulation
by the Luxembourg Monetary Institute. CEDEL Participants are recognized
financial institutions around the world, including underwriters, securities
brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and certain
other organizations. Indirect access to CEDEL is also available to others, such
as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a
custodial relationship with a CEDEL Participant, either directly or indirectly.
Euroclear was created in 1968 to hold securities for its participants
("Euroclear Participants") and to clear and settle transactions between
Euroclear Participants through simultaneous electronic book-entry delivery
against payment, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of
certificates and any risk from lack of simultaneous transfers of securities and
cash. Transactions may be settled in any of 32 currencies, including United
States dollars. Euroclear includes various other services, including securities
lending and borrowing and interfaces with domestic markets in several countries
generally similar to the arrangements for cross-market transfers with DTC
described above. Euroclear is operated by the Brussels, Belgium office of Morgan
Guaranty Trust Company of New York ("Morgan" and in such capacity, the
"Euroclear Operator"), under contract with Euroclear Clearance Systems S.C., a
Belgian cooperative corporation (the "Belgian Cooperative"). All operations are
conducted by Morgan, and all Euroclear securities clearance accounts and
Euroclear cash accounts are accounts with the Euroclear Operator, not the
Belgian Cooperative. The Belgian Cooperative establishes policy for Euroclear on
behalf of Euroclear Participants. Euroclear Participants include banks
(including central banks), securities brokers and dealers and other
53
<PAGE>
professional financial intermediaries. Indirect access to Euroclear is also
available to other firms that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship
with a Euroclear Participant, either directly or indirectly.
Morgan is the Belgian branch of a New York banking corporation which is a
member bank of the Federal Reserve System. As such, it is regulated and examined
by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and the New York State
Banking Department, as well as the Belgian Banking Commission.
Securities clearance accounts and cash accounts with Morgan are governed
by the Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear and the related Operating
Procedures of the Euroclear System and applicable Belgian law (collectively, the
"Terms and Conditions"). The Terms and Conditions govern transfers of securities
and cash within Euroclear, withdrawals of securities and cash from Euroclear,
and receipts of payments with respect to securities in Euroclear. All securities
in Euroclear are held on a fungible basis without attribution of specific
certificates to specific securities clearance accounts. The Euroclear Operator
acts under the Terms and Conditions only on behalf of Euroclear Participants,
and has no record of or relationship with persons holding through Euroclear
Participants.
Under a book-entry format, beneficial owners of the Book-Entry Securities
may experience some delay in their receipt of payments, since such payments will
be forwarded by the Trustee to Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC. Distributions with
respect to Securities held through CEDEL or Euroclear will be credited to the
cash accounts of CEDEL Participants or Euroclear Participants in accordance with
the relevant system's rules and procedures, to the extent received by the
Relevant Depositary. Such distributions will be subject to tax reporting in
accordance with relevant United States tax laws and regulations. See "Federal
Income Tax Consequences -- Tax Treatment of Foreign Investors" and "-- Tax
Consequences to Holders of the Notes -- Backup Withholding." Because DTC can
only act on behalf of Financial Intermediaries, the ability of a beneficial
owner to pledge Book-Entry Securities to persons or entities that do not
participate in the Depository system, may be limited due to the lack of physical
certificates for such Book-Entry Securities. In addition, issuance of the
Book-Entry Securities in book-entry form may reduce the liquidity of such
Securities in the secondary market since certain potential investors may be
unwilling to purchase Securities for which they cannot obtain physical
certificates.
Monthly and annual reports on the Trust Fund will be provided to Cede &
Co., as nominee of DTC, and may be made available by Cede & Co. to beneficial
owners upon request, in accordance with the rules, regulations and procedures
creating and affecting the Depository, and to the Financial Intermediaries to
whose DTC accounts the Book-Entry Securities of such beneficial owners are
credited.
DTC has advised the Trustee that, unless and until Definitive Securities
are issued, DTC will take any action permitted to be taken by the holders of the
Book-Entry Securities under the applicable Agreement only at the direction of
one or more Financial Intermediaries to whose DTC accounts the Book-Entry
Securities are credited, to the extent that such actions are taken on behalf of
Financial Intermediaries whose holdings include such Book-Entry Securities.
CEDEL or the Euroclear Operator, as the case may be, will take any other action
permitted to be taken by a Securityholder under the Agreement on behalf of a
CEDEL Participant or Euroclear Participant only in accordance with its relevant
rules and procedures and subject to the ability of the Relevant Depositary to
effect such actions on its behalf through DTC. DTC may take actions, at the
direction of the related Participants, with respect to some Securities which
conflict with actions taken with respect to other Securities.
Upon the occurrence of any of the events described in the immediately
preceding paragraph, the Trustee will be required to notify all beneficial
owners of the occurrence of such event and the availability through DTC of
Definitive Securities. Upon surrender by DTC of the global certificate or
certificates representing the Book-Entry Securities and instructions for
re-registration, the Trustee will issue Definitive Securities, and thereafter
the Trustee will recognize the holders of such Definitive Securities as
Securityholders under the applicable Agreement.
Although DTC, CEDEL and Euroclear have agreed to the foregoing procedures
in order to facilitate transfers of Securities among participants of DTC, CEDEL
and Euroclear, they are under no obligation to perform or continue to perform
such procedures and such procedures may be discontinued at any time.
None of the Master Servicer, the Depositor or the Trustee will have any
responsibility for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on
account of beneficial ownership interests of the Book-Entry Securities held
54
<PAGE>
by Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing
any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests.
CREDIT ENHANCEMENT
General
Credit enhancement may be provided with respect to one or more classes of
a Series of Securities or with respect to the related Trust Fund Assets. Credit
enhancement may be in the form of a limited financial guaranty policy issued by
an entity named in the related Prospectus Supplement, the subordination of one
or more classes of the Securities of such Series, the establishment of one or
more Reserve Accounts, the use of a cross-collateralization feature, use of a
mortgage pool insurance policy, FHA Insurance, VA Guarantee, bankruptcy bond,
special hazard insurance policy, surety bond, letter of credit, guaranteed
investment contract, overcollateralization, interest rate swap agreement,
interest rate cap agreement or another method of credit enhancement contemplated
herein and described in the related Prospectus Supplement, or any combination of
the foregoing. Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,
credit enhancement will not provide protection against all risks of loss and
will not guarantee repayment of the entire principal balance of the Securities
and interest thereon. If losses occur which exceed the amount covered by credit
enhancement or which are not covered by the credit enhancement, Securityholders
will bear their allocable share of any deficiencies.
Subordination
If so specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, protection afforded
to holders of one or more classes of Securities of a Series by means of the
subordination feature may be accomplished by the preferential right of holders
of one or more other classes of such Series (the "Senior Securities") to
distributions in respect of scheduled principal, Principal Prepayments, interest
or any combination thereof that otherwise would have been payable to holders of
one or more classes of subordinate Securities (the "Subordinated Securities")
under the circumstances and to the extent specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement. Protection may also be afforded to the holders of Senior Securities
of a Series by: (i) reducing the ownership interest (if applicable) of the
related Subordinated Securities; (ii) a combination of the immediately preceding
sentence and clause (i) above; or (iii) as otherwise described in the related
Prospectus Supplement. If so specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,
delays in receipt of scheduled payments on the Loans and losses on defaulted
Loans may be borne first by the various classes of Subordinated Securities and
thereafter by the various classes of Senior Securities, in each case under the
circumstances and subject to the limitations specified in such Prospectus
Supplement. The aggregate distributions in respect of delinquent payments on the
Loans over the lives of the Securities or at any time, the aggregate losses in
respect of defaulted Loans which must be borne by the Subordinated Securities by
virtue of subordination and the amount of the distributions otherwise
distributable to the Subordinated Securityholders that will be distributable to
Senior Securityholders on any Distribution Date may be limited as specified in
the related Prospectus Supplement. If aggregate distributions in respect of
delinquent payments on the Loans or aggregate losses in respect of such Loans
were to exceed an amount specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, holders
of Senior Securities would experience losses on the Securities.
In addition to or in lieu of the foregoing, if so specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, all or any portion of distributions otherwise payable to
holders of Subordinated Securities on any Distribution Date may instead be
deposited into one or more Reserve Accounts established with the Trustee or
distributed to holders of Senior Securities. Such deposits may be made on each
Distribution Date, for specified periods or until the balance in the Reserve
Account has reached a specified amount and, following payments from the Reserve
Account to holders of Senior Securities or otherwise, thereafter to the extent
necessary to restore the balance in the Reserve Account to required levels, in
each case as specified in the related Prospectus Supplement. Amounts on deposit
in the Reserve Account may be released to the holders of certain classes of
Securities at the times and under the circumstances specified in such Prospectus
Supplement.
If specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, various classes of
Senior Securities and Subordinated Securities may themselves be subordinate in
their right to receive certain distributions to other classes of Senior and
Subordinated Securities, respectively, through a cross-collateralization
mechanism or otherwise.
55
<PAGE>
As between classes of Senior Securities and as between classes of
Subordinated Securities, distributions may be allocated among such classes (i)
in the order of their scheduled final distribution dates, (ii) in accordance
with a schedule or formula, (iii) in relation to the occurrence of events, or
(iv) otherwise, in each case as specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.
As between classes of Subordinated Securities, payments to holders of Senior
Securities on account of delinquencies or losses and payments to any Reserve
Account will be allocated as specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.
Letter of Credit
The letter of credit, if any, with respect to a Series of Securities will
be issued by the bank or financial institution specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement (the "L/C Bank"). Under the letter of credit, the L/C Bank
will be obligated to honor drawings thereunder in an aggregate fixed dollar
amount, net of unreimbursed payments thereunder, equal to the percentage
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement of the aggregate principal
balance of the Loans on the related Cut-off Date or of one or more Classes of
Securities (the "L/C Percentage"). If so specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement, the letter of credit may permit drawings in the event of losses not
covered by insurance policies or other credit support, such as losses arising
from damage not covered by standard hazard insurance policies, losses resulting
from the bankruptcy of a borrower and the application of certain provisions of
the federal Bankruptcy Code, or losses resulting from denial of insurance
coverage due to misrepresentations in connection with the origination of a Loan.
The amount available under the letter of credit will, in all cases, be reduced
to the extent of the unreimbursed payments thereunder. The obligations of the
L/C Bank under the letter of credit for each Series of Securities will expire at
the earlier of the date specified in the related Prospectus Supplement or the
termination of the Trust Fund. See "The Agreements -- Termination; Optional
Termination." A copy of the letter of credit for a Series, if any, will be filed
with the Commission as an exhibit to a Current Report on Form 8-K to be filed
within 15 days of issuance of the Securities of the related Series.
Insurance Policies, Surety Bonds and Guaranties
If so provided in the Prospectus Supplement for a Series of Securities,
deficiencies in amounts otherwise payable on such Securities or certain classes
thereof will be covered by insurance policies and/or surety bonds provided by
one or more insurance companies or sureties. Such instruments may cover, with
respect to one or more classes of Securities of the related Series, timely
distributions of interest and/or full distributions of principal on the basis of
a schedule of principal distributions set forth in or determined in the manner
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement. In addition, if specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement, a Trust Fund may also include bankruptcy bonds,
special hazard insurance policies, other insurance or guaranties for the purpose
of (i) maintaining timely payments or providing additional protection against
losses on the assets included in such Trust Fund, (ii) paying administrative
expenses or (iii) establishing a minimum reinvestment rate on the payments made
in respect of such assets or principal payment rate on such assets. Such
arrangements may include agreements under which Securityholders are entitled to
receive amounts deposited in various accounts held by the Trustee upon the terms
specified in such Prospectus Supplement. A copy of any such instrument for a
Series will be filed with the Commission as an exhibit to a Current Report on
Form 8-K to be filed with the Commission within 15 days of issuance of the
Securities of the related Series.
Over-Collateralization
If so provided in the Prospectus Supplement for a Series of Securities, a
portion of the interest payment on each Loan may be applied as an additional
distribution in respect of principal to reduce the principal balance of a
certain class or classes of Securities and, thus, accelerate the rate of payment
of principal on such class or classes of Securities.
Reserve Accounts
If specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, credit support with
respect to a Series of Securities will be provided by the establishment and
maintenance with the Trustee for such Series of Securities, in trust, of one or
more Reserve Accounts for such Series. The related Prospectus Supplement will
specify whether or not any such Reserve Accounts will be included in the Trust
Fund for such Series.
56
<PAGE>
The Reserve Account for a Series will be funded (i) by the deposit therein
of cash, United States Treasury securities, instruments evidencing ownership of
principal or interest payments thereon, letters of credit, demand notes,
certificates of deposit or a combination thereof in the aggregate amount
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, (ii) by the deposit therein from
time to time of certain amounts, as specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement to which the Subordinate Securityholders, if any, would otherwise be
entitled or (iii) in such other manner as may be specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement.
Any amounts on deposit in the Reserve Account and the proceeds of any
other instrument upon maturity will be held in cash or will be invested in
"Permitted Investments" which may include (i) obligations of the United States
or any agency thereof, provided such obligations are backed by the full faith
and credit of the United States; (ii) general obligations of or obligations
guaranteed by any state of the United States or the District of Columbia
receiving the highest long-term debt rating of each Rating Agency rating the
related Series of Securities, or such lower rating as will not result in the
downgrading or withdrawal of the ratings then assigned to such Securities by
each such Rating Agency; (iii) commercial or finance company paper which is then
receiving the highest commercial or finance company paper rating of each such
Rating Agency, or such lower rating as will not result in the downgrading or
withdrawal of the ratings then assigned to such Securities by each such Rating
Agency; (iv) certificates of deposit, demand or time deposits, or bankers'
acceptances issued by any depository institution or trust company incorporated
under the laws of the United States or of any state thereof and subject to
supervision and examination by federal and/or state banking authorities,
provided that the commercial paper and/or long term unsecured debt obligations
of such depository institution or trust company (or in the case of the principal
depository institution in a holding company system, the commercial paper or
long-term unsecured debt obligations of such holding company, but only if
Moody's Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's") is not a Rating Agency) are then
rated in one of the two highest long-term and the highest short-term ratings of
each such Rating Agency for such securities, or such lower ratings as will not
result in the downgrading or withdrawal of the rating then assigned to such
Securities by any such rating Agency; (iv) demand or time deposits or
certificates of deposit issued by any bank or trust company or savings
institution to the extent that such deposits are fully insured by the FDIC; (v)
guaranteed reinvestment agreements issued by any bank, insurance company or
other corporation containing, at the time of the issuance of such agreements,
such terms and conditions as will not result in the downgrading or withdrawal of
the rating then assigned to such Securities by any such Rating Agency; (vi)
repurchase obligations with respect to any security described in clauses (i) and
(ii) above, in either case entered into with a depository institution or trust
company (acting as principal) described in clause (iv) above; (vii) securities
(other than stripped bonds, stripped coupons or instruments sold at a purchase
price in excess of 115% of the face amount thereof) bearing interest or sold at
a discount and issued by any corporation incorporated under the laws of the
United States or any state thereof which, at the time of such investment, have
one of the two highest ratings of each Rating Agency (except that if the Rating
Agency is Moody's, such rating shall be the highest commercial paper rating of
Moody's for any such securities), or such lower rating as will not result in the
downgrading or withdrawal of the rating then assigned to such Securities by any
such Rating Agency; (viii) interests in any money market fund which at the date
of acquisition of the interests in such fund and throughout the time such
interests are held in such fund has the highest applicable rating by each such
Rating Agency or such lower rating as will not result in the downgrading or
withdrawal of the ratings then assigned to such Securities by each such Rating
Agency; and (ix) short term investment funds sponsored by any trust company or
national banking association incorporated under the laws of the United States or
any state thereof which on the date of acquisition has been rated by each such
Rating Agency in their respective highest applicable rating category or such
lower rating as will not result in the downgrading or withdrawal of the ratings
then assigned to such Securities by each such Rating Agency; provided, that no
such instrument shall be a Permitted Investment if such instrument evidences the
right to receive interest only payments with respect to the obligations
underlying such instrument. If a letter of credit is deposited with the Trustee,
such letter of credit will be irrevocable. Unless otherwise specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement, any instrument deposited therein will name the
Trustee, in its capacity as trustee for the holders of the Securities, as
beneficiary and will be issued by an entity acceptable to each Rating Agency
that rates the Securities of the related Series. Additional information with
respect to such instruments deposited in the Reserve Accounts will be set forth
in the related Prospectus Supplement.
Any amounts so deposited and payments on instruments so deposited will be
available for withdrawal from the Reserve Account for distribution to the
holders of Securities of the related Series for the purposes, in the manner and
at the times specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.
57
<PAGE>
Pool Insurance Policies
If specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, a separate pool
insurance policy ("Pool Insurance Policy") will be obtained for the Pool and
issued by the insurer (the "Pool Insurer") named in such Prospectus Supplement.
Each Pool Insurance Policy will, subject to the limitations described
below, cover loss by reason of default in payment on Loans in the Pool in an
amount equal to a percentage specified in such Prospectus Supplement of the
aggregate principal balance of such Loans on the Cut-off Date which are not
covered as to their entire outstanding principal balances by Primary Mortgage
Insurance Policies. As more fully described below, the Master Servicer will
present claims thereunder to the Pool Insurer on behalf of itself, the Trustee
and the holders of the Securities of the related Series. The Pool Insurance
Policies, however, are not blanket policies against loss, since claims
thereunder may only be made respecting particular defaulted Loans and only upon
satisfaction of certain conditions precedent described below. Unless otherwise
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the Pool Insurance Policies will
not cover losses due to a failure to pay or denial of a claim under a Primary
Mortgage Insurance Policy.
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the Pool
Insurance Policy will provide that no claims may be validly presented unless (i)
any required Primary Mortgage Insurance Policy is in effect for the defaulted
Loan and a claim thereunder has been submitted and settled; (ii) hazard
insurance on the related Property has been kept in force and real estate taxes
and other protection and preservation expenses have been paid; (iii) if there
has been physical loss or damage to the Property, it has been restored to its
physical condition (reasonable wear and tear excepted) at the time of issuance
of the policy; and (iv) the insured has acquired good and merchantable title to
the Property free and clear of liens except certain permitted encumbrances. Upon
satisfaction of these conditions, the Pool Insurer will have the option either
(a) to purchase the property securing the defaulted Loan at a price equal to the
principal balance thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest at the Loan Rate to
the date of such purchase and certain expenses incurred by the Master Servicer
on behalf of the Trustee and Securityholders, or (b) to pay the amount by which
the sum of the principal balance of the defaulted Loan plus accrued and unpaid
interest at the Loan Rate to the date of payment of the claim and the
aforementioned expenses exceeds the proceeds received from an approved sale of
the Property, in either case net of certain amounts paid or assumed to have been
paid under the related Primary Mortgage Insurance Policy. If any Property
securing a defaulted Loan is damaged and proceeds, if any, from the related
hazard insurance policy or the applicable special hazard insurance policy are
insufficient to restore the damaged Property to a condition sufficient to permit
recovery under the Pool Insurance Policy, the Master Servicer will not be
required to expend its own funds to restore the damaged Property unless it
determines that (i) such restoration will increase the proceeds to
Securityholders on liquidation of the Loan after reimbursement of the Master
Servicer for its expenses and (ii) such expenses will be recoverable by it
through proceeds of the sale of the Property or proceeds of the related Pool
Insurance Policy or any related Primary Mortgage Insurance Policy.
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the Pool
Insurance Policy will not insure (and many Primary Mortgage Insurance Policies
do not insure) against loss sustained by reason of a default arising from, among
other things, (i) fraud or negligence in the origination or servicing of a Loan,
including misrepresentation by the borrower, the originator or persons involved
in the origination thereof, or (ii) failure to construct a Property in
accordance with plans and specifications. A failure of coverage attributable to
one of the foregoing events might result in a breach of the related Seller's or
Originator's representations described above, and, in such events might give
rise to an obligation on the part of such Seller or Originator to repurchase the
defaulted Loan if the breach cannot be cured by such Seller or Originator. No
Pool Insurance Policy will cover (and many Primary Mortgage Insurance Policies
do not cover) a claim in respect of a defaulted Loan occurring when the servicer
of such Loan, at the time of default or thereafter, was not approved by the
applicable insurer.
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the
original amount of coverage under each Pool Insurance Policy will be reduced
over the life of the related Securities by the aggregate dollar amount of claims
paid less the aggregate of the net amounts realized by the Pool Insurer upon
disposition of all foreclosed properties. The amount of claims paid will include
certain expenses incurred by the Master Servicer as well as accrued interest on
delinquent Loans to the date of payment of the claim, unless otherwise specified
in the related Prospectus Supplement. Accordingly, if aggregate net claims paid
under any Pool Insurance Policy reach the
58
<PAGE>
original policy limit, coverage under that Pool Insurance Policy will be
exhausted and any further losses will be borne by the related Securityholders.
Cross-Collateralization
If specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the beneficial
ownership of separate groups of assets included in a Trust Fund may be evidenced
by separate classes of the related Series of Securities. In such case, credit
support may be provided by a cross-collateralization feature which requires that
distributions be made with respect to Securities evidencing a beneficial
ownership interest in, or secured by, one or more asset groups within the same
Trust Fund prior to distributions to Subordinated Securities evidencing a
beneficial ownership interest in, or secured by, one or more other asset groups
within such Trust Fund. Cross-collateralization may be provided by (i) the
allocation of certain excess amounts generated by one or more asset groups
within the same Trust Fund to one or more other asset groups within the same
Trust Fund or (ii) the allocation of losses with respect to one or more asset
groups to one or more other asset groups within the same Trust Fund. Such excess
amounts will be applied and/or such losses will be allocated to the class or
classes of Subordinated Securities of the related Series then outstanding having
the lowest rating assigned by any Rating Agency or the lowest payment priority,
in each case to the extent and in the manner more specifically described in the
related Prospectus Supplement. The Prospectus Supplement for a Series which
includes a cross-collateralization feature will describe the manner and
conditions for applying such cross-collateralization feature.
If specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the coverage provided
by one or more forms of credit support described in this Prospectus may apply
concurrently to two or more related Trust Funds. If applicable, the related
Prospectus Supplement will identify the Trust Funds to which such credit support
relates and the manner of determining the amount of the coverage provided
thereby and of the application of such coverage to the identified Trust Funds.
Other Insurance, Surety Bonds, Guaranties, Letters Of Credit and Similar
Instruments or Agreements
If specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, a Trust Fund may also
include bankruptcy bonds, special hazard insurance policies, other insurance,
guaranties, or similar arrangements for the purpose of (i) maintaining timely
payments or providing additional protection against losses on the assets
included in such Trust Fund, (ii) paying administrative expenses or (iii)
establishing a minimum reinvestment rate on the payments made in respect of such
assets or principal payment rate on such assets. Such arrangements may include
agreements under which Securityholders are entitled to receive amounts deposited
in various accounts held by the Trustee upon the terms specified in such
Prospectus Supplement. If specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the
Trust Fund may also include interest rate swap agreements or interest rate cap
agreements. An interest rate swap agreement involves an agreement between two
parties under which one party makes to the other party periodic payments based
on a fixed rate of interest and receives in return periodic payments based on a
variable rate of interest, which rates of interest are calculated on the basis
of a specified notional amount of principal for a specified period of time as
will be described in the related Prospectus Supplement. An interest rate cap
agreement involves an agreement between two parties in which one party agrees to
make payments to the other party when a designated market interest rate goes
above a designated level on predetermined dates or during a specified time
period as will be described in the related Prospectus Supplement.
YIELD AND PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS
The yields to maturity and weighted average lives of the Securities will
be affected primarily by the amount and timing of principal payments received on
or in respect of the Trust Fund Assets included in the related Trust Fund. The
original terms to maturity of the Loans in a given Pool will vary depending upon
the type of Loans included therein. Each Prospectus Supplement will contain
information with respect to the type and maturities of the Loans in the related
Pool. The related Prospectus Supplement will specify the circumstances, if any,
under which the related Loans will be subject to prepayment penalties. The
prepayment experience on the Loans in a Pool will affect the weighted average
life of the related Series of Securities.
The rate of prepayment on the Loans cannot be predicted. Home equity loans
and home improvement contracts have been originated in significant volume only
during the past few years and the Depositor is not aware of
59
<PAGE>
any publicly available studies or statistics on the rate of prepayment of such
loans. Generally, home equity loans and home improvement contracts are not
viewed by borrowers as permanent financing. Accordingly, the Loans may
experience a higher rate of prepayment than traditional first mortgage loans. On
the other hand, because home equity loans such as the Revolving Credit Line
Loans generally are not fully amortizing, the absence of voluntary borrower
prepayments could cause rates of principal payments lower than, or similar to,
those of traditional fully-amortizing first mortgage loans. The prepayment
experience of the related Trust Fund may be affected by a wide variety of
factors, including general economic conditions, prevailing interest rate levels,
the availability of alternative financing, homeowner mobility and the frequency
and amount of any future draws on any Revolving Credit Line Loans. Other factors
that might be expected to affect the prepayment rate of a pool of home equity
mortgage loans or home improvement contracts include the amounts of, and
interest rates on, the underlying senior mortgage loans, and the use of first
mortgage loans as long-term financing for home purchase and subordinate mortgage
loans as shorter-term financing for a variety of purposes, including home
improvement, education expenses and purchases of consumer durables such as
automobiles. Accordingly, the Loans may experience a higher rate of prepayment
than traditional fixed-rate mortgage loans. In addition, any future limitations
on the right of borrowers to deduct interest payments on home equity loans for
federal income tax purposes may further increase the rate of prepayments of the
Loans. The enforcement of a "due-on-sale" provision (as described below) will
have the same effect as a prepayment of the related Loan. See "Certain Legal
Aspects of the Loans -- Due-On-Sale Clauses." The yield to an investor who
purchases Securities in the secondary market at a price other than par will vary
from the anticipated yield if the rate of prepayment on the Loans is actually
different than the rate anticipated by such investor at the time such Securities
were purchased.
Collections on Revolving Credit Line Loans may vary because, among other
things, borrowers may (i) make payments during any month as low as the minimum
monthly payment for such month or, during the interest-only period for certain
Revolving Credit Line Loans and, in more limited circumstances, Closed-End
Loans, with respect to which an interest-only payment option has been selected,
the interest and the fees and charges for such month or (ii) make payments as
high as the entire outstanding principal balance plus accrued interest and the
fees and charges thereon. It is possible that borrowers may fail to make the
required periodic payments. In addition, collections on the Loans may vary due
to seasonal purchasing and the payment habits of borrowers.
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, all
conventional Loans will contain due-on-sale provisions permitting the mortgagee
to accelerate the maturity of the loan upon sale or certain transfers by the
borrower of the related Property. Loans insured by the FHA, and Single Family
Loans partially guaranteed by the VA, are assumable with the consent of the FHA
and the VA, respectively. Thus, the rate of prepayments on such Loans may be
lower than that of conventional Loans bearing comparable interest rates. Unless
otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the Master Servicer
generally will enforce any due-on-sale or due-on-encumbrance clause, to the
extent it has knowledge of the conveyance or further encumbrance or the proposed
conveyance or proposed further encumbrance of the Property and reasonably
believes that it is entitled to do so under applicable law; provided, however,
that the Master Servicer will not take any enforcement action that would impair
or threaten to impair any recovery under any related insurance policy. See "The
Agreements -- Collection Procedures" and "Certain Legal Aspects of the Loans"
for a description of certain provisions of each Agreement and certain legal
developments that may affect the prepayment experience on the Loans.
The rate of prepayments with respect to conventional mortgage loans has
fluctuated significantly in recent years. In general, if prevailing rates fall
significantly below the Loan Rates borne by the Loans, such Loans are more
likely to be subject to higher prepayment rates than if prevailing interest
rates remain at or above such Loan Rates. Conversely, if prevailing interest
rates rise appreciably above the Loan Rates borne by the Loans, such Loans are
more likely to experience a lower prepayment rate than if prevailing rates
remain at or below such Loan Rates. However, there can be no assurance that such
will be the case.
When a full prepayment is made on a Loan, the borrower is charged interest
on the principal amount of the Loan so prepaid only for the number of days in
the month actually elapsed up to the date of the prepayment, rather than for a
full month. Unless otherwise provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, the
effect of prepayments in full will be to reduce the amount of interest passed
through or paid in the following month to holders of Securities because interest
on the principal amount of any Loan so prepaid generally will be paid only to
the date of prepayment. Partial prepayments in a given month may be applied to
the outstanding principal balances of the Loans so prepaid on the first day of
the month of receipt or the month following receipt. In the latter case, partial
60
<PAGE>
prepayments will not reduce the amount of interest passed through or paid in
such month. Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,
neither full nor partial prepayments will be passed through or paid until the
month following receipt.
Even assuming that the Properties provide adequate security for the Loans,
substantial delays could be encountered in connection with the liquidation of
defaulted Loans and corresponding delays in the receipt of related proceeds by
Securityholders could occur. An action to foreclose on a Property securing a
Loan is regulated by state statutes and rules and is subject to many of the
delays and expenses of other lawsuits if defenses or counterclaims are
interposed, sometimes requiring several years to complete. Furthermore, in some
states an action to obtain a deficiency judgment is not permitted following a
nonjudicial sale of a property. In the event of a default by a borrower, these
restrictions among other things, may impede the ability of the Master Servicer
to foreclose on or sell the Property or to obtain liquidation proceeds
sufficient to repay all amounts due on the related Loan. In addition, the Master
Servicer will be entitled to deduct from related liquidation proceeds all
expenses reasonably incurred in attempting to recover amounts due on defaulted
Loans and not yet repaid, including payments to senior lienholders, legal fees
and costs of legal action, real estate taxes and maintenance and preservation
expenses.
Liquidation expenses with respect to defaulted mortgage loans do not vary
directly with the outstanding principal balance of the loan at the time of
default. Therefore, assuming that a servicer took the same steps in realizing
upon a defaulted mortgage loan having a small remaining principal balance as it
would in the case of a defaulted mortgage loan having a large remaining
principal balance, the amount realized after expenses of liquidation would be
smaller as a percentage of the remaining principal balance of the small mortgage
loan than would be the case with the other defaulted mortgage loan having a
large remaining principal balance.
Applicable state laws generally regulate interest rates and other charges,
require certain disclosures, and require licensing of certain originators and
servicers of Loans. In addition, most have other laws, public policy and general
principles of equity relating to the protection of consumers, unfair and
deceptive practices and practices which may apply to the origination, servicing
and collection of the Loans. Depending on the provisions of the applicable law
and the specific facts and circumstances involved, violations of these laws,
policies and principles may limit the ability of the Master Servicer to collect
all or part of the principal of or interest on the Loans, may entitle the
borrower to a refund of amounts previously paid and, in addition, could subject
the Master Servicer to damages and administrative sanctions.
If the rate at which interest is passed through or paid to the holders of
Securities of a Series is calculated on a Loan-by-Loan basis, disproportionate
principal prepayments among Loans with different Loan Rates will affect the
yield on such Securities. In most cases, the effective yield to Securityholders
will be lower than the yield otherwise produced by the applicable Pass-Through
Rate or interest rate and purchase price, because while interest will accrue on
each Loan from the first day of the month (unless otherwise specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement), the distribution of such interest will not be
made earlier than the month following the month of accrual.
Under certain circumstances, the Master Servicer, the holders of the
residual interests in a REMIC or any person specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement may have the option to purchase the assets of a Trust Fund thereby
effecting earlier retirement of the related Series of Securities. See "The
Agreements -- Termination; Optional Termination."
The relative contribution of the various factors affecting prepayment may
also vary from time to time. There can be no assurance as to the rate of payment
of principal of the Trust Fund Assets at any time or over the lives of the
Securities.
The Prospectus Supplement relating to a Series of Securities will discuss
in greater detail the effect of the rate and timing of principal payments
(including prepayments), delinquencies and losses on the yield, weighted average
lives and maturities of such Securities.
61
<PAGE>
THE AGREEMENTS
Set forth below is a description of the material provisions of each
Agreement which are not described elsewhere in this Prospectus. The description
is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by reference to, the provisions of
each Agreement. Where particular provisions or terms used in the Agreements are
referred to, such provisions or terms are as specified in the Agreements.
Assignment of the Trust Fund Assets
Assignment of the Loans. At the time of issuance of the Securities of a
Series, and except as otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,
the Depositor will cause the Loans comprising the related Trust Fund to be
assigned to the Trustee, without recourse, together with all principal and
interest received by or on behalf of the Depositor on or with respect to such
Loans after the Cut-off Date, other than principal and interest due on or before
the Cut-off Date and other than any Retained Interest specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement. The Trustee will, concurrently with such assignment,
deliver such Securities to the Depositor in exchange for the Loans. Each Loan
will be identified in a schedule appearing as an exhibit to the related
Agreement. Such schedule will include information as to the outstanding
principal balance of each Loan after application of payments due on or before
the Cut-off Date, as well as information regarding the Loan Rate or APR, the
maturity of the Loan, the Loan-to-Value Ratios or Combined Loan-to-Value Ratios,
as applicable, at origination and certain other information.
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the
Agreement will require that, within the time period specified therein, the
Depositor will also deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee (or to the
custodian hereinafter referred to) as to each Mortgage Loan or Home Equity Loan,
among other things, (i) the mortgage note or contract endorsed without recourse
in blank or to the order of the Trustee, (ii) the mortgage, deed of trust or
similar instrument (a "Mortgage") with evidence of recording indicated thereon
(except for any Mortgage not returned from the public recording office, in which
case the Depositor will deliver or cause to be delivered a copy of such Mortgage
together with a certificate that the original of such Mortgage was delivered to
such recording office), (iii) an assignment of the Mortgage to the Trustee,
which assignment will be in recordable form in the case of a Mortgage
assignment, and (iv) such other security documents, including those relating to
any senior interests in the Property, as may be specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement or the related Agreement. Unless otherwise specified in
the related Prospectus Supplement, the Depositor will promptly cause the
assignments of the related Loans to be recorded in the appropriate public office
for real property records, except in states in which, in the opinion of counsel
acceptable to the Trustee, such recording is not required to protect the
Trustee's interest in such Loans against the claim of any subsequent transferee
or any successor to or creditor of the Depositor or the Originators of such
Loans.
With respect to any Loans that are Cooperative Loans, the Depositor will
cause to be delivered to the Trustee the related original cooperative note
endorsed without recourse in blank or to the order of the Trustee, the original
security agreement, the proprietary lease or occupancy agreement, the
recognition agreement, an executed financing agreement and the relevant stock
certificate, related blank stock powers and any other document specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement. The Depositor will cause to be filed in the
appropriate office an assignment and a financing statement evidencing the
Trustee's security interest in each Cooperative Loan.
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the
Depositor will as to each Contract, deliver or cause to be delivered to the
Trustee the original Contract and copies of documents and instruments related to
each Contract and, other than in the case of unsecured Contracts, the security
interest in the Property securing such Contract. In order to give notice of the
right, title and interest of Securityholders to the Contracts, the Depositor
will cause a UCC-1 financing statement to be executed by the Depositor or the
Seller identifying the Trustee as the secured party and identifying all
Contracts as collateral. Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement, the Contracts will not be stamped or otherwise marked to reflect
their assignment to the Trustee. Therefore, if, through negligence, fraud or
otherwise, a subsequent purchaser were able to take physical possession of the
Contracts without notice of such assignment, the interest of Securityholders in
the Contracts could be defeated. See "Certain Legal Aspects of the Loans -- The
Contracts."
The Trustee (or the custodian hereinafter referred to) will review such
Loan documents within the time period specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement after receipt thereof, and the Trustee will hold such documents
62
<PAGE>
in trust for the benefit of the related Securityholders. Unless otherwise
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, if any such document is found to
be missing or defective in any material respect, the Trustee (or such custodian)
will notify the Master Servicer and the Depositor, and the Master Servicer will
notify the related Seller or Originator.
If such Seller or Originator cannot cure the omission or defect within the
time period specified in the related Prospectus Supplement after receipt of such
notice, such Seller or Originator will be obligated to either (i) purchase the
related Loan from the Trust Fund at the Purchase Price or (ii) if so specified
in the related Prospectus Supplement, remove such Loan from the Trust Fund and
substitute in its place one or more other Loans that meets certain requirements
set forth therein. There can be no assurance that a Seller or Originator will
fulfill this purchase or substitution obligation. Although the Master Servicer
may be obligated to enforce such obligation to the extent described above under
"The Trust Fund -- Representations by Sellers or Originators; Repurchases,"
neither the Master Servicer nor the Depositor will be obligated to purchase or
replace such Loan if the Seller or Originator defaults on its obligation, unless
such breach also constitutes a breach of the representations or warranties of
the Master Servicer or the Depositor, as the case may be. Unless otherwise
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, this obligation to cure,
purchase or substitute constitutes the sole remedy available to the
Securityholders or the Trustee for omission of, or a material defect in, a
constituent document.
The Trustee will be authorized to appoint a custodian pursuant to a
custodial agreement to maintain possession of and, if applicable, to review the
documents relating to the Loans as agent of the Trustee.
The Master Servicer will make certain representations and warranties
regarding its authority to enter into, and its ability to perform its
obligations under, the Agreement. Upon a breach of any such representation of
the Master Servicer which materially and adversely affects the interests of the
Securityholders in a Loan, the Master Servicer will be obligated either to cure
the breach in all material respects or to purchase (at the Purchase Price) or if
so specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, replace the Loan. Unless
otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, this obligation to
cure, purchase or substitute constitutes the sole remedy available to the
Securityholders or the Trustee for such a breach of representation by the Master
Servicer.
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, with respect to a Trust Fund for
which a REMIC election is to be made, no purchase or substitution of a Loan will
be made if such purchase or substitution would result in a prohibited
transaction tax under the Code.
No Recourse to Sellers, Originators, Depositor or Master Servicer
As described above under "-- Assignment of the Trust Fund Assets," the
Depositor will cause the Loans comprising the related Trust Fund to be assigned
to the Trustee, without recourse. However, each Seller or Originator will be
obligated to repurchase or substitute for any Loan as to which certain
representations and warranties are breached or for failure to deliver certain
documents relating to the Loans as described above under "-- Assignment of the
Trust Fund Assets" and under "The Trust Fund -- Representations by Sellers or
Originators; Repurchases." These obligations to purchase or substitute
constitute the sole remedy available to the Securityholders or the Trustee for a
breach of any such representation or failure to deliver a constituent document.
Payments on Loans; Deposits to Security Account
The Master Servicer will establish and maintain or cause to be established
and maintained with respect to the related Trust Fund a separate account or
accounts for the collection of payments on the related Trust Fund Assets in the
Trust Fund (the "Security Account") which, unless otherwise specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement, must be either (i) maintained with a depository
institution the debt obligations of which (or in the case of a depository
institution that is the principal subsidiary of a holding company, the
obligations of which) are rated in one of the two highest rating categories by
the Rating Agency or Rating Agencies that rated one or more classes of the
related Series of Securities, (ii) an account or accounts the deposits in which
are fully insured by either the Bank Insurance Fund (the "BIF") of the FDIC or
the Savings Association Insurance Fund (as successor to the Federal Savings and
Loan Insurance Corporation ("SAIF")), (iii) an account or accounts the deposits
in which are insured by the BIF or SAIF (to the limits established by the FDIC),
and the uninsured deposits in which are otherwise secured such that, as
evidenced by an opinion of counsel, the Securityholders have a claim with
respect to the funds in the
63
<PAGE>
Security Account or a perfected first priority security interest against any
collateral securing such funds that is superior to the claims of any other
depositors or general creditors of the depository institution with which the
Security Account is maintained, or (iv) an account or accounts otherwise
acceptable to each Rating Agency. The collateral eligible to secure amounts in
the Security Account is limited to Permitted Investments. A Security Account may
be maintained as an interest bearing account or the funds held therein may be
invested pending each succeeding Distribution Date in Permitted Investments.
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the Master
Servicer or its designee will be entitled to receive any such interest or other
income earned on funds in the Security Account as additional compensation and
will be obligated to deposit in the Security Account the amount of any loss
immediately as realized. The Security Account may be maintained with the Master
Servicer or with a depository institution that is an affiliate of the Master
Servicer, provided it meets the standards set forth above.
The Master Servicer will deposit or cause to be deposited in the Security
Account for each Trust Fund, to the extent applicable and unless otherwise
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement and provided in the Agreement,
the following payments and collections received or advances made by or on behalf
of it subsequent to the Cut-off Date (other than payments due on or before the
Cut-off Date and exclusive of any amounts representing Retained Interest):
(i) all payments on account of principal, including Principal
Prepayments and, if specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, any
applicable prepayment penalties, on the Loans;
(ii) all payments on account of interest on the Loans, net of
applicable servicing compensation;
(iii) all proceeds (net of unreimbursed payments of property taxes,
insurance premiums and similar items ("Insured Expenses") incurred, and
unreimbursed Advances made, by the Master Servicer, if any) of the hazard
insurance policies and any Primary Mortgage Insurance Policies, to the
extent such proceeds are not applied to the restoration of the property or
released to the Mortgagor in accordance with the Master Servicer's normal
servicing procedures (collectively, "Insurance Proceeds") and all other
cash amounts (net of unreimbursed expenses incurred in connection with
liquidation or foreclosure ("Liquidation Expenses") and unreimbursed
Advances made, by the Master Servicer, if any) received and retained in
connection with the liquidation of defaulted Loans, by foreclosure or
otherwise ("Liquidation Proceeds"), together with any net proceeds
received on a monthly basis with respect to any properties acquired on
behalf of the Securityholders by foreclosure or deed in lieu of
foreclosure;
(iv) all proceeds of any Loan or property in respect thereof
purchased by the Master Servicer, the Depositor or any Seller or
Originators as described under "The Trust Fund -- Representations by
Sellers or Originators; Repurchases" or under "-- Assignment of the Trust
Fund Assets" above and all proceeds of any Loan repurchased as described
under "-- Termination; Optional Termination" below;
(v) all payments required to be deposited in the Security Account
with respect to any deductible clause in any blanket insurance policy
described under "-- Hazard Insurance" below;
(vi) any amount required to be deposited by the Master Servicer in
connection with losses realized on investments for the benefit of the
Master Servicer of funds held in the Security Account and, to the extent
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, any payments required to
be made by the Master Servicer in connection with prepayment interest
shortfalls; and
(vii) all other amounts required to be deposited in the Security
Account pursuant to the Agreement.
The Master Servicer (or the Depositor, as applicable) may from time to
time direct the institution that maintains the Security Account to withdraw
funds from the Security Account for the following purposes:
64
<PAGE>
(i) to pay to the Master Servicer the servicing fees described in
the related Prospectus Supplement, the master servicing fees (subject to
reduction) and, as additional servicing compensation, earnings on or
investment income with respect to funds in the amounts in the Security
Account credited thereto;
(ii) to reimburse the Master Servicer for Advances, such right of
reimbursement with respect to any Loan being limited to amounts received
that represent late recoveries of payments of principal and/or interest on
such Loan (or Insurance Proceeds or Liquidation Proceeds with respect
thereto) with respect to which such Advance was made;
(iii) to reimburse the Master Servicer for any Advances previously
made which the Master Servicer has determined to be nonrecoverable;
(iv) to reimburse the Master Servicer from Insurance Proceeds for
expenses incurred by the Master Servicer and covered by the related
insurance policies;
(v) to reimburse the Master Servicer for unpaid master servicing
fees and unreimbursed out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the
Master Servicer in the performance of its servicing obligations, such
right of reimbursement being limited to amounts received representing late
recoveries of the payments for which such advances were made;
(vi) to pay to the Master Servicer, with respect to each Loan or
property acquired in respect thereof that has been purchased by the Master
Servicer pursuant to the Agreement, all amounts received thereon and not
taken into account in determining the principal balance of such
repurchased Loan;
(vii) to reimburse the Master Servicer or the Depositor for expenses
incurred and reimbursable pursuant to the Agreement;
(viii) to withdraw any amount deposited in the Security Account and
not required to be deposited therein; and
(ix) to clear and terminate the Security Account upon termination of
the Agreement.
In addition, unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement, on or prior to the business day immediately preceding each
Distribution Date, the Master Servicer shall withdraw from the Security Account
the amount of Available Funds, to the extent on deposit, for deposit in an
account maintained by the Trustee for the related Series of Securities.
Pre-Funding Account
If so provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, the Master Servicer
will establish and maintain a Pre-Funding Account, in the name of the related
Trustee on behalf of the related Securityholders, into which the Depositor will
deposit cash from the proceeds of the issuance of the related Securities in an
amount equal to the Pre-Funded Amount on the related Closing Date. The
Pre-Funded Amount will not exceed 25% of the initial aggregate principal amount
of the Certificates and/or Notes of the related Series. The Pre-Funding Account
will be maintained with the Trustee for the related Series of Securities and is
designed solely to hold funds to be applied by such Trustee during the Funding
Period to pay to the Depositor the purchase price for Subsequent Loans. Monies
on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account will not be available to cover losses on
or in respect of the related Loans. The Pre-Funded Amount will be used by the
related Trustee to purchase Subsequent Loans from the Depositor from time to
time during the Funding Period. Each Subsequent Loan that is purchased by the
related Trustee will be required to be underwritten in accordance with the
eligibility criteria set forth in the related Agreement and in the related
Prospectus Supplement. Such eligibility criteria will be determined in
consultation with the applicable Rating Agency or Rating Agencies prior to the
issuance of the related Series of Securities and are designed to ensure that if
such Subsequent Loans were included as part of the initial Loans, the credit
quality of such assets would be consistent with the initial rating or ratings of
the Securities of such Series. The Depositor will certify to the Trustee
65
<PAGE>
that all conditions precedent to the transfer of the Subsequent Loans to the
Trust Fund, including, among other things, the satisfaction of the related
eligibility criteria, have been satisfied. It is a condition precedent to the
transfer of any Subsequent Loans to the Trust Fund that the applicable Rating
Agency or Rating Agencies, after receiving prior notice of the proposed transfer
of the Subsequent Loans to the Trust Fund, will not have advised the Depositor
or the related Trustee that the conveyance of the Subsequent Loans to the Trust
Fund will result in a qualification, modification or withdrawal of their current
rating of any Securities of such Series. Upon the purchase by the Trustee of a
Subsequent Loan, such Subsequent Loan will be included in the related Trust Fund
Assets. The Funding Period, if any, for a Trust Fund will begin on the related
Closing Date and will end on the date specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement, which in no event will be later than the date that is three months
after the related Closing Date. Monies on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account may
be invested in Permitted Investments under the circumstances and in the manner
described in the related Agreement. See the "Index of Defined Terms" on page 115
of this Prospectus for the location of the defined term "Permitted Investments."
Earnings on investment of funds in the Pre-Funding Account will be deposited
into the related Security Account or such other trust account as is specified in
the related Prospectus Supplement and losses will be charged against the funds
on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account. Any amounts remaining in the Pre-Funding
Account at the end of the Funding Period will be distributed to the related
Securityholders in the manner and priority specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement, as a prepayment of principal of the related Securities. The
Depositor will include information regarding the additional Subsequent Loans in
a Current Report on Form 8-K, to be filed after the end of the Funding Period,
to the extent that such information, individually or in the aggregate, is
material.
In addition, if so provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, the
Master Servicer will establish and maintain, in the name of the Trustee on
behalf of the related Securityholders, an account (the "Capitalized Interest
Account") into which the Depositor will deposit cash from the proceeds of the
issuance of the related Securities in such amount as is necessary to cover
shortfalls in interest on the related Series of Securities that may arise as a
result of a portion of the assets of the Trust Fund not being invested in Loans
and the utilization of the Pre-Funding Account as described above. The
Capitalized Interest Account shall be maintained with the Trustee for the
related Series of Securities and is designed solely to cover the above-mentioned
interest shortfalls. Monies on deposit in the Capitalized Interest Account will
not be available to cover losses on or in respect of the related Loans. Amounts
on deposit in the Capitalized Interest Account will be distributed to
Securityholders on the Distribution Dates occurring in the Funding Period to
cover any shortfalls in interest on the related Series of Securities as
described in the related Prospectus Supplement. To the extent that the entire
amount on deposit in the Capitalized Interest Account has not been applied to
cover shortfalls in interest on the related Series of Securities by the end of
the Funding Period, any amounts remaining in the Capitalized Interest Account
will be paid to the Depositor.
Sub-Servicing by Sellers
Each Seller of a Loan or any other servicing entity may act as the
Sub-Servicer for such Loan pursuant to an agreement (each, a "Sub-Servicing
Agreement"), which will not contain any terms inconsistent with the related
Agreement. While each Sub-Servicing Agreement will be a contract solely between
the Master Servicer and the Sub-Servicer, the Agreement pursuant to which a
Series of Securities is issued will provide that, if for any reason the Master
Servicer for such Series of Securities is no longer the Master Servicer of the
related Loans, the Trustee or any successor Master Servicer may assume the
Master Servicer's rights and obligations under such Sub-Servicing Agreement.
Notwithstanding any such subservicing arrangement, unless otherwise provided in
the related Prospectus Supplement, the Master Servicer will remain liable for
its servicing duties and obligations under the Master Servicing Agreement as if
the Master Servicer alone were servicing the Loans.
Collection Procedures
The Master Servicer, directly or through one or more Sub-Servicers, will
make reasonable efforts to collect all payments called for under the Loans and
will, consistent with each Agreement and any Pool Insurance Policy, Primary
Mortgage Insurance Policy, FHA Insurance, VA Guaranty, bankruptcy bond or
alternative arrangements, follow such collection procedures as are customary
with respect to loans that are comparable to the Loans. Consistent with the
above, the Master Servicer may, in its discretion, unless otherwise specified in
the related Prospectus Supplement (i) waive any assumption fee, late payment or
other charge in connection with a Loan and (ii) to the extent not inconsistent
with the coverage of such Loan by a Pool Insurance Policy, Primary Mortgage
Insurance Policy, FHA Insurance, VA Guaranty, bankruptcy bond or alternative
arrangements, if applicable, arrange
66
<PAGE>
with a borrower a schedule for the liquidation of delinquencies running for no
more than 125 days after the applicable due date for each payment. Each
Agreement and the related Prospectus Supplement will specify the time period
during which payments received by the Master Servicer may be commingled with the
Master Servicer's own funds prior to each Distribution Date. To the extent the
Master Servicer is obligated to make or cause to be made Advances, such
obligation will remain during any period of such an arrangement.
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, in any
case in which property securing a Loan has been, or is about to be, conveyed by
the mortgagor or obligor, the Master Servicer will, to the extent it has
knowledge of such conveyance or proposed conveyance, exercise or cause to be
exercised its rights to accelerate the maturity of such Loan under any
due-on-sale clause applicable thereto, but only if the exercise of such rights
is permitted by applicable law and will not impair or threaten to impair any
recovery under any Primary Mortgage Insurance Policy. If these conditions are
not met or if the Master Servicer reasonably believes it is unable under
applicable law to enforce such due-on-sale clause or if such Loan is a mortgage
loan insured by the FHA or partially guaranteed by the VA, the Master Servicer
will enter into or cause to be entered into an assumption and modification
agreement with the person to whom such property has been or is about to be
conveyed, pursuant to which such person becomes liable for repayment of the Loan
and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the mortgagor remains liable
thereon. Any fee collected by or on behalf of the Master Servicer for entering
into an assumption agreement will be retained by or on behalf of the Master
Servicer as additional servicing compensation. See "Certain Legal Aspects of the
Loans -- Due-On-Sale Clauses." In connection with any such assumption, the terms
of the related Loan may not be changed.
With respect to Cooperative Loans, any prospective purchaser will
generally have to obtain the approval of the board of directors of the relevant
Cooperative before purchasing the shares and acquiring rights under the related
proprietary lease or occupancy agreement. See "Certain Legal Aspects of the
Loans." This approval is usually based on the purchaser's income and net worth
and numerous other factors. Although the Cooperative's approval is unlikely to
be unreasonably withheld or delayed, the necessity of acquiring such approval
could limit the number of potential purchasers for those shares and otherwise
limit the Trust Fund's ability to sell and realize the value of those shares.
In general, a "tenant-stockholder" (as defined in Code Section 216(b)(2))
of a corporation that qualifies as a "cooperative housing corporation" within
the meaning of Code Section 216(b)(1) is allowed a deduction for amounts paid or
accrued within his taxable year to the corporation representing his
proportionate share of certain interest expenses and certain real estate taxes
allowable as a deduction under Code Section 216(a) to the corporation under Code
Sections 163 and 164. In order for a corporation to qualify under Code Section
216(b)(1) for its taxable year in which such items are allowable as a deduction
to the corporation, such Section requires, among other things, that at least 80%
of the gross income of the corporation be derived from its tenant-stockholders
(as defined in Code Section 216(b)(2)). By virtue of this requirement, the
status of a corporation for purposes of Code Section 216(b)(1) must be
determined on a year-to-year basis. Consequently, there can be no assurance that
Cooperatives relating to the Cooperative Loans will qualify under such Section
for any particular year. In the event that such a Cooperative fails to qualify
for one or more years, the value of the collateral securing any related
Cooperative Loans could be significantly impaired because no deduction would be
allowable to tenant-stockholders under Code Section 216(a) with respect to those
years. In view of the significance of the tax benefits accorded
tenant-stockholders of a corporation that qualifies under Code Section
216(b)(1), the likelihood that such a failure would be permitted to continue
over a period of years appears remote.
Hazard Insurance
Except as otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the
Master Servicer will require the mortgagor or obligor on each Loan to maintain a
hazard insurance policy providing for no less than the coverage of the standard
form of fire insurance policy with extended coverage customary for the type of
Property in the state in which such Property is located. Such coverage will be
in an amount that is at least equal to the lesser of (i) the maximum insurable
value of the improvements securing such Loan or (ii) the greater of (y) the
outstanding principal balance of the Loan and (z) an amount such that the
proceeds of such policy shall be sufficient to prevent the mortgagor and/or the
mortgagee from becoming a co-insurer. All amounts collected by the Master
Servicer under any hazard policy (except for amounts to be applied to the
restoration or repair of the Property or released to the mortgagor or obligor in
accordance with the Master Servicer's normal servicing procedures) will be
deposited in the
67
<PAGE>
related Security Account. In the event that the Master Servicer maintains a
blanket policy insuring against hazard losses on all the Loans comprising part
of a Trust Fund, it will conclusively be deemed to have satisfied its obligation
relating to the maintenance of hazard insurance. Such blanket policy may contain
a deductible clause, in which case the Master Servicer will be required to
deposit from its own funds into the related Security Account the amounts which
would have been deposited therein but for such clause.
In general, the standard form of fire and extended coverage policy covers
physical damage to or destruction of the improvements securing a Loan by fire,
lightning, explosion, smoke, windstorm and hail, riot, strike and civil
commotion, subject to the conditions and exclusions particularized in each
policy. Although the policies relating to the Loans may have been underwritten
by different insurers under different state laws in accordance with different
applicable forms and therefore may not contain identical terms and conditions,
the basic terms thereof are dictated by respective state laws, and most such
policies typically do not cover any physical damage resulting from the
following: war, revolution, governmental actions, floods and other water-
related causes, earth movement (including earthquakes, landslides and mud
flows), nuclear reactions, wet or dry rot, vermin, rodents, insects or domestic
animals, theft and, in certain cases, vandalism. The foregoing list is merely
indicative of certain kinds of uninsured risks and is not intended to be all
inclusive. If the Property securing a Loan is located in a federally designated
special flood area at the time of origination, the Master Servicer will require
the mortgagor or obligor to obtain and maintain flood insurance.
The hazard insurance policies covering properties securing the Loans
typically contain a clause which in effect requires the insured at all time to
carry insurance of a specified percentage of a specified percentage (generally
80% to 90%) of the full replacement value of the insured property in order to
recover the full amount of any partial loss. If the insured's coverage falls
below this specified percentage, then the insurer's liability in the event of
partial loss will not exceed the larger of (i) the actual cash value (generally
defined as replacement cost at the time and place of loss, less physical
depreciation) of the improvements damaged or destroyed or (ii) such proportion
of the loss as the amount of insurance carried bears to the specified percentage
of the full replacement cost of such improvements. Since the amount of hazard
insurance the Master Servicer may cause to be maintained on the improvements
securing the Loans declines as the principal balances owing thereon decrease,
and since improved real estate generally has appreciated in value over time in
the past, the effect of this requirement in the event of partial loss may be
that hazard insurance proceeds will be insufficient to restore fully the damaged
property. If specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, a special hazard
insurance policy will be obtained to insure against certain of the uninsured
risks described above. See "Credit Enhancement."
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the
Master Servicer will not require that a standard hazard or flood insurance
policy be maintained on the cooperative dwelling relating to any Cooperative
Loan. Generally, the Cooperative itself is responsible for maintenance of hazard
insurance for the property owned by the Cooperative and the tenant-stockholders
of that Cooperative do not maintain individual hazard insurance policies. To the
extent, however, that a Cooperative and the related borrower on a Cooperative
Loan do not maintain such insurance or do not maintain adequate coverage or any
insurance proceeds are not applied to the restoration of damaged property, any
damage to such borrower's cooperative dwelling or such Cooperative's building
could significantly reduce the value of the collateral securing such Cooperative
Loan to the extent not covered by other credit support.
If the Property securing a defaulted Loan is damaged and proceeds, if any,
from the related hazard insurance policy are insufficient to restore the damaged
Property, the Master Servicer is not required to expend its own funds to restore
the damaged Property unless it determines (i) that such restoration will
increase the proceeds to Securityholders on liquidation of the Loan after
reimbursement of the Master Servicer for its expenses and (ii) that such
expenses will be recoverable by it from related Insurance Proceeds or
Liquidation Proceeds.
If recovery on a defaulted Loan under any related Insurance Policy is not
available for the reasons set forth in the preceding paragraph, or if the
defaulted Loan is not covered by an Insurance Policy, the Master Servicer will
be obligated to follow or cause to be followed such normal practices and
procedures as it deems necessary or advisable to realize upon the defaulted
Loan. If the proceeds of any liquidation of the Property securing the defaulted
Loan are less than the principal balance of such Loan plus interest accrued
thereon that is payable to Securityholders, the Trust Fund will realize a loss
in the amount of such difference plus the aggregate of expenses incurred by the
Master Servicer in connection with such proceedings and which are reimbursable
under the
68
<PAGE>
Agreement. In the unlikely event that any such proceedings result in a total
recovery which is, after reimbursement to the Master Servicer of its expenses,
in excess of the principal balance of such Loan plus interest accrued thereon
that is payable to Securityholders, the Master Servicer will be entitled to
withdraw or retain from the Security Account amounts representing its normal
servicing compensation with respect to such Loan and, unless otherwise specified
in the related Prospectus Supplement, amounts representing the balance of such
excess, exclusive of any amount required by law to be forwarded to the related
borrower, as additional servicing compensation.
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, if the
Master Servicer or its designee recovers Insurance Proceeds which, when added to
any related Liquidation Proceeds and after deduction of certain expenses
reimbursable to the Master Servicer, exceed the principal balance of such Loan
plus interest accrued thereon that is payable to Securityholders, the Master
Servicer will be entitled to withdraw or retain from the Security Account
amounts representing its normal servicing compensation with respect to such
Loan. In the event that the Master Servicer has expended its own funds to
restore the damaged Property and such funds have not been reimbursed under the
related hazard insurance policy, it will be entitled to withdraw from the
Security Account out of related Liquidation Proceeds or Insurance Proceeds an
amount equal to such expenses incurred by it, in which event the Trust Fund may
realize a loss up to the amount so charged. Since Insurance Proceeds cannot
exceed deficiency claims and certain expenses incurred by the Master Servicer,
no such payment or recovery will result in a recovery to the Trust Fund which
exceeds the principal balance of the defaulted Loan together with accrued
interest thereon. See "Credit Enhancement."
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement or the
related Agreement, the proceeds from any liquidation of a Loan will be applied
in the following order of priority: first, to reimburse the Master Servicer for
any unreimbursed expenses incurred by it to restore the related Property and any
unreimbursed servicing compensation payable to the Master Servicer with respect
to such Loan; second, to reimburse the Master Servicer for any unreimbursed
Advances with respect to such Loan; third, to accrued and unpaid interest (to
the extent no Advance has been made for such amount) on such Loan; and fourth,
as a recovery of principal of such Loan.
Realization Upon Defaulted Loans
Primary Mortgage Insurance Policies. If so specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, the Master Servicer will maintain or cause to be
maintained, as the case may be, in full force and effect, a Primary Mortgage
Insurance Policy with regard to each Loan for which such coverage is required.
Primary Mortgage Insurance Policies reimburse certain losses sustained by reason
of defaults in payments by borrowers. Although the terms and conditions of
Primary Mortgage Insurance Policies differ, each Primary Mortgage Insurance
Policy will generally cover losses up to an amount equal to the excess of the
unpaid principal amount of a defaulted Loan (plus accrued and unpaid interest
thereon and certain approved expenses) over a specified percentage of the value
of the related Mortgaged Property. The Master Servicer will not cancel or refuse
to renew any such Primary Mortgage Insurance Policy in effect at the time of the
initial issuance of a Series of Securities that is required to be kept in force
under the applicable Agreement unless the replacement Primary Mortgage Insurance
Policy for such cancelled or nonrenewed policy is maintained with an insurer
whose claims-paying ability is sufficient to maintain the current rating of the
classes of Securities of such Series that have been rated.
FHA Insurance; VA Guaranties. Loans designated in the related Prospectus
Supplement as insured by the FHA will be insured by the FHA as authorized under
the United States Housing Act of 1937, as amended. In addition to the Title I
Program of the FHA, see "Certain Legal Aspects of the Loans -- The Title I
Program," certain Loans will be insured under various FHA programs including the
standard FHA 203(b) program to finance the acquisition of one- to four-family
housing units and the FHA 245 graduated payment mortgage program. These programs
generally limit the principal amount and interest rates of the mortgage loans
insured. Loans insured by FHA generally require a minimum down payment of
approximately 5% of the original principal amount of the loan. No FHA-insured
Loans relating to a Series may have an interest rate or original principal
amount exceeding the applicable FHA limits at the time of origination of such
loan.
Loans designated in the related Prospectus Supplement as guaranteed by the
VA will be partially guaranteed by the VA under the Serviceman's Readjustment
Act of 1944, as amended (a "VA Guaranty"). The Serviceman's Readjustment Act of
1944, as amended, permits a veteran (or in certain instances the spouse of a
69
<PAGE>
veteran) to obtain a mortgage loan guaranty by the VA covering mortgage
financing of the purchase of a one-to four-family dwelling unit at interest
rates permitted by the VA. The program has no mortgage loan limits, requires no
down payment from the purchaser and permits the guaranty of mortgage loans of up
to 30 years' duration. However, no Loan guaranteed by the VA will have an
original principal amount greater than five times the partial VA guaranty for
such Loan. The maximum guaranty that may be issued by the VA under a VA
guaranteed mortgage loan depends upon the original principal amount of the
mortgage loan, as further described in 38 United States Code Section 1803(a), as
amended.
Servicing and Other Compensation and Payment of Expenses
The principal servicing compensation to be paid to the Master Servicer in
respect of its master servicing activities for each Series of Securities will be
equal to the percentage per annum described in the related Prospectus Supplement
(which may vary under certain circumstances) of the outstanding principal
balance of each Loan, and such compensation will be retained by it from
collections of interest on such Loan in the related Trust Fund (the "Master
Servicing Fee"). Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement, as compensation for its servicing duties, a Sub-Servicer or, if
there is no Sub-Servicer, the Master Servicer will be entitled to a monthly
servicing fee as described in the related Prospectus Supplement. In addition,
unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the Master
Servicer or Sub-Servicer will retain all prepayment charges, assumption fees and
late payment charges, to the extent collected from borrowers, and any benefit
that may accrue as a result of the investment of funds in the applicable
Security Account (unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement).
The Master Servicer will pay or cause to be paid certain ongoing expenses
associated with each Trust Fund and incurred by it in connection with its
responsibilities under the related Agreement, including, without limitation,
payment of any fee or other amount payable in respect of any credit enhancement
arrangements, payment of the fees and disbursements of the Trustee, any
custodian appointed by the Trustee, the certificate registrar and any paying
agent, and payment of expenses incurred in enforcing the obligations of
Sub-Servicers and Sellers. The Master Servicer will be entitled to reimbursement
of expenses incurred in enforcing the obligations of Sub-Servicers and Sellers
under certain limited circumstances.
Evidence as to Compliance
Each Agreement will provide that on or before a specified date in each
year, a firm of independent public accountants will furnish a statement to the
Trustee to the effect that, on the basis of the examination by such firm
conducted substantially in compliance with the Uniform Single Attestation
Program for Mortgage Bankers or the Audit Program for Mortgages serviced for
FHLMC, the servicing by or on behalf of the Master Servicer of mortgage loans or
private asset backed securities, or under pooling and servicing agreements
substantially similar to each other (including the related Agreement), was
conducted in compliance with such agreements except for any significant
exceptions or errors in records that, in the opinion of the firm, the Audit
Program for Mortgages serviced for FHLMC, or the Uniform Single Attestation
Program for Mortgage Bankers, it is required to report. In rendering its
statement such firm may rely, as to matters relating to the direct servicing of
Loans by Sub-Servicers, upon comparable statements for examinations conducted
substantially in compliance with the Uniform Single Attestation Program for
Mortgage Bankers or the Audit Program for Mortgages serviced for FHLMC (rendered
within one year of such statement) of firms of independent public accountants
with respect to the related Sub-Servicer.
Each Agreement will also provide for delivery to the Trustee, on or before
a specified date in each year, of an annual statement signed by two officers of
the Master Servicer to the effect that the Master Servicer has fulfilled its
obligations under the Agreement throughout the preceding year.
Copies of the annual accountants' statement and the statement of officers
of the Master Servicer may be obtained by Securityholders of the related Series
without charge upon written request to the Master Servicer at the address set
forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.
70
<PAGE>
Certain Matters Regarding the Master Servicer and the Depositor
The Master Servicer under each Pooling and Servicing Agreement or Master
Servicing Agreement, as applicable, will be named in the related Prospectus
Supplement. Each Agreement will provide that the Master Servicer may not resign
from its obligations and duties under the Agreement except upon a determination
that its duties thereunder are no longer permissible under applicable law. The
Master Servicer may, however, be removed from its obligations and duties as set
forth in the Agreement. No such resignation will become effective until the
Trustee or a successor servicer has assumed the Master Servicer's obligations
and duties under the Agreement.
Each Agreement will further provide that neither the Master Servicer, the
Depositor nor any director, officer, employee, or agent of the Master Servicer
or the Depositor will be under any liability to the related Trust Fund or
Securityholders for any action taken or for refraining from the taking of any
action in good faith pursuant to the Agreement, or for errors in judgment;
provided, however, that neither the Master Servicer, the Depositor nor any such
person will be protected against any liability which would otherwise be imposed
by reason of wilful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the
performance of duties thereunder or by reason of reckless disregard of
obligations and duties thereunder. Each Agreement will further provide that the
Master Servicer, the Depositor and any director, officer, employee or agent of
the Master Servicer or the Depositor will be entitled to indemnification by the
related Trust Fund and will be held harmless against any loss, liability or
expense incurred in connection with any legal action relating to the Agreement
or the Securities, other than any loss, liability or expense related to any
specific Loan or Loans (except any such loss, liability or expense otherwise
reimbursable pursuant to the Agreement) and any loss, liability or expense
incurred by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the
performance of duties thereunder or by reason of reckless disregard of
obligations and duties thereunder. In addition, each Agreement will provide that
neither the Master Servicer nor the Depositor will be under any obligation to
appear in, prosecute or defend any legal action which is not incidental to its
respective responsibilities under the Agreement and which in its opinion may
involve it in any expense or liability. The Master Servicer or the Depositor
may, however, in its discretion undertake any such action which it may deem
necessary or desirable with respect to the Agreement and the rights and duties
of the parties thereto and the interests of the Securityholders thereunder. In
such event, the legal expenses and costs of such action and any liability
resulting therefrom will be expenses, costs and liabilities of the Trust Fund
and the Master Servicer or the Depositor, as the case may be, will be entitled
to be reimbursed therefor out of funds otherwise distributable to
Securityholders.
Except as otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, any
person into which the Master Servicer may be merged or consolidated, or any
person resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the Master Servicer
is a party, or any person succeeding to the business of the Master Servicer,
will be the successor of the Master Servicer under each Agreement, provided that
such person is qualified to sell mortgage loans to, and service mortgage loans
on behalf of, FNMA or FHLMC and further provided that such merger, consolidation
or succession does not adversely affect the then current rating or ratings of
the class or classes of Securities of such Series that have been rated.
Events of Default; Rights Upon Event of Default
Pooling and Servicing Agreement; Master Servicing Agreement. Except as
otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, Events of Default
under each Agreement will consist of (i) any failure by the Master Servicer to
distribute or cause to be distributed to Securityholders of any class any
required payment (other than an Advance) which continues unremedied for five
days after the giving of written notice of such failure to the Master Servicer
by the Trustee or the Depositor, or to the Master Servicer, the Depositor and
the Trustee by the holders of Securities of such class evidencing not less than
25% of the total distributions allocated to such class ("Percentage Interests");
(ii) any failure by the Master Servicer to make an Advance as required under the
Agreement, unless cured as specified therein; (iii) any failure by the Master
Servicer duly to observe or perform in any material respect any of its other
covenants or agreements in the Agreement which continues unremedied for thirty
days after the giving of written notice of such failure to the Master Servicer
by the Trustee or the Depositor, or to the Master Servicer, the Depositor and
the Trustee by the holders of Securities of any class evidencing not less than
25% of the aggregate Percentage Interests constituting such class; and (iv)
certain events of insolvency, readjustment of debt, marshalling of assets and
liabilities or similar proceeding and certain actions by or on behalf of the
Master Servicer indicating its insolvency, reorganization or inability to pay
its obligations.
71
<PAGE>
If specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the Agreement will
permit the Trustee to sell the Trust Fund Assets and the other assets of the
Trust Fund described under "Credit Enhancement" herein in the event that
payments in respect thereto are insufficient to make payments required in the
Agreement. The assets of the Trust Fund will be sold only under the
circumstances and in the manner specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, so long
as an Event of Default under an Agreement remains unremedied, the Depositor or
the Trustee may, and at the direction of holders of Securities of any class
evidencing not less than 25% of the aggregate Percentage Interests constituting
such class and under such other circumstances as may be specified in such
Agreement, the Trustee shall terminate all of the rights and obligations of the
Master Servicer under the Agreement relating to such Trust Fund and in and to
the related Trust Fund Assets, whereupon the Trustee will succeed to all of the
responsibilities, duties and liabilities of the Master Servicer under the
Agreement, including, if specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the
obligation to make Advances, and will be entitled to similar compensation
arrangements. In the event that the Trustee is unwilling or unable so to act, it
may appoint, or petition a court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment
of, a mortgage loan servicing institution with a net worth of a least
$10,000,000 to act as successor to the Master Servicer under the Agreement.
Pending such appointment, the Trustee is obligated to act in such capacity. The
Trustee and any such successor may agree upon the servicing compensation to be
paid, which in no event may be greater than the compensation payable to the
Master Servicer under the Agreement.
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, no
Securityholder, solely by virtue of such holder's status as a Securityholder,
will have any right under any Agreement to institute any proceeding with respect
to such Agreement, unless such holder previously has given to the Trustee
written notice of default and unless the holders of Securities of any class of
such Series evidencing not less than 25% of the aggregate Percentage Interests
constituting such class have made written request upon the Trustee to institute
such proceeding in its own name as Trustee thereunder and have offered to the
Trustee reasonable indemnity, and the Trustee for 60 days has neglected or
refused to institute any such proceeding.
Indenture. Except as otherwise specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement, Events of Default under the Indenture for each Series of Notes
include: (i) a default in the payment of any principal of or interest on any
Note of such Series which continues unremedied for five days after the giving of
written notice of such default is given as specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement; (ii) failure to perform in any material respect any other covenant
of the Depositor or the Trust Fund in the Indenture which continues for a period
of thirty (30) days after notice thereof is given in accordance with the
procedures described in the related Prospectus Supplement; (iii) certain events
of bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or liquidation of the Depositor or the
Trust Fund; or (iv) any other Event of Default provided with respect to Notes of
that Series including but not limited to certain defaults on the part of the
issuer, if any, of a credit enhancement instrument supporting such Notes.
If an Event of Default with respect to the Notes of any Series at the time
outstanding occurs and is continuing, either the Trustee or the holders of a
majority of the then aggregate outstanding amount of the Notes of such Series
may declare the principal amount (or, if the Notes of that Series have an
interest rate of 0%, such portion of the principal amount as may be specified in
the terms of that Series, as provided in the related Prospectus Supplement) of
all the Notes of such Series to be due and payable immediately. Such declaration
may, under certain circumstances, be rescinded and annulled by the holders of
more than 50% of the Percentage Interests of the Notes of such Series.
If, following an Event of Default with respect to any Series of Notes, the
Notes of such Series have been declared to be due and payable, the Trustee may,
in its discretion, notwithstanding such acceleration, elect to maintain
possession of the collateral securing the Notes of such Series and to continue
to apply distributions on such collateral as if there had been no declaration of
acceleration if such collateral continues to provide sufficient funds for the
payment of principal of and interest on the Notes of such Series as they would
have become due if there had not been such a declaration. In addition, the
Trustee may not sell or otherwise liquidate the collateral securing the Notes of
a Series following an Event of Default, other than a default in the payment of
any principal or interest on any Note of such Series for five days or more,
unless (a) the holders of 100% of the Percentage Interests of the Notes of such
Series consent to such sale, (b) the proceeds of such sale or liquidation are
sufficient to pay in full the principal of and accrued interest, due and unpaid,
on the outstanding Notes of such Series at the date of such sale or (c) the
Trustee determines that such collateral would not be sufficient on an ongoing
basis to make all payments on
72
<PAGE>
such Notes as such payments would have become due if such Notes had not been
declared due and payable, and the Trustee obtains the consent of the holders of
66 2/3% of the Percentage Interests of the Notes of such Series.
In the event that the Trustee liquidates the collateral in connection with
an Event of Default involving a default for five days or more in the payment of
principal of or interest on the Notes of a Series, the Indenture provides that
the Trustee will have a prior lien on the proceeds of any such liquidation for
unpaid fees and expenses. As a result, upon the occurrence of such an Event of
Default, the amount available for distribution to the Noteholders would be less
than would otherwise be the case. However, the Trustee may not institute a
proceeding for the enforcement of its lien except in connection with a
proceeding for the enforcement of the lien of the Indenture for the benefit of
the Noteholders after the occurrence of such an Event of Default.
Except as otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, in the
event the principal of the Notes of a Series is declared due and payable, as
described above, the holders of any such Notes issued at a discount from par may
be entitled to receive no more than an amount equal to the unpaid principal
amount thereof less the amount of such discount which is unamortized.
Subject to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the duties of the
Trustee, in case an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing with respect
to a Series of Notes, the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any
of the rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any
of the holders of Notes of such Series, unless such holders offered to the
Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and
liabilities which might be incurred by it in complying with such request or
direction. Subject to such provisions for indemnification and certain
limitations contained in the Indenture, the holders of a majority of the then
aggregate outstanding amount of the Notes of such Series shall have the right to
direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy
available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the
Trustee with respect to the Notes of such Series, and the holders of a majority
of the then aggregate outstanding amount of the Notes of such Series may, in
certain cases, waive any default with respect thereto, except a default in the
payment of principal or interest or a default in respect of a covenant or
provision of the Indenture that cannot be modified without the waiver or consent
of all the holders of the outstanding Notes of such Series affected thereby.
Amendment
Except as otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, each
Agreement may be amended by the Depositor, the Master Servicer and the Trustee,
without the consent of any of the Securityholders, (i) to cure any ambiguity;
(ii) to correct or supplement any provision therein which may be defective or
inconsistent with any other provision therein; or (iii) to make any other
revisions with respect to matters or questions arising under the Agreement which
are not inconsistent with the provisions thereof, provided that such action will
not adversely affect in any material respect the interests of any
Securityholder. An amendment will be deemed not to adversely affect in any
material respect the interests of the Securityholders if the person requesting
such amendment obtains a letter from each Rating Agency requested to rate the
class or classes of Securities of such Series stating that such amendment will
not result in the downgrading or withdrawal of the respective ratings then
assigned to such Securities. In addition, to the extent provided in the related
Agreement, an Agreement may be amended without the consent of any of the
Securityholders, to change the manner in which the Security Account is
maintained, provided that any such change does not adversely affect the then
current rating on the class or classes of Securities of such Series that have
been rated. In addition, if a REMIC election is made with respect to a Trust
Fund, the related Agreement may be amended to modify, eliminate or add to any of
its provisions to such extent as may be necessary to maintain the qualification
of the related Trust Fund as a REMIC, provided that the Trustee has received an
opinion of counsel to the effect that such action is necessary or helpful to
maintain such qualification. Except as otherwise specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, each Agreement may also be amended by the Depositor, the
Master Servicer and the Trustee with consent of holders of Securities of such
Series evidencing not less than 66% of the aggregate Percentage Interests of
each class affected thereby for the purpose of adding any provisions to or
changing in an manner or eliminating any of the provisions of the Agreement or
of modifying in any manner the rights of the holders of the related Securities;
provided, however, that no such amendment may (i) reduce in any manner the
amount of or delay the timing of, payments received on Loans which are required
to be distributed on any Security without the consent of the holder of such
Security, or (ii) reduce the aforesaid percentage of Securities of any class the
holders of which are required to consent to any such amendment without the
consent of the holders of all Securities of such class covered by such Agreement
then outstanding. If a REMIC election is made with
73
<PAGE>
respect to a Trust Fund, the Trustee will not be entitled to consent to an
amendment to the related Agreement without having first received an opinion of
counsel to the effect that such amendment will not cause such Trust Fund to fail
to qualify as a REMIC.
Termination; Optional Termination
Pooling and Servicing Agreement; Trust Agreement. Unless otherwise
specified in the related Agreement, the obligations created by each Pooling and
Servicing Agreement and Trust Agreement for each Series of Securities will
terminate upon the payment to the related Securityholders of all amounts held in
the Security Account or by the Master Servicer and required to be paid to them
pursuant to such Agreement following the later of (i) the final payment of or
other liquidation of the last of the Trust Fund Assets subject thereto or the
disposition of all property acquired upon foreclosure of any such Trust Fund
Assets remaining in the Trust Fund and (ii) the purchase by the Master Servicer
or, if REMIC treatment has been elected and if specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, by the holder of the residual interest in the REMIC (see
"Federal Income Tax Consequences"), from the related Trust Fund of all of the
remaining Trust Fund Assets and all property acquired in respect of such Trust
Fund Assets.
Unless otherwise specified by the related Prospectus Supplement, any such
purchase of Trust Fund Assets and property acquired in respect of Trust Fund
Assets evidenced by a Series of Securities will be made at the option of the
Master Servicer, such other person or, if applicable, such holder of the REMIC
residual interest, at a price specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.
The exercise of such right will effect early retirement of the Securities of
that Series, but the right of the Master Servicer, such other person or, if
applicable, such holder of the REMIC residual interest, to so purchase is
subject to the principal balance of the related Trust Fund Assets being less
than the percentage specified in the related Prospectus Supplement of the
aggregate principal balance of the Trust Fund Assets at the Cut-off Date for the
Series. Upon such requirement being satisfied, the parties specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement may purchase all Trust Fund Assets and thereby
effect retirement of such Series of Securities. In such event, the applicable
purchase price will be sufficient to pay the aggregate outstanding principal
balance of such Series of Securities and any undistributed shortfall in interest
of such Series of Securities as will be described in the related Prospectus
Supplement. The foregoing is subject to the provision that if a REMIC election
is made with respect to a Trust Fund, any repurchase pursuant to clause (ii)
above will be made only in connection with a "qualified liquidation" of the
REMIC within the meaning of Section 860F(g)(4) of the Code.
Indenture. The Indenture will be discharged with respect to a Series of
Notes (except with respect to certain continuing rights specified in the
Indenture) upon the delivery to the Trustee for cancellation of all the Notes of
such Series or, with certain limitations, upon deposit with the Trustee of funds
sufficient for the payment in full of all of the Notes of such Series.
In addition to such discharge with certain limitations, the Indenture will
provide that, if so specified with respect to the Notes of any Series, the
related Trust Fund will be discharged from any and all obligations in respect of
the Notes of such Series (except for certain obligations relating to temporary
Notes and exchange of Notes, to register the transfer of or exchange Notes of
such Series, to replace stolen, lost or mutilated Notes of such Series, to
maintain paying agencies and to hold monies for payment in trust) upon the
deposit with the Trustee, in trust, of money and/or direct obligations of or
obligations guaranteed by the United States of America which through the payment
of interest and principal in respect thereof in accordance with their terms will
provide money in an amount sufficient to pay the principal of and each
installment of interest on the Notes of such Series on the last scheduled
Distribution Date for such Notes and any installment of interest on such Notes
in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and the Notes of such Series. In
the event of any such defeasance and discharge of Notes of such Series, holders
of Notes of such Series would be able to look only to such money and/or direct
obligations for payment of principal and interest, if any, on their Notes until
maturity.
The Trustee
The Trustee under each Agreement will be named in the applicable
Prospectus Supplement. The commercial bank or trust company serving as Trustee
may have normal banking relationships with the Depositor, the Master Servicer
and any of their respective affiliates.
74
<PAGE>
CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE LOANS
The following discussion contains summaries, which are general in nature,
of certain legal matters relating to the Loans. Because such legal aspects are
governed primarily by applicable state law (which laws may differ
substantially), the descriptions do not, except as expressly provided below,
reflect the laws of any particular state, nor to encompass the laws of all
states in which the security for the Loans is situated. The descriptions are
qualified in their entirety by reference to the applicable federal laws and the
appropriate laws of the states in which Loans may be originated.
General
The Loans for a Series may be secured by deeds of trust, mortgages,
security deeds or deeds to secure debt, depending upon the prevailing practice
in the state in which the property subject to the loan is located. Deeds of
trust are used almost exclusively in California instead of mortgages. A mortgage
creates a lien upon the real property encumbered by the mortgage, which lien is
generally not prior to the lien for real estate taxes and assessments. Priority
between mortgages depends on their terms and generally on the order of recording
with a state or county office. There are two parties to a mortgage, the
mortgagor, who is the borrower and owner of the mortgaged property, and the
mortgagee, who is the lender. Under the mortgage instrument, the mortgagor
delivers to the mortgagee a note or bond and the mortgage. Although a deed of
trust is similar to a mortgage, a deed of trust formally has three parties, the
borrower-property owner called the trustor (similar to a mortgagor), a lender
(similar to a mortgagee) called the beneficiary, and a third-party grantee
called the trustee. Under a deed of trust, the borrower grants the property,
irrevocably until the debt is paid, in trust, generally with a power of sale, to
the trustee to secure payment of the obligation. A security deed and a deed to
secure debt are special types of deeds which indicate on their face that they
are granted to secure an underlying debt. By executing a security deed or deed
to secure debt, the grantor conveys title to, as opposed to merely creating a
lien upon, the subject property to the grantee until such time as the underlying
debt is repaid. The trustee's authority under a deed of trust, the mortgagee's
authority under a mortgage and the grantee's authority under a security deed or
deed to secure debt are governed by law and, with respect to some deeds of
trust, the directions of the beneficiary.
Cooperatives. Certain of Loans may be Cooperative Loans. The Cooperative
owns all the real property that comprises the project, including the land,
separate dwelling units and all common areas. The Cooperative is directly
responsible for project management and, in most cases, payment of real estate
taxes and hazard and liability insurance. If there is a blanket mortgage on the
Cooperative and/or underlying land, as is generally the case, the Cooperative,
as project mortgagor, is also responsible for meeting these mortgage
obligations. A blanket mortgage is ordinarily incurred by the Cooperative in
connection with the construction or purchase of the Cooperative's apartment
building. The interest of the occupant under proprietary leases or occupancy
agreements to which that Cooperative is a party are generally subordinate to the
interest of the holder of the blanket mortgage in that building. If the
Cooperative is unable to meet the payment obligations arising under its blanket
mortgage, the mortgagee holding the blanket mortgage could foreclose on that
mortgage and terminate all subordinate proprietary leases and occupancy
agreements. In addition, the blanket mortgage on a Cooperative may provide
financing in the form of a mortgage that does not fully amortize with a
significant portion of principal being due in one lump sum at final maturity.
The inability of the Cooperative to refinance this mortgage and its consequent
inability to make such final payment could lead to foreclosure by the mortgagee
providing the financing. A foreclosure in either event by the holder of the
blanket mortgage could eliminate or significantly diminish the value of any
collateral held by the lender who financed the purchase by an individual
tenant-stockholder of Cooperative shares or, in the case of a Trust Fund
including Cooperative Loans, the collateral securing the Cooperative Loans.
The Cooperative is owned by tenant-stockholders who, through ownership of
stock, shares or membership certificates in the corporation, receive proprietary
leases or occupancy agreements which confer exclusive rights to occupy specific
units. Generally, a tenant-stockholder of a Cooperative must make a monthly
payment to the Cooperative representing such tenant-stockholder's pro rata share
of the Cooperative's payments for its blanket mortgage, real property taxes,
maintenance expenses and other capital or ordinary expenses. An ownership
interest in a Cooperative and accompanying rights is financed through a
Cooperative share loan evidenced by a promissory note and secured by a security
interest in the occupancy agreement or proprietary lease and in the related
Cooperative shares. The lender takes possession of the share certificate and a
counterpart of the proprietary lease or occupancy agreement, and a financing
statement covering the proprietary lease or occupancy agreement and the
75
<PAGE>
Cooperative shares is filed in the appropriate state and local offices to
perfect the lender's interest in its collateral. Subject to the limitations
discussed below, upon default of the tenant-stockholder, the lender may sue for
judgment on the promissory note, dispose of the collateral at a public or
private sale or otherwise proceed against the collateral or tenant-stockholder
as an individual as provided in the security agreement covering the assignment
of the proprietary lease or occupancy agreement and the pledge of Cooperative
shares.
Foreclosure/Repossession
Deed of Trust. Foreclosure of a deed of trust is generally accomplished by
a non-judicial sale under a specific provision in the deed of trust which
authorizes the trustee to sell the property at public auction upon any default
by the borrower under the terms of the note or deed of trust. In certain states,
such foreclosure also may be accomplished by judicial action in the manner
provided for foreclosure of mortgages. In addition to any notice requirements
contained in a deed of trust, in some states (such as California), the trustee
must record a notice of default and send a copy to the borrower-trustor, to any
person who has recorded a request for a copy of any notice of default and notice
of sale, to any successor in interest to the borrower-trustor, to the
beneficiary of any junior deed of trust and to certain other persons. In some
states (including California), the borrower-trustor has the right to reinstate
the loan at any time following default until shortly before the trustee's sale.
In general, the borrower, or any other person having a junior encumbrance on the
real estate, may, during a statutorily prescribed reinstatement period, cure a
monetary default by paying the entire amount in arrears plus other designated
costs and expenses incurred in enforcing the obligation. Generally, state law
controls the amount of foreclosure expenses and costs, including attorney's
fees, which may be recovered by a lender. After the reinstatement period has
expired without the default having been cured, the borrower or junior lienholder
no longer has the right to reinstate the loan and must pay the loan in full to
prevent the scheduled foreclosure sale. If the deed of trust is not reinstated
within any applicable cure period, a notice of sale must be posted in a public
place and, in most states (including California), published for a specific
period of time in one or more newspapers. In addition, some state laws require
that a copy of the notice of sale be posted on the property and sent to all
parties having an interest of record in the real property. In California, the
entire process from recording a notice of default to a non-judicial sale usually
takes four to five months.
Mortgages. Foreclosure of a mortgage is generally accomplished by judicial
action. The action is initiated by the service of legal pleadings upon all
parties having an interest in the real property. Delays in completion of the
foreclosure may occasionally result from difficulties in locating necessary
parties. Judicial foreclosure proceedings are often not contested by any of the
parties. When the mortgagee's right to foreclosure is contested, the legal
proceedings necessary to resolve the issue can be time consuming. After the
completion of a judicial foreclosure proceeding, the court generally issues a
judgment of foreclosure and appoints a referee or other court officer to conduct
the sale of the property. In some states, mortgages may also be foreclosed by
advertisement, pursuant to a power of sale provided in the mortgage.
Although foreclosure sales are typically public sales, frequently no third
party purchaser bids in excess of the lender's lien because of the difficulty of
determining the exact status of title to the property, the possible
deterioration of the property during the foreclosure proceedings and a
requirement that the purchaser pay for the property in cash or by cashier's
check. Thus the foreclosing lender often purchases the property from the trustee
or referee for an amount equal to the principal amount outstanding under the
loan, accrued and unpaid interest and the expenses of foreclosure in which event
the mortgagor's debt will be extinguished or the lender may purchase for a
lesser amount in order to preserve its right against a borrower to seek a
deficiency judgment in states where such judgment is available. Thereafter,
subject to the right of the borrower in some states to remain in possession
during the redemption period, the lender will assume the burden of ownership,
including obtaining hazard insurance and making such repairs at its own expense
as are necessary to render the property suitable for sale. The lender will
commonly obtain the services of a real estate broker and pay the broker's
commission in connection with the sale of the property. Depending upon market
conditions, the ultimate proceeds of the sale of the property may not equal the
lender's investment in the property. Any loss may be reduced by the receipt of
any mortgage guaranty insurance proceeds.
Courts have imposed general equitable principles upon foreclosure, which
are generally designed to mitigate the legal consequences to the borrower of the
borrower's defaults under the loan documents.
76
<PAGE>
Some courts have been faced with the issue of whether federal or state
constitutional provisions reflecting due process concerns for fair notice
require that borrowers under deeds of trust receive notice longer than that
prescribed by statute. For the most part, these cases have upheld the notice
provisions as being reasonable or have found that the sale by a trustee under a
deed of trust does not involve sufficient state action to afford constitutional
protection to the borrower.
When the beneficiary under a junior mortgage or deed of trust cures the
default and reinstates or redeems by paying the full amount of the senior
mortgage or deed of trust, the amount paid by the beneficiary so to cure or
redeem becomes a part of the indebtedness secured by the junior mortgage or deed
of trust. See "-- Junior Mortgages; Rights of Senior Mortgagees" below.
Cooperative Loans. The Cooperative shares owned by the tenant-stockholder
and pledged to the lender are, in almost all cases, subject to restrictions on
transfer as set forth in the Cooperative's certificate of incorporation and
bylaws, as well as the proprietary lease or occupancy agreement, and may be
cancelled by the Cooperative for failure by the tenant-stockholder to pay rent
or other obligations or charges owed by such tenant-stockholder, including
mechanics' liens against the cooperative apartment building incurred by such
tenant-stockholder. The proprietary lease or occupancy agreement generally
permits the Cooperative to terminate such lease or agreement in the event an
obligor fails to make payments or defaults in the performance of covenants
required thereunder. Typically, the lender and the Cooperative enter into a
recognition agreement which establishes the rights and obligations of both
parties in the event of a default by the tenant-stockholder on its obligations
under the proprietary lease or occupancy agreement. A default by the
tenant-stockholder under the proprietary lease or occupancy agreement will
usually constitute a default under the security agreement between the lender and
the tenant-stockholder.
The recognition agreement generally provides that, in the event that the
tenant-stockholder has defaulted under the proprietary lease or occupancy
agreement, the Cooperative will take no action to terminate such lease or
agreement until the lender has been provided with an opportunity to cure the
default. The recognition agreement typically provides that if the proprietary
lease or occupancy agreement is terminated, the Cooperative will recognize the
lender's lien against proceeds form the sale of the Cooperative apartment,
subject, however, to the Cooperative's right to sums due under such proprietary
lease or occupancy agreement. The total amount owed to the Cooperative by the
tenant-stockholder, which the lender generally cannot restrict and does not
monitor, could reduce the value of the collateral below the outstanding
principal balance of the Cooperative Loan and accrued and unpaid interest
thereon.
Recognition agreements also provide that in the event of a foreclosure on
a Cooperative Loan, the lender must obtain the approval or consent of the
Cooperative as required by the proprietary lease before transferring the
Cooperative shares or assigning the proprietary lease. Generally, the lender is
not limited in any rights it may have to dispossess the tenant-stockholders.
In some states, foreclosure on the Cooperative shares is accomplished by a
sale in accordance with the provisions of Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial
Code (the "UCC") and the security agreement relating to those shares. Article 9
of the UCC requires that a sale be conducted in a "commercially reasonable"
manner. Whether a foreclosure sale has been conducted in a "commercially
reasonable" manner will depend on the facts in each case. In determining
commercial reasonableness, a court will look to the notice given the debtor and
the method, manner, time, place and terms of the foreclosure. Generally, a sale
conducted according to the usual practice of banks selling similar collateral
will be considered reasonably conducted.
Article 9 of the UCC provides that the proceeds of the sale will be
applied first to pay the costs and expenses of the sale and then to satisfy the
indebtedness secured by the lender's security interest. The recognition
agreement, however, generally provides that the lender's right to reimbursement
is subject to the right of the Cooperative to receive sums due under the
proprietary lease or occupancy agreement. If there are proceeds remaining, the
lender must account to the tenant-stockholder for the surplus. Conversely, if a
portion of the indebtedness remains unpaid, the tenant-stockholder is generally
responsible for the deficiency. See "-- Anti-Deficiency Legislation and Other
Limitations on Lenders" below.
77
<PAGE>
In the case of foreclosure on a building which was converted from a rental
building to a building owned by a Cooperative under a non-eviction plan, some
states require that a purchaser at a foreclosure sale take the property subject
to rent control and rent stabilization laws which apply to certain tenants who
elected to remain in the building but who did not purchase shares in the
Cooperative when the building was so converted.
Environmental Risks
Real property pledged as security to a lender may subject the lender to
unforeseen environmental risks. Under the laws of certain states, contamination
of a property may give rise to a lien on the property to assure the payment of
the costs of clean-up. In several states such a lien has priority over the lien
of an existing mortgage against such property. In addition, under the federal
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980
("CERCLA"), the United States Environmental Protection Agency ("EPA") may impose
a lien on property where EPA has incurred clean-up costs. However, a CERCLA lien
is subordinate to pre-existing, perfected security interests.
Under the laws of some states, and under CERCLA, there are circumstances
under which a secured lender may be held liable as an "owner" or "operator" for
the costs of addressing releases or threatened releases of hazardous substances
at a property, even though the environmental damage or threat was caused by a
prior or current owner or operator. CERCLA imposes liability for such costs on
any and all "responsible parties," including owners or operators. However,
CERCLA excludes from the definition of "owner or operator" a secured creditor
who holds indicia of ownership primarily to protect its security interest (the
"secured creditor exclusion") but without "participating in the management" of
the property. Thus, if a lender's activities begin to encroach on the actual
management of a contaminated facility or property, the lender may incur
liability as an "owner or operator" under CERCLA. Similarly, if a lender
forecloses and takes title to a contaminated facility or property, the lender
may incur CERCLA liability in various circumstances, including, but not limited
to, when it holds the facility or property as an investment (including leasing
the facility or property to a third party), or fails to dispose of the property
in a commercially reasonable time frame.
The Asset Conservation, Lender Liability and Deposit Insurance Protection
Act of 1996 amended CERCLA to clarify when actions taken by a lender constitute
participation in the management of a mortgaged property, or the business of a
borrower, so as to render the secured creditor exemption unavailable to a
lender. It provides that, in order to be deemed to have participated in the
management of a mortgaged property, a lender must actually participate in the
operational affairs of the property or the borrower. The legislation also
provides that participation in the management of the property does not include
"merely having the capacity to influence, or unexercised right to control"
operations. Rather, a lender will lose the protection of the secured creditor
exemption only if it exercises decision-making control over the borrower's
environmental compliance and hazardous substance handling and disposal
practices, or assumes day-to-day management of all operational functions of the
mortgaged property.
If a lender is or becomes liable, it can bring an action for contribution
against any other "responsible parties," including a previous owner or operator,
who created the environmental hazard, but those persons or entities may be
bankrupt or otherwise judgment proof. The costs associated with environmental
cleanup may be substantial. It is conceivable that costs arising from the
circumstances set forth above could result in a loss to Certificateholders.
A secured creditor exclusion does not govern liability for cleanup costs
under federal laws other than CERCLA except with respect to underground
petroleum storage tanks regulated under the federal Resource Conservation and
Recovery Act ("RCRA"). The Asset Conservation, Lender Liability and Deposit
Insurance Protection Act of 1996 amended RCRA so that the protections accorded
to lenders under CERCLA are also accorded to the holders of security interests
in underground petroleum storage tanks. It also endorsed EPA's lender liability
rule for underground petroleum storage tanks under Subtitle I of RCRA. Under
this rule, a holder of a security interest in an underground petroleum storage
tank or real property containing an underground petroleum storage tank is not
considered an operator of the underground petroleum storage tank as long as
petroleum is not added to, stored in or dispensed from the tank. It should be
noted, however, that liability for cleanup of petroleum contamination may be
governed by state law, which may not provide for any specific protection for
secured creditors.
78
<PAGE>
Except as otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, at the
time the Loans were originated, no environmental assessment or a very limited
environmental assessment of the Properties was conducted.
Rights of Redemption
In some states, after sale pursuant to a deed of trust or foreclosure of a
mortgage, the borrower and foreclosed junior lienors are given a statutory
period in which to redeem the property from the foreclosure sale. In certain
other states (including California), this right of redemption applies only to
sales following judicial foreclosure, and not to sales pursuant to a
non-judicial power of sale. In most states where the right of redemption is
available, statutory redemption may occur upon payment of the foreclosure
purchase price, accrued interest and taxes. In other states, redemption may be
authorized if the former borrower pays only a portion of the sums due. The
effect of a statutory right of redemption is to diminish the ability of the
lender to sell the foreclosed property. The exercise of a right of redemption
would defeat the title of any purchaser from the lender subsequent to
foreclosure or sale under a deed of trust. Consequently, the practical effect of
the redemption right is to force the lender to retain the property and pay the
expenses of ownership until the redemption period has run. In some states, there
is no right to redeem property after a trustee's sale under a deed of trust.
Anti-Deficiency Legislation and Other Limitations on Lenders
Certain states have imposed statutory and judicial restrictions that limit
the remedies of a beneficiary under a deed of trust or a mortgagee under a
mortgage. In some states, including California, statutes and case law limit the
right of the beneficiary or mortgagee to obtain a deficiency judgment against
borrowers financing the purchase of their residence or following sale under a
deed of trust or certain other foreclosure proceedings. A deficiency judgment is
a personal judgment against the borrower equal in most cases to the difference
between the amount due to the lender and the fair market value of the real
property at the time of the foreclosure sale. As a result of these prohibitions,
it is anticipated that in most instances the Master Servicer will utilize the
non-judicial foreclosure remedy and will not seek deficiency judgments against
defaulting borrowers.
Some state statutes require the beneficiary or mortgagee to exhaust the
security afforded under a deed of trust or mortgage by foreclosure in an attempt
to satisfy the full debt before bringing a personal action against the borrower.
In certain other states, the lender has the option of bringing a personal action
against the borrower on the debt without first exhausting such security;
however, in some of these states, the lender, following judgment on such
personal action, may be deemed to have elected a remedy and may be precluded
from exercising remedies with respect to the security. Consequently, the
practical effect of the election requirement, when applicable, is that lenders
will usually proceed first against the security rather than bringing a personal
action against the borrower. In some states, exceptions to the anti-deficiency
statutes are provided for in certain instances where the value of the lender's
security has been impaired by acts or omissions of the borrower, for example, in
the event of waste of the property. Finally, other statutory provisions limit
any deficiency judgment against the former borrower following a foreclosure sale
to the excess of the outstanding debt over the fair market value of the property
at the time of the public sale. The purpose of these statutes is generally to
prevent a beneficiary or a mortgagee from obtaining a large deficiency judgment
against the former borrower as a result of low or no bids at the foreclosure
sale.
Generally, Article 9 of the UCC governs foreclosure on Cooperative shares
and the related proprietary lease or occupancy agreement. Some courts have
interpreted section 9-504 of the UCC to prohibit a deficiency award unless the
creditor establishes that the sale of the collateral (which, in the case of a
Cooperative Loan, would be the shares of the Cooperative and the related
proprietary lease or occupancy agreement) was conducted in a commercially
reasonable manner.
In addition to anti-deficiency and related legislation, numerous other
federal and state statutory provisions, including the federal bankruptcy laws
and state laws affording relief to debtors, may interfere with or affect the
ability of the secured mortgage lender to realize upon its security. For
example, in a proceeding under the federal Bankruptcy Code, a lender may not
foreclose on a mortgaged property without the permission of the bankruptcy
court. The rehabilitation plan proposed by the debtor may provide, if the
mortgaged property is not the debtor's principal residence and the court
determines that the value of the mortgaged property is less than the principal
balance of the mortgage loan, for the reduction of the secured indebtedness to
the value of the mortgaged property as of the date of the commencement of the
bankruptcy, rendering the lender a general unsecured creditor for the
79
<PAGE>
difference, and also may reduce the monthly payments due under such mortgage
loan, change the rate of interest and alter the mortgage loan repayment
schedule. The effect of any such proceedings under the federal Bankruptcy Code,
including but not limited to any automatic stay, could result in delays in
receiving payments on the Loans underlying a Series of Securities and possible
reductions in the aggregate amount of such payments.
The federal tax laws provide priority to certain tax liens over the lien
of a mortgage or secured party.
Due-On-Sale Clauses
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, each
conventional Loan will contain a due-on-sale clause which will generally provide
that if the mortgagor or obligor sells, transfers or conveys the Property, the
loan or contract may be accelerated by the mortgagee or secured party. Court
decisions and legislative actions have placed substantial restriction on the
right of lenders to enforce such clauses in many states. For instance, the
California Supreme Court in August 1978 held that due-on-sale clauses were
generally unenforceable. However, the Garn-St Germain Depository Institutions
Act of 1982 (the "Garn-St Germain Act"), subject to certain exceptions, preempts
state constitutional, statutory and case law prohibiting the enforcement of
due-on-sale clauses. As a result, due-on-sale clauses have become generally
enforceable except in those states whose legislatures exercised their authority
to regulate the enforceability of such clauses with respect to mortgage loans
that were (i) originated or assumed during the "window period" under the
Garn-St Germain Act which ended in all cases not later than October 15, 1982,
and (ii) originated by lenders other than national banks, federal savings
institutions and federal credit unions. FHLMC has taken the position in its
published mortgage servicing standards that, out of a total of eleven "window
period states," five states (Arizona, Michigan, Minnesota, New Mexico and Utah)
have enacted statutes extending, on various terms and for varying periods, the
prohibition on enforcement of due-on-sale clauses with respect to certain
categories of window period loans. Also, the Garn-St Germain Act does
"encourage" lenders to permit assumption of loans at the original rate of
interest or at some other rate less than the average of the original rate and
the market rate.
As to loans secured by an owner-occupied residence, the Garn-St Germain
Act sets forth nine specific instances in which a mortgagee covered by the Act
may not exercise its rights under a due-on-sale clause, notwithstanding the fact
that a transfer of the property may have occurred. The inability to enforce a
due-on-sale clause may result in transfer of the related Property to an
uncreditworthy person, which could increase the likelihood of default or may
result in a mortgage bearing an interest rate below the current market rate
being assumed by a new home buyer, which may affect the average life of the
Loans and the number of Loans which may extend to maturity.
In addition, under federal bankruptcy law, due-on-sale clauses may not be
enforceable in bankruptcy proceedings and may, under certain circumstances, be
eliminated in any modified mortgage resulting from such bankruptcy proceeding.
Enforceability of Prepayment and Late Payment Fees
Forms of notes, mortgages and deeds of trust used by lenders may contain
provisions obligating the borrower to pay a late charge if payments are not
timely made, and in some circumstances may provide for prepayment fees or
penalties if the obligation is paid prior to maturity. In certain states, there
are or may be specific limitations upon the late charges which a lender may
collect from a borrower for delinquent payments. Certain states also limit the
amounts that a lender may collect from a borrower as an additional charge if the
loan is prepaid. Under certain state laws, prepayment charges may not be imposed
after a certain period of time following the origination of mortgage loans with
respect to prepayments on loans secured by liens encumbering owner-occupied
residential properties. Since many of the Properties will be owner-occupied, it
is anticipated that prepayment charges may not be imposed with respect to many
of the Loans. The absence of such a restraint on prepayment, particularly with
respect to fixed rate Loans having higher Loan Rates, may increase the
likelihood of refinancing or other early retirement of such loans or contracts.
Late charges and prepayment fees are typically retained by servicers as
additional servicing compensation.
80
<PAGE>
Applicability of Usury Laws
Title V of the Depository Institutions Deregulation and Monetary Control
Act of 1980, enacted in March 1980 ("Title V") provides that state usury
limitations shall not apply to certain types of residential first mortgage loans
originated by certain lenders after March 31, 1980. The Office of Thrift
Supervision, as successor to the Federal Home Loan Bank Board, is authorized to
issue rules and regulations and to publish interpretations governing
implementation of Title V. The statute authorized the states to reimpose
interest rate limits by adopting, before April 1, 1983, a law or constitutional
provision which expressly rejects an application of the federal law. Fifteen
states adopted such a law prior to the April 1, 1983 deadline. In addition, even
where Title V is not so rejected, any state is authorized by the law to adopt a
provision limiting discount points or other charges on mortgage loans covered by
Title V. Certain states have taken action to reimpose interest rate limits
and/or to limit discount points or other charges.
The Contracts
General. The Contracts, other than those Contracts that are unsecured or
secured by mortgages on real estate (such Contracts are hereinafter referred to
in this section as "contracts") generally are "chattel paper" or constitute
"purchase money security interests" each as defined in the UCC. Pursuant to the
UCC, the sale of chattel paper is treated in a manner similar to perfection of a
security interest in chattel paper. Under the related Agreement, the Depositor
will transfer physical possession of the contracts to the Trustee or a
designated custodian or may retain possession of the contracts as custodian for
the Trustee. In addition, the Depositor will make an appropriate filing of a
UCC-1 financing statement in the appropriate states to, among other things, give
notice of the Trust Fund's ownership of the contracts. Unless otherwise
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the contracts will not be
stamped or otherwise marked to reflect their assignment from the Depositor to
the Trustee. With respect to each transaction, a decision will be made as to
whether or not the contracts will be stamped or otherwise marked to reflect
their assignment from the Depositor to the Trustee, based upon, among other
things, the practices and procedures of the related Originator and Master
Servicer and after consultation with the applicable Rating Agency or Rating
Agencies. Therefore, if the contracts are not stamped or otherwise marked to
reflect their assignment from the Depositor to the Trustee and through
negligence, fraud or otherwise, a subsequent purchaser were able to take
physical possession of the contracts without notice of such assignment, the
Trust Fund's interest in the contracts could be defeated. See "Risk Factors --
Security Interest Risks Associated with Certain Loan Assets."
Security Interests in Home Improvements. The contracts that are secured by
the Home Improvements financed thereby grant to the originator of such contracts
a purchase money security interest in such Home Improvements to secure all or
part of the purchase price of such Home Improvements and related services. A
financing statement generally is not required to be filed to perfect a purchase
money security interest in consumer goods. Such purchase money security
interests are assignable. In general, a purchase money security interest grants
to the holder a security interest that has priority over a conflicting security
interest in the same collateral and the proceeds of such collateral. However, to
the extent that the collateral subject to a purchase money security interest
becomes a fixture, in order for the related purchase money security interest to
take priority over a conflicting interest in the fixture, the holder's interest
in such Home Improvement must generally be perfected by a timely fixture filing.
In general, a security interest does not exist under the UCC in ordinary
building material incorporated into an improvement on land. Home Improvement
Contracts that finance lumber, bricks, other types of ordinary building material
or other goods that are deemed to lose such characterization upon incorporation
of such materials into the related property, will not be secured by a purchase
money security interest in the Home Improvement being financed.
Enforcement of Security Interest in Home Improvements. So long as the Home
Improvement has not become subject to the real estate law, a creditor can
repossess a Home Improvement securing a contract by voluntary surrender, by
"self-help" repossession that is "peaceful" (i.e., without breach of the peace)
or, in the absence of voluntary surrender and the ability to repossess without
breach of the peace, by judicial process. The holder of a contract must give the
debtor a number of days' notice, which varies from 10 to 30 days depending on
the state, prior to commencement of any repossession. The UCC and consumer
protection laws in most states place restrictions on repossession sales,
including requiring prior notice to the debtor and commercial reasonableness in
effecting such a sale. The law in most states also requires that the debtor be
given notice of any sale prior to resale of the unit that the debtor may redeem
at or before such resale.
81
<PAGE>
Under the laws applicable in most states, a creditor is entitled to obtain
a deficiency judgment from a debtor for any deficiency on repossession and
resale of the property securing the debtor's loan. However, some states impose
prohibitions or limitations on deficiency judgments, and in many cases the
defaulting borrower would have no assets with which to pay a judgment.
Certain other statutory provisions, including federal and state bankruptcy
and insolvency laws and general equitable principles, may limit or delay the
ability of a lender to repossess and resell collateral or enforce a deficiency
judgment.
Security Interests in the Manufactured Homes. The Manufactured Homes
securing the Manufactured Housing Contracts may be located in all 50 states and
the District of Columbia. Security interests in manufactured homes may be
perfected either by notation of the secured party's lien on the certificate of
title or by delivery of the required documents and payment of a fee to the state
motor vehicle authority, depending on state law. Unless otherwise specified in
the related Prospectus Supplement, the security interests of the related Trustee
in the Manufactured Homes will not be noted on the certificates of title or by
delivery of the required documents and payment of fees to the applicable state
motor vehicle authorities. With respect to each transaction, a decision will be
made as to whether or not the security interests of the related Trustee in the
Manufactured Homes will be noted on the certificates of title and the required
documents and fees will be delivered to the applicable state motor vehicle
authorities based upon, among other things, the practices and procedures of the
related Originator and Master Servicer and after consultation with the
applicable Rating Agency or Rating Agencies. See "Risk Factors -- Security
Interest Risks Associated with Certain Loan Assets." In some nontitle states,
perfection pursuant to the provisions of the UCC is required. As manufactured
homes have become large and often have been attached to their sites without any
apparent intention to move them, courts in many states have held that
manufactured homes, under certain circumstances, may become subject to real
estate title and recording laws. As a result, a security interest in a
manufactured home could be rendered subordinate to the interests of other
parties claiming an interest in the manufactured home under applicable state
real estate law. In order to perfect a security interest in a manufactured home
under real estate laws, the secured party must file either a "fixture filing"
under the provisions of the UCC or a real estate mortgage under the real estate
laws of the state where the home is located. These filings must be made in the
real estate records office of the county where the manufactured home is located.
If so specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the Manufactured Housing
Contracts may contain provisions prohibiting the borrower from permanently
attaching the Manufactured Home to its site. So long as the borrower does not
violate this agreement, a security interest in the Manufactured Home will be
governed by the certificate of title laws or the UCC, and the notation of the
security interest on the certificate of title or the filing of a UCC financing
statement will be effective to maintain the priority of the security interest in
the Manufactured Home. If, however, a Manufactured Home is permanently attached
to its site, the related lender may be required to perfect a security interest
in the Manufactured Home under applicable real estate laws.
In the event that the owner of a Manufactured Home moves it to a state
other than the state in which such Manufactured Home initially is registered,
under the laws of most states the perfected security interest in the
Manufactured Home would continue for four months after such relocation and
thereafter only if and after the owner re-registers the Manufactured Home in
such state. If the owner were to relocate a Manufactured Home to another state
and not re-register a security interest in such state, the security interest in
the Manufactured Home would cease to be perfected. A majority of states
generally require surrender of a certificate of title to re-register a
Manufactured Home; accordingly, the secured party must surrender possession if
it holds the certificate of title to such Manufactured Home or, in the case of
Manufactured Homes registered in states which provide for notation of lien on
the certificate of title, notice of surrender would be given to the secured
party noted on the certificate of title. In states which do not require a
certificate of title for registration of a manufactured home, re-registration
could defeat perfection.
Under the laws of most states, liens for repairs performed on a
Manufactured Home and liens for personal property taxes take priority over a
perfected security interest in the Manufactured Home.
Consumer Protection Laws. The so-called "Holder-in-Due Course" rule of the
Federal Trade Commission is intended to defeat the ability of the transferor of
a consumer credit contract which is the seller of goods which gave rise to the
transaction (and certain related lenders and assignees) to transfer such
contract free of notice of claims by the debtor thereunder. The effect of this
rule is to subject the assignee of such a contract to all claims and
82
<PAGE>
defenses which the debtor could assert against the seller of goods. Liability
under this rule is limited to amounts paid under a contract; however, the
obligor also may be able to assert the rule to set off remaining amounts due as
a defense against a claim brought by the Trustee against such obligor. Numerous
other federal and state consumer protection laws impose requirements applicable
to the origination and lending pursuant to the contracts, including the Truth in
Lending Act, the Federal Trade Commission Act, the Fair Credit Billing Act, the
Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Debt
Collection Practices Act and the Uniform Consumer Credit Code. In the case of
some of these laws, the failure to comply with their provisions may affect the
enforceability of the related contract.
Applicability of Usury Laws. Title V of the Depository Institutions
Deregulation and Monetary Control Act of 1980, as amended ("Title V"), provides
that, subject to the following conditions, state usury limitations shall not
apply to any contract which is secured by a first lien on certain kinds of
consumer goods. The contracts would be covered if they satisfy certain
conditions governing, among other things, the terms of any prepayments, late
charges and deferral fees and requiring a 30-day notice period prior to
instituting any action leading to repossession of the related unit.
Title V authorized any state to reimpose limitations on interest rates and
finance charges by adopting before April 1, 1983 a law or constitutional
provision which expressly rejects application of the federal law. Fifteen states
adopted such a law prior to the April 1, 1983 deadline. In addition, even where
Title V was not so rejected, any state is authorized by the law to adopt a
provision limiting discount points or other charges on loans covered by Title V.
Installment Contracts
The Loans may also consist of installment contracts. Under an installment
contract ("Installment Contract") the seller (hereinafter referred to in this
section as the "lender") retains legal title to the property and enters into an
agreement with the purchaser hereinafter referred to in this section as the
"borrower") for the payment of the purchase price, plus interest, over the term
of such contract. Only after full performance by the borrower of the contract is
the lender obligated to convey title to the property to the purchaser. As with
mortgage or deed of trust financing, during the effective period of the
Installment Contract, the borrower is generally responsible for maintaining the
property in good condition and for paying real estate taxes, assessments and
hazard insurance premiums associated with the property.
The method of enforcing the rights of the lender under an Installment
Contract varies on a state-by-state basis depending upon the extent to which
state courts are willing, or able pursuant to state statute, to enforce the
contract strictly according to its terms. The terms of Installment Contracts
generally provide that upon a default by the borrower, the borrower loses his or
her right to occupy the property, the entire indebtedness is accelerated, and
the buyer's equitable interest in the property is forfeited. The lender in such
a situation does not have to foreclose in order to obtain title to the property,
although in some cases a quiet title action is in order if the borrower has
filed the Installment Contract in local land records and an ejectment action may
be necessary to recover possession. In a few states, particularly in cases of
borrower default during the early years of an Installment Contract, the courts
will permit ejectment of the buyer and a forfeiture of his or her interest in
the property. However, most state legislatures have enacted provisions by
analogy to mortgage law protecting borrowers under Installment Contracts from
the harsh consequences of forfeiture. Under such statutes, a judicial or
nonjudicial foreclosure may be required, the lender may be required to give
notice of default and the borrower may be granted some grace period during which
the Installment Contract may be reinstated upon full payment of the default
amount and the borrower may have a post-foreclosure statutory redemption right.
In other states, courts in equity may permit a borrower with significant
investment in the property under an Installment Contract for the sale of real
estate to share in the proceeds of sale of the property after the indebtedness
is repaid or may otherwise refuse to enforce the forfeiture clause.
Nevertheless, generally speaking, the lender's procedures for obtaining
possession and clear title under an Installment Contract in a given state are
simpler and less time-consuming and costly than are the procedures for
foreclosing and obtaining clear title to a property subject to one or more
liens.
Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act
Generally, under the terms of the Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act
of 1940, as amended (the "Relief Act"), a borrower who enters military service
after the origination of such borrower's Loan (including a borrower
83
<PAGE>
who is a member of the National Guard or is in reserve status at the time of the
origination of the Loan and is later called to active duty) may not be charged
interest above an annual rate of 6% during the period of such borrower's active
duty status, unless a court orders otherwise upon application of the lender. It
is possible that such interest rate limitation could have an effect, for an
indeterminate period of time, on the ability of the Master Servicer to collect
full amounts of interest on certain of the Loans. Unless otherwise provided in
the related Prospectus Supplement, any shortfall in interest collections
resulting from the application of the Relief Act could result in losses to
Securityholders. The Relief Act also imposes limitations which would impair the
ability of the Master Servicer to foreclose on an affected Loan during the
borrower's period of active duty status. Moreover, the Relief Act permits the
extension of a Loan's maturity and the re-adjustment of its payment schedule
beyond the completion of military service. Thus, in the event that such a Loan
goes into default, there may be delays and losses occasioned by the inability to
realize upon the Property in a timely fashion.
Junior Mortgages; Rights of Senior Mortgagees
To the extent that the Loans comprising the Trust Fund for a Series are
secured by mortgages which are junior to other mortgages held by other lenders
or institutional investors, the rights of the Trust Fund (and therefore the
Securityholders), as mortgagee under any such junior mortgage, are subordinate
to those of any mortgagee under any senior mortgage. The senior mortgagee has
the right to receive hazard insurance and condemnation proceeds and to cause the
property securing the Loan to be sold upon default of the mortgagor, thereby
extinguishing the junior mortgagee's lien unless the junior mortgagee asserts
its subordinate interest in the property in foreclosure litigation and,
possibly, satisfies the defaulted senior mortgage. A junior mortgagee may
satisfy a defaulted senior loan in full and, in some states, may cure a default
and bring the senior loan current, in either event adding the amounts expended
to the balance due on the junior loan. In most states, absent a provision in the
mortgage or deed of trust, no notice of default is required to be given to a
junior mortgagee.
The standard form of the mortgage used by most institutional lenders
confers on the mortgagee the right both to receive all proceeds collected under
any hazard insurance policy and all awards made in connection with condemnation
proceedings, and to apply such proceeds and awards to any indebtedness secured
by the mortgage, in such order as the mortgagee may determine. Thus, in the
event improvements on the property are damaged or destroyed by fire or other
casualty, or in the event the property is taken by condemnation, the mortgagee
or beneficiary under senior mortgages will have the prior right to collect any
insurance proceeds payable under a hazard insurance policy and any award of
damages in connection with the condemnation and to apply the same to the
indebtedness secured by the senior mortgages. Proceeds in excess of the amount
of senior mortgage indebtedness, in most cases, may be applied to the
indebtedness of a junior mortgage.
Another provision sometimes found in the form of the mortgage or deed of
trust used by institutional lenders obligates the mortgagor to pay before
delinquency all taxes and assessments on the property and, when due, all
encumbrances, charges and liens on the property which appear prior to the
mortgage or deed of trust, to provide and maintain fire insurance on the
property, to maintain and repair the property and not to commit or permit any
waste thereof, and to appear in and defend any action or proceeding purporting
to affect the property or the rights of the mortgagee under the mortgage. Upon a
failure of the mortgagor to perform any of these obligations, the mortgagee is
given the right under certain mortgages to perform the obligation itself, at its
election, with the mortgagor agreeing to reimburse the mortgagee for any sums
expended by the mortgagee on behalf of the mortgagor. All sums so expended by
the mortgagee become part of the indebtedness secured by the mortgage.
The form of credit line trust deed or mortgage generally used by most
institutional lenders which make Revolving Credit Line Loans typically contains
a "future advance" clause, which provides, in essence, that additional amounts
advanced to or on behalf of the borrower by the beneficiary or lender are to be
secured by the deed of trust or mortgage. Any amounts so advanced after the
Cut-off Date with respect to any Mortgage will not be included in the Trust
Fund. The priority of the lien securing any advance made under the clause may
depend in most states on whether the deed of trust or mortgage is called and
recorded as a credit line deed of trust or mortgage. If the beneficiary or
lender advances additional amounts, the advance is entitled to receive the same
priority as amounts initially advanced under the trust deed or mortgage,
notwithstanding the fact that there may be junior trust deeds or mortgages and
other liens which intervene between the date of recording of the trust deed or
mortgage and the date of the future advance, and notwithstanding that the
beneficiary or lender had actual knowledge of such intervening junior trust
deeds or mortgages and other liens at the time of the advance. In most states,
the trust deed
84
<PAGE>
or mortgage lien securing mortgage loans of the type which includes home equity
credit lines applies retroactively to the date of the original recording of the
trust deed or mortgage, provided that the total amount of advances under the
home equity credit line does not exceed the maximum specified principal amount
of the recorded trust deed or mortgage, except as to advances made after receipt
by the lender of a written notice of lien from a judgment lien creditor of the
trustor.
The Title I Program
General. Certain of the Loans contained in a Trust Fund may be loans
insured under the FHA Title I Credit Insurance program created pursuant to
Sections 1 and 2(a) of the National Housing Act of 1934 (the "Title I Program").
Under the Title I Program, the FHA is authorized and empowered to insure
qualified lending institutions against losses on eligible loans. The Title I
Program operates as a coinsurance program in which the FHA insures up to 90% of
certain losses incurred on an individual insured loan, including the unpaid
principal balance of the loan, but only to the extent of the insurance coverage
available in the lender's FHA insurance coverage reserve account. The owner of
the loan bears the uninsured loss on each loan.
The types of loans which are eligible for insurance by the FHA under the
Title I Program include property improvement loans ("Property Improvement Loans"
or "Title I Loans"). A Property Improvement Loan or Title I Loan means a loan
made to finance actions or items that substantially protect or improve the basic
livability or utility of a property and includes single family improvement
loans.
There are two basic methods of lending or originating such loans which
include a "direct loan" or a "dealer loan." With respect to a direct loan, the
borrower makes application directly to a lender without any assistance from a
dealer, which application may be filled out by the borrower or by a person
acting at the direction of the borrower who does not have a financial interest
in the loan transaction, and the lender may disburse the loan proceeds solely to
the borrower or jointly to the borrower and other parties to the transaction.
With respect to a dealer loan, the dealer, who has a direct or indirect
financial interest in the loan transaction, assists the borrower in preparing
the loan application or otherwise assists the borrower in obtaining the loan
from lender and the lender may distribute proceeds solely to the dealer or the
borrower or jointly to the borrower and the dealer or other parties. With
respect to a dealer Title I Loan, a dealer may include a seller, a contractor or
supplier of goods or services.
Loans insured under the Title I Program are required to have fixed
interest rates and, generally, provide for equal installment payments due
weekly, biweekly, semi-monthly or monthly, except that a loan may be payable
quarterly or semi-annually in order to correspond with the borrower's irregular
flow of income. The first or last payments (or both) may vary in amount but may
not exceed 150% of the regular installment payment, and the first payment may be
due no later than two months from the date of the loan. The note must contain a
provision permitting full or partial prepayment of the loan. The interest rate
may be established by the lender and must be fixed for the term of the loan and
recited in the note. Interest on an insured loan must accrue from the date of
the loan and be calculated according to the actuarial method. The lender must
assure that the note and all other documents evidencing the loan are in
compliance with applicable federal, state and local laws.
Each insured lender is required to use prudent lending standards in
underwriting individual loans and to satisfy the applicable loan underwriting
requirements under the Title I Program prior to its approval of the loan and
disbursement of loan proceeds. Generally, the lender must exercise prudence and
diligence to determine whether the borrower and any co-maker is solvent and an
acceptable credit risk, with a reasonable ability to make payments on the loan
obligation. The lender's credit application and review must determine whether
the borrower's income will be adequate to meet the periodic payments required by
the loan, as well as the borrower's other housing and recurring expenses, which
determination must be made in accordance with the expense-to-income ratios
published by the Secretary of HUD.
Under the Title I Program, the FHA does not review or approve for
qualification for insurance the individual loans insured thereunder at the time
of approval by the lending institution (as is typically the case with other
federal loan programs). If, after a loan has been made and reported for
insurance under the Title I Program, the lender discovers any material
misstatement of fact or that the loan proceeds have been misused by the
borrower, dealer or any other party, it shall promptly report this to the FHA.
In such case, provided that the validity of any lien on the property has not
been impaired, the insurance of the loan under the Title I Program will not be
affected unless
85
<PAGE>
such material misstatements of fact or misuse of loan proceeds was caused by (or
was knowingly sanctioned by) the lender or its employees.
Requirements for Title I Loans. The maximum principal amount for Title I
Loans must not exceed the actual cost of the project plus any applicable fees
and charges allowed under the Title I Program; provided that such maximum amount
does not exceed $25,000 (or the current applicable amount) for a single family
property improvement loan. Generally, the term of a Title I Loan may not be less
than six months nor greater than 20 years and 32 days. A borrower may obtain
multiple Title I Loans with respect to multiple properties, and a borrower may
obtain more than one Title I Loan with respect to a single property, in each
case as long as the total outstanding balance of all Title I Loans in the same
property does not exceed the maximum loan amount for the type of Title I Loan
thereon having the highest permissible loan amount.
Borrower eligibility for a Title I Loan requires that the borrower have at
least a one-half interest in either fee simple title to the real property, a
lease thereof for a term expiring at least six months after the final maturity
of the Title I Loan or a recorded land installment contract for the purchase of
the real property, and that the borrower have equity in the property being
improved at least equal to the amount of the Title I Loan if such loan amount
exceeds $15,000. Any Title I Loan in excess of $7,500 must be secured by a
recorded lien on the improved property which is evidenced by a mortgage or deed
of trust executed by the borrower and all other owners in fee simple.
The proceeds from a Title I Loan may be used only to finance property
improvements which substantially protect or improve the basic livability or
utility of the property as disclosed in the loan application. The Secretary of
HUD has published a list of items and activities which cannot be financed with
proceeds from any Title I Loan and from time to time the Secretary of HUD may
amend such list of items and activities. With respect to any dealer Title I
Loan, before the lender may disburse funds, the lender must have in its
possession a completion certificate on a HUD approved form, signed by the
borrower and the dealer. With respect to any direct Title I Loan, the lender is
required to obtain, promptly upon completion of the improvements but not later
than six months after disbursement of the loan proceeds with one six month
extension if necessary, a completion certificate, signed by the borrower. The
lender is required to conduct an on-site inspection on any Title I Loan where
the principal obligation is $7,500 or more, and on any direct Title I Loan where
the borrower fails to submit a completion certificate.
FHA Insurance Coverage. Under the Title I Program, the FHA establishes an
insurance coverage reserve account for each lender which has been granted a
Title I insurance contract. The amount of insurance coverage in this account is
10% of the amount disbursed, advanced or expended by the lender in originating
or purchasing eligible loans registered with FHA for Title I insurance, with
certain adjustments. The balance in the insurance coverage reserve account is
the maximum amount of insurance claims the FHA is required to pay. Loans to be
insured under the Title I Program will be registered for insurance by the FHA
and the insurance coverage attributable to such loans will be included in the
insurance coverage reserve account for the originating or purchasing lender
following the receipt and acknowledgment by the FHA of a loan report on the
prescribed form pursuant to the Title I regulations. The FHA charges a fee of
0.50% per annum of the net proceeds (the original balance) of any eligible loan
so reported and acknowledged for insurance by the originating lender. The FHA
bills the lender for the insurance premium on each insured loan annually, on
approximately the anniversary date of the loan's origination. If an insured loan
is prepaid during the year, FHA will not refund or abate the insurance premium.
Under the Title I Program the FHA will reduce the insurance coverage
available in the lender's FHA insurance coverage reserve account with respect to
loans insured under the lender's contract of insurance by (i) the amount of the
FHA insurance claims approved for payment relating to such insured loans and
(ii) the amount of insurance coverage attributable to insured loans sold by the
lender, and such insurance coverage may be reduced for any FHA insurance claims
rejected by the FHA. The balance of the lender's FHA insurance coverage reserve
account will be further adjusted as required under Title I or by the FHA, and
the insurance coverage therein may be earmarked with respect to each or any
eligible loans insured thereunder, if a determination is made by the Secretary
of HUD that it is in its interest to do so. Origination and acquisitions of new
eligible loans will continue to increase a lender's insurance coverage reserve
account balance by 10% of the amount disbursed, advanced or expended in
originating or acquiring such eligible loans registered with the FHA for
insurance under the Title I Program. The Secretary of HUD may transfer insurance
coverage between insurance coverage reserve accounts with earmarking
86
<PAGE>
with respect to a particular insured loan or group of insured loans when a
determination is made that it is in the Secretary's interest to do so.
The lender may transfer (except as collateral in a bona fide transaction)
insured loans and loans reported for insurance only to another qualified lender
under a valid Title I contract of insurance. Unless an insured loan is
transferred with recourse or with a guaranty or repurchase agreement, the FHA,
upon receipt of written notification of the transfer of such loan in accordance
with the Title I regulations, will transfer from the transferor's insurance
coverage reserve account to the transferee's insurance coverage reserve account
an amount, if available, equal to 10% of the actual purchase price or the net
unpaid principal balance of such loan (whichever is less). However, under the
Title I Program not more than $5,000 in insurance coverage shall be transferred
to or from a lender's insurance coverage reserve account during any October 1 to
September 30 period without the prior approval of the Secretary of HUD.
Claims Procedures Under Title I. Under the Title I Program the lender may
accelerate an insured loan following a default on such loan only after the
lender or its agent has contacted the borrower in a face-to-face meeting or by
telephone to discuss the reasons for the default and to seek its cure. If the
borrower does not cure the default or agree to a modification agreement or
repayment plan, the lender will notify the borrower in writing that, unless
within 30 days the default is cured or the borrower enters into a modification
agreement or repayment plan, the loan will be accelerated and that, if the
default persists, the lender will report the default to an appropriate credit
agency. The lender may rescind the acceleration of maturity after full payment
is due and reinstate the loan only if the borrower brings the loan current,
executes a modification agreement or agrees to an acceptable repayment plan.
Following acceleration of maturity upon a secured Title I Loan, the lender
may either (a) proceed against the property under any security instrument, or
(b) make a claim under the lender's contract of insurance. If the lender chooses
to proceed against the property under a security instrument (or if it accepts a
voluntary conveyance or surrender of the property), the lender may file an
insurance claim only with the prior approval of the Secretary of HUD.
When a lender files an insurance claim with the FHA under the Title I
Program, the FHA reviews the claim, the complete loan file and documentation of
the lender's efforts to obtain recourse against any dealer who has agreed
thereto, certification of compliance with applicable state and local laws in
carrying out any foreclosure or repossession, and evidence that the lender has
properly filed proofs of claims, where the borrower is bankrupt or deceased.
Generally, a claim for reimbursement for loss on any Title I Loan must be filed
with the FHA no later than nine months after the date of default of such loan.
Concurrently with filing the insurance claim, the lender shall assign to the
United States of America the lender's entire interest in the loan note (or a
judgment in lieu of the note), in any security held and in any claim filed in
any legal proceedings. If, at the time the note is assigned to the United
States, the Secretary has reason to believe that the note is not valid or
enforceable against the borrower, the FHA may deny the claim and reassign the
note to the lender. If either such defect is discovered after the FHA has paid a
claim, the FHA may require the lender to repurchase the paid claim and to accept
a reassignment of the loan note. If the lender subsequently obtains a valid and
enforceable judgment against the borrower, the lender may resubmit a new
insurance claim with an assignment of the judgment. The FHA may contest any
insurance claim and make a demand for repurchase of the loan at any time up to
two years from the date the claim was certified for payment and may do so
thereafter in the event of fraud or misrepresentation on the part of the lender.
Under the Title I Program the amount of an FHA insurance claim payment,
when made, is equal to the Claimable Amount, up to the amount of insurance
coverage in the lender's insurance coverage reserve account. For the purposes
hereof, the "Claimable Amount" means an amount equal to 90% of the sum of: (a)
the unpaid loan obligation (net unpaid principal and the uncollected interest
earned to the date of default) with adjustments thereto if the lender has
proceeded against property securing such loan; (b) the interest on the unpaid
amount of the loan obligation from the date of default to the date of the
claim's initial submission for payment plus 15 calendar days (but not to exceed
9 months from the date of default), calculated at the rate of 7% per annum; (c)
the uncollected court costs; (d) the attorney's fees not to exceed $500; and (e)
the expenses for recording the assignment of the security to the United States.
87
<PAGE>
Consumer Protection Laws
Numerous federal and state consumer protection laws impose substantive
requirements upon mortgage lenders in connection with the origination, servicing
and enforcement of loans secured by Single Family Properties. These laws include
the federal Truth-in-Lending Act and Regulation Z promulgated thereunder, Real
Estate Settlement Procedures Act and Regulation B promulgated thereunder, Equal
Credit Opportunity Act, Fair Credit Billing Act, Fair Credit Reporting Act and
related statutes and regulations. In particular, Regulation Z requires certain
disclosures to the borrowers regarding the terms of the Loans; the Equal Credit
Opportunity Act and Regulation B promulgated thereunder prohibit discrimination
on the basis of age, race, color, sex, religion, marital status, national
origin, receipt of public assistance or the exercise of any right under the
Consumer Credit Protection Act, in the extension of credit; and the Fair Credit
Reporting Act regulates the use and reporting of information related to the
borrower's credit experience. Certain provisions of these laws impose specific
statutory liabilities upon lenders who fail to comply therewith. In addition,
violations of such laws may limit the ability of the Sellers to collect all or
part of the principal of or interest on the Loans and could subject the Sellers
and in some case their assignees to damages and administrative enforcement.
FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
General
The following is a summary of the material anticipated federal income tax
consequences of the purchase, ownership, and disposition of the Securities and
is based on advice of Andrews & Kurth L.L.P., special counsel to the Depositor,
or other counsel identified in the Prospectus Supplement. The summary is based
upon the provisions of the Code, the regulations promulgated thereunder,
including, where applicable, proposed regulations, and the judicial and
administrative rulings and decisions now in effect, all of which are subject to
change or possible differing interpretations. The statutory provisions,
regulations, and interpretations on which this interpretation is based are
subject to change, and such a change could apply retroactively.
The summary does not purport to deal with all aspects of federal income
taxation that may affect particular investors in light of their individual
circumstances, nor with certain types of investors subject to special treatment
under the federal income tax laws. This summary focuses primarily upon investors
who will hold Securities as "capital assets" (generally, property held for
investment) within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code, but much of the
discussion is applicable to other investors as well. Prospective investors are
advised to consult their own tax advisers concerning the federal, state, local
and any other tax consequences to them of the purchase, ownership and
disposition of the Securities.
The federal income tax consequences to holders of Securities will vary
depending on whether (i) the Securities of a Series are classified as
indebtedness; (ii) an election is made to treat the Trust Fund relating to a
particular Series of Securities as a real estate mortgage investment conduit
("REMIC") under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code");
(iii) the Securities represent an ownership interest in some or all of the
assets included in the Trust Fund for a Series; or (iv) the Trust Fund relating
to a particular Series of Certificates is treated as a partnership. The
Prospectus Supplement for each Series of Securities will specify how the
Securities will be treated for federal income tax purposes and will discuss
whether a REMIC election, if any, will be made with respect to such Series.
Prior to issuance of each Series of Securities, the Depositor shall file with
the Commission a Form 8-K on behalf of the related Trust Fund containing an
opinion of counsel to the Depositor with respect to the validity of the
information set forth under "Federal Income Tax Consequences" herein and in the
related Prospectus Supplement.
Taxation of Debt Securities
General. If Securities of a Series being issued as Certificates or Notes
are structured as indebtedness secured by the assets of the Trust Fund, assuming
compliance with all provisions of the related documents and applicable law,
Andrews & Kurth L.L.P., special counsel to the Depositor, or other counsel
identified in the Prospectus Supplement is of the opinion that the Securities
will be treated as debt for United States federal income tax purposes, and at
the time such Securities are issued will deliver an opinion generally to that
effect.
88
<PAGE>
Status as Real Property Loans. Except to the extent otherwise provided in
the related Prospectus Supplement, special counsel to the Depositor identified
in the Prospectus Supplement will have advised the Depositor that: (i)
Securities held by a domestic building and loan association will constitute
"loans ... secured by an interest in real property" within the meaning of Code
section 7701(a)(19)(C)(v); (ii) Securities held by a real estate investment
trust will constitute "real estate assets" within the meaning of Code section
856(c)(4)(A) and interest on Securities will be considered "interest on
obligations secured by mortgages on real property or on interests in real
property" within the meaning of Code section 856(c)(3)(B) and (iii) Securities
representing interests in obligations secured by manufactured housing treated as
single family residences under Code Section 25(e)(10) will be considered
interests in "qualified mortgages" as defined in Code Section 860G(a)(3).
The Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996, as part of the repeal of
the bad debt reserve method for thrift institutions, repealed the application of
Code Section 593(d) to any taxable year beginning after December 31, 1995.
Interest and Acquisition Discount. Securities representing regular
interests in a REMIC ("Regular Interest Securities") are generally taxable to
holders in the same manner as evidences of indebtedness issued by the REMIC.
Stated interest on the Regular Interest Securities will be taxable as ordinary
income and taken into account using the accrual method of accounting, regardless
of the Holder's normal accounting method. Interest (other than original issue
discount) on Securities (other than Regular Interest Securities) that are
characterized as indebtedness for federal income tax purposes will be includible
in income by holders thereof in accordance with their usual methods of
accounting. Securities characterized as debt for federal income tax purposes and
Regular Interest Securities will be referred to hereinafter collectively as
"Debt Securities."
Debt Securities that are Compound Interest Securities (generally,
securities all or a portion of the interest on which is not paid currently)
will, and certain of the other Debt Securities may, be issued with "original
issue discount" ("OID"). The following discussion is based in part on the rules
governing OID which are set forth in Sections 1271-1275 of the Code and the
Treasury regulations issued thereunder on February 2, 1994 (the "OID
Regulations"). A holder of Debt Securities should be aware, however, that the
OID Regulations do not adequately address certain issues relevant to prepayable
securities, such as the Debt Securities.
In general, OID, if any, will equal the difference between the stated
redemption price at maturity of a Debt Security and its issue price. A holder of
a Debt Security must include such OID in gross income as ordinary interest
income as it accrues under a method taking into account an economic accrual of
the discount. In general, OID must be included in income in advance of the
receipt of the cash representing that income. The amount of OID on a Debt
Security will be considered to be zero if it is less than a de minimis amount
determined under the Code.
The issue price of a Debt Security is the first price at which a
substantial amount of Debt Securities of that class are sold to the public
(excluding bond houses, brokers, underwriters or wholesalers). If less than a
substantial amount of a particular class of Debt Securities is sold for cash on
or prior to the related closing date, the issue price for such class will be
treated as the fair market value of such class on such closing date. The issue
price of a Debt Security also includes the amount paid by an initial Debt
Security holder for accrued interest that relates to a period prior to the issue
date of the Debt Security. The stated redemption price at maturity of a Debt
Security includes the original principal amount of the Debt Security, but
generally will not include distributions of interest if such distributions
constitute "qualified stated interest."
Under the OID Regulations, qualified stated interest generally means
interest payable at a single fixed rate or qualified variable rate (as described
below) provided that such interest payments are unconditionally payable at
intervals of one year or less during the entire term of the Debt Security. The
OID Regulations state that interest payments are unconditionally payable only if
a late payment or nonpayment is expected to be penalized or reasonable remedies
exist to compel payment. Certain Debt Securities may provide for default
remedies in the event of late payment or nonpayment of interest. The interest on
such Debt Securities will be unconditionally payable and constitute qualified
stated interest, not OID. However, absent clarification of the OID Regulations,
where Debt Securities do not provide for default remedies, the interest payments
will be included in the Debt Security's stated redemption price at maturity and
taxed as OID. Interest is payable at a single fixed rate only if the rate
appropriately takes into account the length of the interval between payments.
Distributions of interest on Debt Securities with respect to which deferred
interest will accrue, will not constitute qualified stated interest payments, in
which case the
89
<PAGE>
stated redemption price at maturity of such Debt Securities includes all
distributions of interest as well as principal thereon. Where the interval
between the issue date and the first Distribution Date on a Debt Security is
either longer or shorter than the interval between subsequent Distribution
Dates, all or part of the interest foregone, in the case of the longer interval,
and all of the additional interest, in the case of the shorter interval, will be
included in the stated redemption price at maturity and tested under the de
minimis rule described below. In the case of a Debt Security with a long first
period which has non-de minimis OID, all stated interest in excess of interest
payable at the effective interest rate for the long first period will be
included in the stated redemption price at maturity and the Debt Security will
generally have OID. Holders of Debt Securities should consult their own tax
advisors to determine the issue price and stated redemption price at maturity of
a Debt Security.
Under the de minimis rule OID on a Debt Security will be considered to be
zero if such OID is less than 0.25% of the stated redemption price at maturity
of the Debt Security multiplied by the weighted average maturity of the Debt
Security. For this purpose, the weighted average maturity of the Debt Security
is computed as the sum of the amounts determined by multiplying the number of
full years (i.e., rounding down partial years) from the issue date until each
distribution in reduction of stated redemption price at maturity is scheduled to
be made by a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of each distribution
included in the stated redemption price at maturity of the Debt Security and the
denominator of which is the stated redemption price at maturity of the Debt
Security. Holders generally must report de minimis OID pro rata as principal
payments are received, and such income will be capital gain if the Debt Security
is held as a capital asset. However, accrual method holders may elect to accrue
all de minimis OID as well as market discount under a constant interest method.
Debt Securities may provide for interest based on a qualified variable
rate. Under the OID Regulations, interest is treated as payable at a qualified
variable rate and not as contingent interest if, generally, (i) such interest is
unconditionally payable at least annually at a "current value" of the index,
(ii) the issue price of the debt instrument does not exceed the total
noncontingent principal payments, (iii) interest is based on a "qualified
floating rate," an "objective rate," or a combination of "qualified floating
rates" that do not operate in a manner that significantly accelerates or defers
interest payments on such Debt Security and (iv) the principal payments are not
contingent. In the case of Compound Interest Securities, certain Interest
Weighted Securities (as defined herein), and certain of the other Debt
Securities, none of the payments under the instrument will be considered
qualified stated interest, and thus the aggregate amount of all payments will be
included in the stated redemption price.
The Internal Revenue Services (the "IRS") recently issued final
regulations (the "Contingent Regulations") governing the calculation of OID on
instruments having contingent interest payments. The Contingent Regulations
specifically do not apply for purposes of calculating OID on debt instruments
subject to Code Section 1272(a)(6), such as the Debt Securities. Additionally,
the OID Regulations do not contain provisions specifically interpreting Code
Section 1272(a)(6). Until the Treasury issues guidance to the contrary, the
Trustee intends to base its computation on Code Section 1272(a)(6) and the OID
Regulations as described in this Prospectus. However, because no regulatory
guidance currently exists under Code Section 1272(a)(6), there can be no
assurance that such methodology represents the correct manner of calculating
OID.
The holder of a Debt Security issued with OID must include in gross
income, for all days during its taxable year on which it holds such Debt
Security, the sum of the "daily portions" of such original issue discount. The
daily portion of OID includible in income by a holder will be computed by
allocating to each day during a taxable year a pro rata portion of the original
issue discount that accrued during the relevant accrual period. In the case of a
Debt Security that is not a Regular Interest Security and the principal payments
on which are not subject to acceleration resulting from prepayments on the Trust
Fund Accounts, the amount of OID for an accrual period (generally the period
over which interest accrues on the debt instrument) will equal the product of
the yield to maturity of the Debt Security and the adjusted issue price of the
Debt Security on the first day of such accrual period, reduced by any payments
of qualified stated interest allocable to such accrual period. The adjusted
issue price of a Debt Security on the first day of an accrual period is the sum
of the issue price of the Debt Security plus prior accruals of OID, reduced by
the total payments made with respect to such Debt Security on or before the
first day of such accrual period, other than qualified stated interest payments.
The amount of OID to be included in income by a holder of a debt
instrument, such as certain classes of the Debt Securities, that is subject to
acceleration due to prepayments on other debt obligations securing such
instruments (a "Pay-Through Security"), is computed by taking into account the
anticipated rate of prepayments
90
<PAGE>
assumed in pricing the debt instrument (the "Prepayment Assumption"). The amount
of OID that will accrue during an accrual period on a Pay-Through Security is
the excess (if any) of the sum of (a) the present value of all payments
remaining to be made on the Pay-Through Security as of the close of the accrual
period and (b) the payments during the accrual period of amounts included in the
stated redemption price at maturity of the Pay-Through Security, over the
adjusted issue price of the Pay-Through Security at the beginning of the accrual
period. The present value of the remaining payments is to be determined on the
basis of three factors: (i) the original yield to maturity of the Pay-Through
Security (determined on the basis of compounding at the end of each accrual
period and properly adjusted for the length of the accrual period), (ii) events
which have occurred before the end of the accrual period and (iii) the
assumption that the remaining payments will be made in accordance with the
original Prepayment Assumption. The effect of this method is to increase the
portions of OID required to be included in income by a holder of a Pay-Through
Security to take into account prepayments with respect to the Loans at a rate
that exceeds the Prepayment Assumption, and to decrease (but not below zero for
any period) the portions of original issue discount required to be included in
income by a holder of a Pay-Through Security to take into account prepayments
with respect to the Loans at a rate that is slower than the Prepayment
Assumption. Although original issue discount will be reported to holders of
Pay-Through Securities based on the Prepayment Assumption, no representation is
made to holders of Pay-Through Securities that Loans will be prepaid at that
rate or at any other rate.
The Depositor may adjust the accrual of OID on a class of Regular Interest
Securities (or other regular interests in a REMIC) in a manner that it believes
to be appropriate, to take account of realized losses on the Loans, although the
OID Regulations do not provide for such adjustments. If the IRS were to require
that OID be accrued without such adjustments, the rate of accrual of OID for a
class of Regular Interest Securities could increase.
Certain classes of Regular Interest Securities may represent more than one
class of REMIC regular interests. Unless otherwise provided in the related
Prospectus Supplement, the Trustee intends, based on the OID Regulations, to
calculate OID on such Securities as if, solely for the purposes of computing
OID, the separate regular interests were a single debt instrument.
A subsequent holder of a Debt Security will also be required to include
OID in gross income, but such a holder who purchases such Debt Security for an
amount that exceeds its adjusted issue price will be entitled (as will an
initial holder who pays more than a Debt Security's issue price) to offset such
OID by comparable economic accruals of portions of such excess.
Effects of Defaults and Delinquencies. Holders of Securities will be
required to report income with respect to the related Securities under an
accrual method without giving effect to delays and reductions in distributions
attributable to a default or delinquency on the Trust Fund Assets, except
possibly to the extent that it can be established that such amounts are
uncollectible. As a result, the amount of income (including OID) reported by a
holder of such a Security in any period could significantly exceed the amount of
cash distributed to such holder in that period. The holder will eventually be
allowed a loss (or will be allowed to report a lesser amount of income) to the
extent that the aggregate amount of distributions on the Securities is deducted
as a result of a Trust Fund Asset default. However, the timing and character of
such losses or reductions in income are uncertain and, accordingly, holders of
Securities should consult their own tax advisors on this point.
Interest Weighted Securities. It is not clear how income should be accrued
with respect to Regular Interest Securities or Stripped Securities (as defined
under "-- Tax Status as a Grantor Trust -- General" herein) the payments on
which consist solely or primarily of a specified portion of the interest
payments on qualified mortgages held by the REMIC or on Loans underlying
Pass-Through Securities ("Interest Weighted Securities"). The Depositor intends
to take the position that all of the income derived from an Interest Weighted
Security should be treated as OID and that the amount and rate of accrual of
such OID should be calculated by treating the Interest Weighted Security as a
Compound Interest Security. However, in the case of Interest Weighted Securities
that are entitled to some payments of principal and that are Regular Interest
Securities the IRS could assert that income derived from an Interest Weighted
Security should be calculated as if the Security were a security purchased at a
premium equal to the excess of the price paid by such holder for such Security
over its stated principal amount, if any. Under this approach, a holder would be
entitled to amortize such premium only if it has in effect an election under
Section 171 of the Code with respect to all taxable debt instruments held by
such holder, as described below. Alternatively, the IRS could assert that an
Interest Weighted Security should be taxable under the rules governing bonds
issued with contingent payments. Such treatment may be more likely in the case
of Interest Weighted
91
<PAGE>
Securities that are Stripped Securities as described below. See "-- Tax Status
as a Grantor Trust -- Discount or Premium on Pass-Through Securities."
Variable Rate Debt Securities. In the case of Debt Securities bearing
interest at a rate that varies directly, according to a fixed formula, with an
objective index, it appears that (i) the yield to maturity of such Debt
Securities and (ii) in the case of Pay-Through Securities, the present value of
all payments remaining to be made on such Debt Securities, should be calculated
as if the interest index remained at its value as of the issue date of such
Securities. Because the proper method of adjusting accruals of OID on a variable
rate Debt Security is uncertain, holders of variable rate Debt Securities should
consult their own tax advisers regarding the appropriate treatment of such
Securities for federal income tax purposes.
Market Discount. A purchaser of a Security may be subject to the market
discount rules of Sections 1276-1278 of the Code. A holder of a Debt Security
that acquires a Debt Security with more than a prescribed de minimis amount of
"market discount" (generally, the excess of the principal amount of the Debt
Security over the purchaser's purchase price) will be required to include
accrued market discount in income as ordinary income in each month, but limited
to an amount not exceeding the principal payments on the Debt Security received
in that month and, if the Securities are sold, the gain realized. Such market
discount would accrue in a manner to be provided in Treasury regulations but,
until such regulations are issued, such market discount would in general accrue
either (i) on the basis of a constant yield (in the case of a Pay-Through
Security, taking into account a prepayment assumption) or (ii) in the ratio of
(a) in the case of Securities (or in the case of a Pass-Through Security, as set
forth below, the Loans underlying such Security) not originally issued with
original issue discount, stated interest payable in the relevant period to total
stated interest remaining to be paid at the beginning of the period or (b) in
the case of Securities (or, in the case of a Pass-Through Security, as described
below, the Loans underlying such Security) originally issued at a discount, OID
in the relevant period to total OID remaining to be paid.
Section 1277 of the Code provides that, regardless of the origination date
of the Debt Security (or, in the case of a Pass-Through Security, the Loans),
the excess of interest paid or accrued to purchase or carry a Security (or, in
the case of a Pass-Through Security, as described below, the underlying Loans)
with market discount over interest received on such Security is allowed as a
current deduction only to the extent such excess is greater than the market
discount that accrued during the taxable year in which such interest expense was
incurred. In general, the deferred portion of any interest expense will be
deductible when such market discount is included in income, including upon the
sale, disposition, or repayment of the Security (or in the case of a
Pass-Through Security, an underlying Loan). A holder may elect to include market
discount in income currently as it accrues, on all market discount obligations
acquired by such holder during the taxable year such election is made and
thereafter, in which case the interest deferral rule will not apply.
Premium. A holder who purchases a Debt Security (other than an Interest
Weighted Security to the extent described above) at a cost greater than its
stated redemption price at maturity, generally will be considered to have
purchased the Security at a premium, which it may elect to amortize as an offset
to interest income on such Security (and not as a separate deduction item) on a
constant yield method. Although no regulations addressing the computation of
premium accrual on securities similar to the Securities have been issued, the
legislative history of the Tax Reform Act of 1986 (the "1986 Act") indicates
that premium is to be accrued in the same manner as market discount.
Accordingly, it appears that the accrual of premium on a class of Pay-Through
Securities will be calculated using the prepayment assumption used in pricing
such class. If a holder of a Debt Security makes an election to amortize premium
on a Debt Security, such election will apply to all taxable debt instruments
(including all REMIC regular interests and all pass-through certificates
representing ownership interests in a trust holding debt obligations) held by
the holder at the beginning of the taxable year in which the election is made,
and to all taxable debt instruments acquired thereafter by such holder, and will
be irrevocable without the consent of the IRS. Purchasers who pay a premium for
the Securities should consult their tax advisers regarding the election to
amortize premium and the method to be employed.
The IRS has issued regulations (the "Amortizable Bond Premium
Regulations") dealing with amortizable bond premium. These regulations
specifically do not apply to prepayable debt instruments subject to Code Section
1272(a)(6) such as the Securities. Absent further guidance from the IRS, the
Trustee intends to account for amortizable bond premium in the manner described
above. Prospective purchasers of the Securities should consult their tax
advisors regarding the possible application of the Amortizable Bond Premium
Regulations.
92
<PAGE>
Election to Treat All Interest as Original Issue Discount. The OID
Regulations permit a holder of a Debt Security to elect to accrue all interest,
discount (including de minimis market or original issue discount) and premium in
income as interest, based on a constant yield method for Debt Securities
acquired on or after April 4, 1994. If such an election were to be made with
respect to a Debt Security with market discount, the holder of the Debt Security
would be deemed to have made an election to include in income currently market
discount with respect to all other debt instruments having market discount that
such holder of the Debt Security acquires during the year of the election or
thereafter. Similarly, a holder of a Debt Security that makes this election for
a Debt Security that is acquired at a premium will be deemed to have made an
election to amortize bond premium with respect to all debt instruments having
amortizable bond premium that such holder owns or acquires. The election to
accrue interest, discount and premium on a constant yield method with respect to
a Debt Security is irrevocable.
Taxation of the REMIC and its Holders
General. If a REMIC election is made with respect to a Series of
Securities, then upon the issuance of those Securities, assuming such election
is properly made, the provisions of the applicable Agreements are compiled with,
and the statutory and regulatory requirements are satisfied, Andrews & Kurth
L.L.P., special counsel to the Depositor, or other counsel identified in the
Prospectus Supplement is of the opinion that the arrangement by which the
Securities of that Series are issued will be treated as a REMIC and at the time
the Securities are issued will deliver an opinion generally to that effect and
to the effect that the Securities designated as "regular interests" in the REMIC
will be regular interests in a REMIC and will be treated as indebtedness issued
by the REMIC, and that the Securities designated as the sole class of "residual
interests" in the REMIC will be treated as the "residual interest" in the REMIC
for United States federal income tax purposes for as long as all of the
provisions of the applicable Agreement are complied with and the statutory and
regulatory requirements are satisfied. Securities will be designated as "Regular
Interests" or "Residual Interests" in a REMIC, as specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement.
Except to the extent specified otherwise in a Prospectus Supplement, if a
REMIC election is made with respect to a Series of Securities, (i) Securities
held by a domestic building and loan association will constitute "a regular or a
residual interest in a REMIC" within the meaning of Code Section
7701(a)(19)(C)(xi) (assuming that at least 95% of the REMIC's assets consist of
cash, government securities, "loans secured by an interest in real property,"
and other types of assets described in Code Section 7701(a)(19)(C)); and (ii)
Securities held by a real estate investment trust will constitute "real estate
assets" within the meaning of Code Section 856(c)(5)(B), and income with respect
to the Securities will be considered "interest on obligations secured by
mortgages on real property or on interests in real property" within the meaning
of Code Section 856(c)(3)(B) (assuming, for both purposes, that at least 95% of
the REMIC's assets are qualifying assets), and (iii) effective September 1,
1997, Regular Interest Securities held by a financial asset securitization
investment trust (a "FASIT") will qualify for treatment as "permitted assets"
within the meaning of section 860L(c)(1)(G) of the Code. If less than 95% of the
REMIC's assets consist of assets described in (i) or (ii) above, then a Security
will qualify for the tax treatment described in (i) or (ii) in the proportion
that such REMIC assets are qualifying assets.
Status of Manufactured Housing Contracts. The federal income tax
regulations relating to a REMIC (the "REMIC Regulations") provide that
obligations secured by interests in manufactured housing that qualify as "single
family residences" within the meaning of Code Section 25(e)(10) may be treated
as "qualified mortgages" of the REMIC.
Under Section 25(e)(10), the term "single family residence" includes any
manufactured home which has a minimum of 400 square feet of living space and a
minimum width in excess of 102 inches and which is a kind of customarily used at
a fixed location.
The Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996, as part of the repeal of
the bad debt reserve method for thrift institutions, repealed the application of
Code section 593(d) to any taxable year beginning after December 31, 1995.
93
<PAGE>
REMIC Expenses; Single Class REMICs
As a general rule, all of the expenses of a REMIC will be taken into
account by holders of the Residual Interest Securities. In the case of a "single
class REMIC," however, the expenses will be allocated, under Treasury
regulations, among the holders of the Regular Interest Securities and the
holders of the Residual Interest Securities on a daily basis in proportion to
the relative amounts of income accruing to each holder of a Residual Interest
Security or Regular Interest Security on that day. In the case of a holder of a
Regular Interest Security who is an individual or a "pass-through interest
holder" (including certain pass-through entities but not including real estate
investment trusts), such expenses will be deductible only to the extent that
such expenses, plus other "miscellaneous itemized deductions" of the holder of a
Regular Interest Security, exceed 2% of such holder's adjusted gross income. In
addition, for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1990, the amount of
itemized deductions otherwise allowable for the taxable year for an individual
whose adjusted gross income exceeds the applicable amount (which amount will be
adjusted for inflation for taxable years beginning after 1990) will be reduced
by the lesser of (i) 3% of the excess of adjusted gross income over the
applicable amount, or (ii) 80% of the amount of itemized deductions otherwise
allowable for such taxable year. The reduction or disallowance of this deduction
may have a significant impact on the yield of the Regular Interest Security to
such a holder. In general terms, a single class REMIC is one that either (i)
would qualify, under existing Treasury regulations, as a grantor trust if it
were not a REMIC (treating all interests as ownership interests, even if they
would be classified as debt for federal income tax purposes) or (ii) is similar
to such a trust and which is structured with the principal purpose of avoiding
the single class REMIC rules. Unless otherwise specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, the expenses of the REMIC will be allocated to holders of
the related Residual Interest Securities.
Taxation of the REMIC
General. Although a REMIC is a separate entity for federal income tax
purposes, a REMIC is not generally subject to entity-level tax. Rather, the
taxable income or net loss of a REMIC is taken into account by the holders of
residual interests. As described above, the regular interests are generally
taxable as debt of the REMIC.
Calculation of REMIC Income. The taxable income or net loss of a REMIC is
determined under an accrual method of accounting and in the same manner as in
the case of an individual, with certain adjustments. In general, the taxable
income or net loss will be the difference between (i) the gross income produced
by the REMIC's assets, including stated interest and any original issue discount
or market discount on loans and other assets, and (ii) deductions, including
stated interest and original issue discount accrued on Regular Interest
Securities, amortization of any premium with respect to Loans, and servicing
fees and other expenses of the REMIC. A holder of a Residual Interest Security
that is an individual or a "pass-through interest holder" (including certain
pass-through entities, but not including real estate investment trusts) will be
unable to deduct servicing fees payable on the loans or other administrative
expenses of the REMIC for a given taxable year, to the extent that such
expenses, when aggregated with such holder's other miscellaneous itemized
deductions for that year, do not exceed two percent of such holder's adjusted
gross income.
For purposes of computing its taxable income or net loss, the REMIC should
have an initial aggregate tax basis in its assets equal to the aggregate fair
market value of the regular interests and the residual interests on the startup
day (generally, the day that the interests are issued) (the "Startup Day"). That
aggregate basis will be allocated among the assets of the REMIC in proportion to
their respective fair market values.
The OID provisions of the Code apply to loans of individuals originated on
or after March 2, 1984, and the market discount provisions apply to loans
originated after July 18, 1984. Subject to possible application of the de
minimis rules, the method of accrual by the REMIC of OID income on such loans
will be equivalent to the method under which holders of Pay-Through Securities
accrue original issue discount (i.e., under the constant yield method taking
into account the Prepayment Assumption). The REMIC will deduct OID on the
Regular Interest Securities in the same manner that the holders of the Regular
Interest Securities include such discount in income, but without regard to the
de minimis rules. See "Federal Income Tax Consequences -- General" above.
However, a REMIC that acquires loans at a market discount must include such
market discount in income currently, as it accrues, on a constant interest
basis.
94
<PAGE>
To the extent that the REMIC's basis allocable to loans that it holds
exceeds their principal amounts, the resulting premium, if attributable to
mortgages originated after September 27, 1985, will be amortized over the life
of the loans (taking into account the Prepayment Assumption) on a constant yield
method. Although the law is somewhat unclear regarding recovery of premium
attributable to loans originated on or before such date, it is possible that
such premium may be recovered in proportion to payments of loan principal.
Prohibited Transactions and Contributions Tax. The REMIC will be subject
to a 100% tax on any net income derived from a "prohibited transaction." For
this purpose, net income will be calculated without taking into account any
losses from prohibited transactions or any deductions attributable to any
prohibited transaction that resulted in a loss. In general, prohibited
transactions include: (i) subject to limited exceptions, the sale or other
disposition of any qualified mortgage transferred to the REMIC; (ii) subject to
a limited exception, the sale or other disposition of a cash flow investment;
(iii) the receipt of any income from assets not permitted to be held by the
REMIC pursuant to the Code; or (iv) the receipt of any fees or other
compensation for services rendered by the REMIC. It is anticipated that a REMIC
will not engage in any prohibited transactions in which it would recognize a
material amount of net income. In addition, subject to a number of exceptions, a
tax is imposed at the rate of 100% on amounts contributed to a REMIC after the
close of the three-month period beginning on the Startup Day. The holders of
Residual Interest Securities will generally be responsible for the payment of
any such taxes imposed on the REMIC. To the extent not paid by such holders or
otherwise, however, such taxes will be paid out of the Trust Fund and will be
allocated pro rata to all outstanding classes of Securities of such REMIC.
Taxation of Holders of Residual Interest Securities
The holder of a Security representing a residual interest (a "Residual
Interest Security") will take into account the "daily portion" of the taxable
income or net loss of the REMIC for each day during the taxable year on which
such holder held the Residual Interest Security. The daily portion is determined
by allocating to each day in any calendar quarter its ratable portion of the
taxable income or net loss of the REMIC for such quarter, and by allocating that
amount among the holders (on such day) of the Residual Interest Securities in
proportion to their respective holdings on such day.
The holder of a Residual Interest Security must report its proportionate
share of the taxable income of the REMIC whether or not it receives cash
distributions from the REMIC attributable to such income or loss. The reporting
of taxable income without corresponding distributions could occur, for example,
in certain REMIC issues in which the loans held by the REMIC were issued or
acquired at a discount, since mortgage prepayments cause recognition of discount
income, while the corresponding portion of the prepayment could be used in whole
or in part to make principal payments on REMIC Regular Interests issued without
any discount or at an insubstantial discount (if this occurs, it is likely that
cash distributions will exceed taxable income in later years). Taxable income
may also be greater in earlier years of certain REMIC issues as a result of the
fact that interest expense deductions, as a percentage of outstanding principal
on REMIC Regular Interest Securities, will typically increase over time as lower
yielding Securities are paid, whereas interest income with respect to loans will
generally remain constant over time as a percentage of loan principal.
In any event, because the holder of a residual interest is taxed on the
net income of the REMIC, the taxable income derived from a Residual Interest
Security in a given taxable year will not be equal to the taxable income
associated with investment in a corporate bond or stripped instrument having
similar cash flow characteristics and pretax yield. Therefore, the after-tax
yield on the Residual Interest Security may be less than that of such a bond or
instrument.
Limitation on Losses. The amount of the REMIC's net loss that a holder may
take into account currently is limited to the holder's adjusted basis at the end
of the calendar quarter in which such loss arises. A holder's basis in a
Residual Interest Security will initially equal such holder's purchase price,
and will subsequently be increased by the amount of the REMIC's taxable income
allocated to the holder, and decreased (but not below zero) by the amount of
distributions made and the amount of the REMIC's net loss allocated to the
holder. Any disallowed loss may be carried forward indefinitely, but may be used
only to offset income of the REMIC generated by the same REMIC. The ability of
holders of Residual Interest Securities to deduct net losses may be subject to
additional limitations under the Code, as to which such holders should consult
their tax advisers.
95
<PAGE>
Distributions. Distributions on a Residual Interest Security (whether at
their scheduled times or as a result of prepayments) will generally not result
in any additional taxable income or loss to a holder of a Residual Interest
Security. If the amount of such payment exceeds a holder's adjusted basis in the
Residual Interest Security, however, the holder will recognize gain (treated as
gain from the sale of the Residual Interest Security) to the extent of such
excess.
Sale or Exchange. A holder of a Residual Interest Security will recognize
gain or loss on the sale or exchange of a Residual Interest Security equal to
the difference, if any, between the amount realized and such holder's adjusted
basis in the Residual Interest Security at the time of such sale or exchange.
Except to the extent provided in regulations, which have not yet been issued,
any loss upon disposition of a Residual Interest Security will be disallowed if
the selling holder acquires any residual interest in a REMIC or similar mortgage
pool within six months before or after such disposition.
Excess Inclusions. The portion of the REMIC taxable income of a holder of
a Residual Interest Security consisting of "excess inclusion" income may not be
offset by other deductions or losses, including net operating losses, on such
holder's federal income tax return. Further, if the holder of a Residual
Interest Security is an organization subject to the tax on unrelated business
income imposed by Code Section 511, such holder's excess inclusion income will
be treated as unrelated business taxable income of such holder. In addition,
under Treasury regulations yet to be issued, if a real estate investment trust,
a regulated investment company, a common trust fund, or certain cooperatives
were to own a Residual Interest Security, a portion of dividends (or other
distributions) paid by the real estate investment trust (or other entity) would
be treated as excess inclusion income. If a Residual Security is owned by a
foreign person, excess inclusion income is subject to tax at a rate of 30% which
may not be reduced by treaty, is not eligible for treatment as "portfolio
interest" and is subject to certain additional limitations. See "-- Tax
Treatment of Foreign Investors." The Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996
has eliminated the special rule permitting Section 593 institutions ("thrift
institutions") to use net operating losses and other allowable deductions to
offset their excess inclusion income from REMIC residual certificates that have
"significant value" within the meaning of the REMIC Regulations, effective for
taxable years beginning after December 31, 1995, except with respect to residual
certificates continuously held by a thrift institution since November 1, 1995.
In addition, the Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996 provides three
rules for determining the effect on excess inclusions on the alternative minimum
taxable income of a residual holder. First, alternative minimum taxable income
for such residual holder is determined without regard to the special rule that
taxable income cannot be less than excess inclusions. Second, a residual
holder's alternative minimum taxable income for a tax year cannot be less than
excess inclusions for the year. Third, the amount of any alternative minimum tax
net operating loss deductions must be computed without regard to any excess
inclusions. These rules are effective for tax years beginning after December 31,
1995, unless a residual holder elects to have such rules apply only to tax years
beginning after August 20, 1996.
The excess inclusion portion of a REMIC's income is generally equal to the
excess, if any, of REMIC taxable income for the quarterly period allocable to a
Residual Interest Security, over the daily accruals for such quarterly period of
(i) 120% of the long term applicable federal rate on the Startup Day multiplied
by (ii) the adjusted issue price of such Residual Interest Security at the
beginning of such quarterly period. The adjusted issue price of a Residual
Interest Security at the beginning of each calendar quarter will equal its issue
price (calculated in a manner analogous to the determination of the issue price
of a Regular Interest Security), increased by the aggregate of the daily
accruals for prior calendar quarters, and decreased (but not below zero) by the
amount of loss allocated to a holder and the amount of distributions made on the
Residual Interest Security before the beginning of the quarter. The long-term
federal rate, which is announced monthly by the Treasury Department, is an
interest rate that is based on the average market yield of outstanding
marketable obligations of the United States government having remaining
maturities in excess of nine years.
Under the REMIC Regulations, in certain circumstances, transfers of
Residual Interest Securities may be disregarded. See "-- Restrictions on
Ownership and Transfer of Residual Interest Securities " and "-- Tax Treatment
of Foreign Investors" below.
Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer of Residual Interest Securities. As
a condition to qualification as a REMIC, reasonable arrangements must be made to
prevent the ownership of a REMIC residual interest by any
96
<PAGE>
"Disqualified Organization." Disqualified Organizations include the United
States, any State or political subdivision thereof, any foreign government, any
international organization, or any agency or instrumentality of any of the
foregoing, a rural electric or telephone cooperative described in Section
1381(a)(2)(C) of the Code, or any entity exempt from the tax imposed by Sections
1-1399 of the Code, if such entity is not subject to tax on its unrelated
business income. Accordingly, the applicable Agreement will prohibit
Disqualified Organizations from owning a Residual Interest Security. In
addition, no transfer of a Residual Interest Security will be permitted unless
the proposed transferee shall have furnished to the Trustee an affidavit
representing and warranting that it is neither a Disqualified Organization nor
an agent or nominee acting on behalf of a Disqualified Organization.
If a Residual Interest Security is transferred to a Disqualified
Organization after March 31, 1988 (in violation of the restrictions set forth
above), a substantial tax will be imposed on the transferor of such Residual
Interest Security at the time of the transfer. In addition, if a Disqualified
Organization holds an interest in a pass-through entity after March 31, 1988
(including, among others, a partnership, trust, real estate investment trust,
regulated investment company, or any person holding as nominee), that owns a
Residual Interest Security, the pass-through entity will be required to pay an
annual tax on its allocable share of the excess inclusion income of the REMIC.
Under the REMIC Regulations, if a Residual Interest Security is a
"noneconomic residual interest," as described below, a transfer of a Residual
Interest Security to a United States person will be disregarded for all Federal
tax purposes unless no significant purpose of the transfer was to impede the
assessment or collection of tax. A Residual Interest Security is a "noneconomic
residual interest" unless, at the time of the transfer (i) the present value of
the expected future distributions on the Residual Interest Security at least
equals the product of the present value of the anticipated excess inclusions and
the highest rate of tax for the year in which the transfer occurs, and (ii) the
transferor reasonably expects that the transferee will receive distributions
from the REMIC at or after the time at which the taxes accrue on the anticipated
excess inclusions in an amount sufficient to satisfy the accrued taxes. If a
transfer of a Residual Interest Security is disregarded, the transferor would be
liable for any Federal income tax imposed upon taxable income derived by the
transferee from the REMIC. The REMIC Regulations provide no guidance as to how
to determine if a significant purpose of a transfer is to impede the assessment
or collection of tax. A similar type of limitation exists with respect to
certain transfers of residual interests by foreign persons to United States
persons. See "-- Tax Treatment of Foreign Investors."
Mark to Market Rules. Under IRS regulations a REMIC Residual Interest
Security acquired after January 3, 1995 cannot be marked-to-market.
Administrative Matters
The REMIC's books must be maintained on a calendar year basis and the
REMIC must file an annual federal income tax return. The REMIC will also be
subject to the procedural and administrative rules of the Code applicable to
partnerships, including the determination of any adjustments to, among other
things, items of REMIC income, gain, loss, deduction, or credit, by the IRS in a
unified administrative proceeding.
Tax Status as a Grantor Trust
General. If the related Prospectus Supplement does not specify that an
election will be made to treat the assets of the Trust Fund as one or more
REMICs or to treat the Trust Fund as a partnership, then Depositor will have
structured the Trust Fund (or the portion of its assets for which a REMIC
election will not be made) to be classified for United States federal income tax
purposes as a grantor trust under Subpart E, Part I of Subchapter J of the Code,
in which case, Andrews & Kurth L.L.P., special counsel to the Depositor, or
other counsel identified in the Prospectus Supplement, is of the opinion that,
assuming compliance with the Agreements and with applicable law, such
arrangement will not be treated as an association taxable as a corporation for
United States federal income tax purposes, and the Securities will be treated as
representing ownership interests in the related Trust Fund assets (the
Securities of such Series, "Pass-Through Securities") and at the time such
Pass-Through Securities are issued, special counsel to the Depositor will
deliver an opinion generally to that effect. In some Series there will be no
separation of the principal and interest payments on the Loans. In such
circumstances, a holder of a Pass-Through Security will be considered to have
purchased a pro rata undivided interest in each of the Loans. In other cases
97
<PAGE>
("Stripped Securities"), sale of the Securities will produce a separation in the
ownership of all or a portion of the principal payments from all or a portion of
the interest payments on the Loans.
Each holder of a Pass-Through Security must report on its federal income
tax return its share of the gross income derived from the Loans (not reduced by
the amount payable as fees to the Trustee and the Servicer and similar fees
(collectively, the "Servicing Fee"), at the same time and in the same manner as
such items would have been reported under the holder's tax accounting method had
it held its interest in the Loans directly, received directly its share of the
amounts received with respect to the Loans, and paid directly its share of the
Servicing Fees. In the case of Pass-Through Securities other than Stripped
Securities, such income will consist of a pro rata share of all of the income
derived from all of the Loans and, in the case of Stripped Securities, such
income will consist of a pro rata share of the income derived from each stripped
bond or stripped coupon in which the holder owns an interest. The holder of a
Security will generally be entitled to deduct such Servicing Fees under Section
162 or Section 212 of the Code to the extent that such Servicing Fees represent
"reasonable" compensation for the services rendered by the Trustee and the
Servicer (or third parties that are compensated for the performance of
services). In the case of a noncorporate holder, however, Servicing Fees (to the
extent not otherwise disallowed, e.g., because they exceed reasonable
compensation) will be deductible in computing such holder's regular tax
liability only to the extent that such fees, when added to other miscellaneous
itemized deductions, exceed 2% of adjusted gross income and may not be
deductible to any extent in computing such holder's alternative minimum tax
liability. In addition, for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1990, the
amount of itemized deductions otherwise allowable for the taxable year for an
individual whose adjusted gross income exceeds the applicable amount (which
amount will be adjusted for inflation in taxable years beginning after 1990)
will be reduced by the lesser of (i) 3% of the excess of adjusted gross income
over the applicable amount or (ii) 80% of the amount of itemized deductions
otherwise allowable for such taxable year.
Discount or Premium on Pass-Through Securities. The holder's purchase
price of a Pass-Through Security is to be allocated among the Loans in
proportion to their fair market values, determined as of the time of purchase of
the Securities. In the typical case, the Trustee (to the extent necessary to
fulfill its reporting obligations) will treat each Loan as having a fair market
value proportional to the share of the aggregate principal balances of all of
the Loans that it represents, since the Securities, unless otherwise specified
in the related Prospectus Supplement, will have a relatively uniform interest
rate and other common characteristics. To the extent that the portion of the
purchase price of a Pass-Through Security allocated to a Loan (other than to a
right to receive any accrued interest thereon and any undistributed principal
payments) is less than or greater than the portion of the principal balance of
the Loan allocable to the Security, the interest in the Loan allocable to the
Pass-Through Security will be deemed to have been acquired at a discount or
premium, respectively.
The treatment of any discount will depend on whether the discount
represents OID or market discount. In the case of a Loan with OID in excess of a
prescribed de minimis amount or a Stripped Security, a holder of a Security will
be required to report as interest income in each taxable year its share of the
amount of OID that accrues during that year in the manner described above. OID
with respect to a Loan could arise, for example, by virtue of the financing of
points by the originator of the Loan, or by virtue of the charging of points by
the originator of the Loan in an amount greater than a statutory de minimis
exception, in circumstances under which the points are not currently deductible
pursuant to applicable Code provisions. Any market discount or premium on a Loan
will be includible in income, generally in the manner described above, except
that in the case of Pass-Through Securities, market discount is calculated with
respect to the Loans underlying the Security, rather than with respect to the
Security. A holder of a Security that acquires an interest in a Loan originated
after July 18, 1984 with more than a de minimis amount of market discount
(generally, the excess of the principal amount of the Loan over the purchaser's
allocable purchase price) will be required to include accrued market discount in
income in the manner set forth above. See "-- Taxation of Debt Securities;
Market Discount" and "-- Premium" above.
In the case of market discount on a Pass-Through Security attributable to
Loans originated on or before July 18, 1984, the holder generally will be
required to allocate the portion of such discount that is allocable to a loan
among the principal payments on the Loan and to include the discount allocable
to each principal payment in ordinary income at the time such principal payment
is made. Such treatment would generally result in discount being included in
income at a slower rate than discount would be required to be included in income
using the method described in the preceding paragraph.
98
<PAGE>
Stripped Securities. A Stripped Security may represent a right to receive
only a portion of the interest payments on the Loans, a right to receive only
principal payments on the Loans, or a right to receive certain payments of both
interest and principal. Certain Stripped Securities ("Ratio Strip Securities")
may represent a right to receive differing percentages of both the interest and
principal on each Loan. Pursuant to Section 1286 of the Code, the separation of
ownership of the right to receive some or all of the interest payments on an
obligation from ownership of the right to receive some or all of the principal
payments results in the creation of "stripped bonds" with respect to principal
payments and "stripped coupons" with respect to interest payments. Section 1286
of the Code applies the OID rules to stripped bonds and stripped coupons. For
purposes of computing original issue discount, a stripped bond or a stripped
coupon is treated as a debt instrument issued on the date that such stripped
interest is purchased with an issue price equal to its purchase price or, if
more than one stripped interest is purchased, the ratable share of the purchase
price allocable to such stripped interest.
Servicing fees in excess of reasonable servicing fees ("excess servicing")
will be treated under the stripped bond rules. If the excess servicing fee is
less than 100 basis points (i.e., 1% interest on the Loan principal balance) or
the Securities are initially sold with a de minimis discount (assuming no
prepayment assumption is required), any non-de minimis discount arising from a
subsequent transfer of the Securities should be treated as market discount. The
IRS appears to require that reasonable servicing fees be calculated on a Loan by
Loan basis, which could result in some Loans being treated as having more than
100 basis points of interest stripped off.
The Code, OID Regulations and judicial decisions provide no direct
guidance as to how the interest and original issue discount rules are to apply
to Stripped Securities and other Pass-Through Securities. Under the method
described above for Pay-Through Securities (the "Cash Flow Bond Method"), a
prepayment assumption is used and periodic recalculations are made which take
into account with respect to each accrual period the effect of prepayments
during such period. However, the 1986 Act does not, absent Treasury regulations,
appear specifically to cover instruments such as the Stripped Securities which
technically represent ownership interests in the underlying Loans, rather than
being debt instruments "secured by" those loans. Nevertheless, it is believed
that the Cash Flow Bond Method is a reasonable method of reporting income for
such Securities, and it is expected that OID will be reported on that basis
unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement. In applying the
calculation to Pass-Through Securities, the Trustee will treat all payments to
be received by a holder with respect to the underlying Loans as payments on a
single installment obligation. The IRS could, however, assert that original
issue discount must be calculated separately for each Loan underlying a
Security.
Under certain circumstances, if the Loans prepay at a rate faster than the
Prepayment Assumption, the use of the Cash Flow Bond Method may accelerate a
holder's recognition of income. If, however, the Loans prepay at a rate slower
than the Prepayment Assumption, in some circumstances the use of this method may
decelerate a holder's recognition of income.
In the case of a Stripped Security that is an Interest Weighted Security,
the Trustee intends, absent contrary authority, to report income to holders of
Securities as OID, in the manner described above for Interest Weighted
Securities.
Possible Alternative Characterizations. The characterizations of the
Stripped Securities described above are not the only possible interpretations of
the applicable Code provisions. Among other possibilities, the IRS could contend
that (i) in certain Series, each non-Interest Weighted Security is composed of
an unstripped undivided ownership interest in Loans and an installment
obligation consisting of stripped principal payments; (ii) the non-Interest
Weighted Securities are subject to the contingent payment provisions of the
Contingent Regulations; or (iii) each Interest Weighted Stripped Security is
composed of an unstripped undivided ownership interest in Loans and an
installment obligation consisting of stripped interest payments.
Given the variety of alternatives for treatment of the Stripped Securities
and the different federal income tax consequences that result from each
alternative, potential purchasers are urged to consult their own tax advisers
regarding the proper treatment of the Securities for federal income tax
purposes.
Character as Qualifying Loans. In the case of Stripped Securities, there
is no specific legal authority existing regarding whether the character of the
Securities, for federal income tax purposes, will be the same as the Loans. The
IRS could take the position that the Loans' character is not carried over to the
Securities in such
99
<PAGE>
circumstances. Pass-Through Securities will be, and, although the matter is not
free from doubt, Stripped Securities should be, considered to represent "real
estate assets" within the meaning of Section 856(c)(5)(B) of the Code, and
"loans secured by an interest in real property" within the meaning of Section
7701(a)(19)(C)(v) of the Code; interest income attributable to the Securities
should be considered to represent "interest on obligations secured by mortgages
on real property or on interests in real property" within the meaning of Section
856(c)(3)(B) of the Code. Reserves or funds underlying the Securities may cause
a proportionate reduction in the above-described qualifying status categories of
Securities.
Sale or Exchange
Subject to the discussion below with respect to Trust Funds as to which a
partnership election is made, a holder's tax basis in its Security is the price
such holder pays for a Security, plus amounts of original issue or market
discount included in income and reduced by any payments received (other than
qualified stated interest payments) and any amortized premium. Gain or loss
recognized on a sale, exchange, or redemption of a Security, measured by the
difference between the amount realized and the Security's basis as so adjusted,
will generally be capital gain or loss, assuming that the Security is held as a
capital asset. In the case of a Security held by a bank, thrift, or similar
institution described in Section 582 of the Code, however, gain or loss realized
on the sale or exchange of a Regular Interest Security will be taxable as
ordinary income or loss. In addition, gain from the disposition of a Regular
Interest Security that might otherwise be capital gain will be treated as
ordinary income to the extent of the excess, if any, of (i) the amount that
would have been includible in the holder's income if the yield on such Regular
Interest Security had equaled 110% of the applicable federal rate as of the
beginning of such holder's holding period, over the amount of ordinary income
actually recognized by the holder with respect to such Regular Interest
Security.
Miscellaneous Tax Aspects
Backup Withholding. Subject to the discussion below with respect to Trust
Funds as to which a partnership election is made, a holder of a Security, other
than a holder of a REMIC Residual Security, may, under certain circumstances, be
subject to "backup withholding" at a rate of 31% with respect to distributions
or the proceeds of a sale of certificates to or through brokers that represent
interest or original issue discount on the Securities. This withholding
generally applies if the holder of a Security (i) fails to furnish the Trustee
with its taxpayer identification number ("TIN"); (ii) furnishes the Trustee an
incorrect TIN; (iii) fails to report properly interest, dividends or other
"reportable payments" as defined in the Code; or (iv) under certain
circumstances, fails to provide the Trustee or such holder's securities broker
with a certified statement, signed under penalty of perjury, that the TIN
provided is its correct number and that the holder is not subject to backup
withholding. Backup withholding will not apply, however, with respect to certain
payments made to holders of Securities, including payments to certain exempt
recipients (such as exempt organizations) and to certain Nonresidents (as
defined below). Holders of Securities should consult their tax advisers as to
their qualification for exemption from backup withholding and the procedure for
obtaining the exemption.
The Trustee will report to the holders of Securities and to the Master
Servicer for each calendar year the amount of any "reportable payments" during
such year and the amount of tax withheld, if any, with respect to payments on
the Securities.
Tax Treatment of Foreign Investors
Subject to the discussion below with respect to Trust Funds as to which a
partnership election is made, under the Code, unless interest (including OID)
paid on a Security (other than a Residual Interest Security) is considered to be
"effectively connected" with a trade or business conducted in the United States
by a nonresident alien individual, foreign partnership or foreign corporation
("Nonresidents"), such interest will normally qualify as portfolio interest
(except where (i) the recipient is a holder, directly or by attribution, of 10%
or more of the capital or profits interest in the issuer, or (ii) the recipient
is a controlled foreign corporation to which the issuer is a related person) and
will be exempt from federal income tax. Upon receipt of appropriate ownership
statements, the issuer normally will be relieved of obligations to withhold tax
from such interest payments. These provisions supersede the generally applicable
provisions of United States law that would otherwise require the issuer to
withhold at a 30% rate (unless such rate were reduced or eliminated by an
applicable tax treaty) on, among other things, interest and other fixed or
determinable, annual or periodic income paid to Nonresidents. Holders of
Pass-Through Securities
100
<PAGE>
and Stripped Securities, including Ratio Strip Securities, however, may be
subject to withholding to the extent that the Loans were originated on or before
July 18, 1984.
Interest and OID of holders of Securities who are foreign persons are not
subject to withholding if they are effectively connected with a United States
business conducted by the holder. They will, however, generally be subject to
the regular United States income tax.
Payments to holders of Residual Interest Securities who are foreign
persons will generally be treated as interest for purposes of the 30% (or lower
treaty rate) United States withholding tax. Holders of Residual Interest
Securities should assume that such income does not qualify for exemption from
United States withholding tax as "portfolio interest." It is clear that, to the
extent that a payment represents a portion of REMIC taxable income that
constitutes excess inclusion income, a holder of a Residual Interest Security
will not be entitled to an exemption from or reduction of the 30% (or lower
treaty rate) withholding tax rule. If the payments are subject to United States
withholding tax, they generally will be taken into account for withholding tax
purposes only when paid or distributed (or when the Residual Interest Security
is disposed of). The Treasury has statutory authority, however, to promulgate
regulations which would require such amounts to be taken into account at an
earlier time in order to prevent the avoidance of tax. Such regulations could,
for example, require withholding prior to the distribution of cash in the case
of Residual Interest Securities that do not have significant value. Under the
REMIC Regulations, if a Residual Interest Security has tax avoidance potential,
a transfer of a Residual Interest Security to a Nonresident will be disregarded
for all federal tax purposes. A Residual Interest Security has tax avoidance
potential unless, at the time of the transfer the transferor reasonably expects
that the REMIC will distribute to the transferee residual interest holder
amounts that will equal at least 30% of each excess inclusion, and that such
amounts will be distributed at or after the time at which the excess inclusions
accrue and not later than the calendar year following the calendar year of
accrual. If a Nonresident transfers a Residual Interest Security to a United
States person, and if the transfer has the effect of allowing the transferor to
avoid tax on accrued excess inclusions, then the transfer is disregarded and the
transferor continues to be treated as the owner of the Residual Interest
Security for purposes of the withholding tax provisions of the Code.
See "-- Taxation of Holders of Residual Interest Securities -- Excess
Inclusions."
Final regulations dealing with withholding tax on income paid to foreign
persons and related matters (the "New Withholding Regulations") were issued by
the Treasury Department on October 6, 1997. The New Withholding Regulations will
generally be effective for payments made after December 31, 1999, subject to
certain transition rules. Prospective Securityholders who are foreign persons
are strongly urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the New
Withholding Regulations.
Tax Characterization of the Trust Fund as a Partnership
If the related Prospectus Supplement specifies that an election will be
made to treat the Trust Fund as a partnership, pursuant to Agreements upon which
counsel shall conclude that (1) the Trust Fund will not have certain
characteristics necessary for a business trust to be classified as an
association taxable as a corporation and (2) the nature of the income of the
Trust Fund will exempt it from the rule that certain publicly traded
partnerships are taxable as corporations or the issuance of the Securities has
been structured as a private placement under an IRS safe harbor, so that the
Trust Fund will not be characterized as a publicly traded partnership taxable as
a corporation, then assuming compliance with the related Agreement and related
documents and applicable law, Andrews & Kurth L.L.P., special counsel to the
Depositor, or other counsel identified in the Prospectus Supplement, is of the
opinion that the Trust Fund will not be treated as an association (or as a
publicly traded partnership) taxable as a corporation for United States federal
income tax purposes, and upon the issuance of such Securities, will deliver an
opinion generally to that effect. If the Securities are structured as
indebtedness issued by the partnership, special counsel to the Depositor also
will opine that the Securities should be treated as debt for United States
federal income tax purposes, and, if the Securities are structured as equity
interests in the partnership, will opine that the Securities should be treated
as equity interest in the partnership for United States federal income tax
purposes, in each case assuming compliance with the related Agreements and
applicable law.
If the Trust Fund were taxable as a corporation for federal income tax
purposes, the Trust Fund would be subject to corporate income tax on its taxable
income. The Trust Fund's taxable income would include all its income, possibly
reduced by its interest expense on the Notes. Any such corporate income tax
could materially
101
<PAGE>
reduce cash available to make payments on the Notes and distributions on the
Certificates, and holders of Certificates could be liable for any such tax that
is unpaid by the Trust Fund.
Tax Consequences to Holders of the Notes
Treatment of the Notes as Indebtedness. In the case of a Trust Fund that
issues Notes intended to be debt for federal income tax purposes, the Trust Fund
will agree, and the holders of Notes will agree by their purchase of Notes, to
treat the Notes as debt for federal income tax purposes. Special counsel to the
Depositor will, except as otherwise provided in the related Prospectus
Supplement, advise the Depositor that the Notes will be classified as debt for
federal income tax purposes. The discussion below assumes this characterization
of the Notes is correct.
OID, Indexed Securities, etc. The discussion below assumes that all
payments on the Notes are denominated in U.S. dollars, and that the Notes are
not Indexed Securities or Stripped Securities. Moreover, the discussion assumes
that the interest formula for the Notes meets the requirements for "qualified
stated interest" under the OID regulations, and that any OID on the Notes (i.e.,
any excess of the principal amount of the Notes over their issue price) does not
exceed a de minimis amount (i.e., 0.25% of their principal amount multiplied by
the number of full years included in their term), all within the meaning of the
OID regulations. If these conditions are not satisfied with respect to any given
Series of Notes, additional tax considerations with respect to such Notes will
be disclosed in the applicable Prospectus Supplement.
Interest Income on the Notes. Based on the above assumptions, except as
discussed in the following paragraph, the Notes will not be considered issued
with OID. The stated interest thereon will be taxable to a holder of a Note as
ordinary interest income when received or accrued in accordance with such
holder's method of tax accounting. Under the OID regulations, a holder of a Note
issued with a de minimis amount of OID must include such OID in income, on a pro
rata basis, as principal payments are made on the Note. It is believed that any
prepayment premium paid as a result of a mandatory redemption will be taxable as
contingent interest when it becomes fixed and unconditionally payable. A
purchaser who buys a Note for more or less than its principal amount will
generally be subject, respectively, to the premium amortization or market
discount rules of the Code.
A holder of a Note that has a fixed maturity date of not more than one
year from the issue date of such Note (a "Short-Term Note") may be subject to
special rules. An accrual basis holder of a Short-Term Note (and certain cash
method holders, including regulated investment companies, as set forth in
Section 1281 of the Code) generally would be required to report interest income
as interest accrues on a straight-line basis over the term of each interest
period. Other cash basis holders of a Short-Term Note would, in general, be
required to report interest income as interest is paid (or, if earlier, upon the
taxable disposition of the Short-Term Note). However, a cash basis holder of a
Short-Term Note reporting interest income as it is paid may be required to defer
a portion of any interest expense otherwise deductible on indebtedness incurred
to purchase or carry the Short-Term Note until the taxable disposition of the
Short-Term Note. A cash basis taxpayer may elect under Section 1281 of the Code
to accrue interest income on all nongovernment debt obligations with a term of
one year or less, in which case the taxpayer would include interest on the
Short-Term Note in income as it accrues, but would not be subject to the
interest expense deferral rule referred to in the preceding sentence. Certain
special rules apply if a Short-Term Note is purchased for more or less than its
principal amount.
Sale or Other Disposition. If a holder of a Note sells a Note, the holder
will recognize gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the
amount realized on the sale and the holder's adjusted tax basis in the Note. The
adjusted tax basis of a Note to a particular holder of a Note will equal the
holder's cost for the Note, increased by any market discount, acquisition
discount, OID and gain previously included by such holder in income with respect
to the Note and decreased by the amount of bond premium (if any) previously
amortized and by the amount of principal payments previously received by such
holder with respect to such Note. Any such gain or loss will be capital gain or
loss if the Note was held as a capital asset, except for gain representing
accrued interest and accrued market discount not previously included in income.
Capital losses generally may be used only to offset capital gains.
Foreign Holders. Interest payments made (or accrued) to a holder of a Note
who is a nonresident alien, foreign corporation or other non-United States
person (a "foreign person") generally will be considered "portfolio interest,"
and generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax and
withholding tax, if the interest is
102
<PAGE>
not effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business within the
United States by the foreign person and the foreign person (i) is not actually
or constructively a "10 percent shareholder" of the Trust Fund or the Seller
(including a holder of 10% of the outstanding Certificates) or a "controlled
foreign corporation" with respect to which the Trust Fund or the Seller is a
"related person" within the meaning of the Code and (ii) provides the Depositor
or other person who is otherwise required to withhold U.S. tax with respect to
the Notes with an appropriate statement (on Form W-8 or a similar form), signed
under penalties of perjury, certifying that the beneficial owner of the Note is
a foreign person and providing the foreign person's name and address. If a Note
is held through a securities clearing organization or certain other financial
institutions, the organization or institution may provide the relevant signed
statement to the withholding agent; in that case, however, the signed statement
must be accompanied by a Form W-8 or substitute form provided by the foreign
person that owns the Note. If such interest is not portfolio interest, then it
will be subject to United States federal income and withholding tax at a rate of
30 percent, unless reduced or eliminated pursuant to an applicable tax treaty.
Any capital gain realized on the sale, redemption, retirement or other
taxable disposition of a Note by a foreign person will be exempt from United
States federal income and withholding tax, provided that (i) such gain is not
effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United
States by the foreign person and (ii) in the case of an individual foreign
person, the foreign person is not present in the United States for 183 days or
more in the taxable year.
Backup Withholding. Each holder of a Note (other than an exempt holder
such as a corporation, tax-exempt organization, qualified pension and
profit-sharing trust, individual retirement account or nonresident alien who
provides certification as to status as a nonresident) will be required to
provide, under penalties of perjury, a certificate containing the holder's name,
address, correct federal taxpayer identification number and a statement that the
holder is not subject to backup withholding. Should a nonexempt holder of a Note
fail to provide the required certification, the Trust Fund will be required to
withhold 31 percent of the amount otherwise payable to the holder, and remit the
withheld amount to the IRS as a credit against the holder's federal income tax
liability.
Possible Alternative Treatments of the Notes. If, contrary to the opinion
of special counsel to the Depositor, the IRS successfully asserted that one or
more of the Notes did not represent debt for federal income tax purposes, the
Notes might be treated as equity interests in the Trust Fund. If so treated, the
Trust Fund might be taxable as a corporation with the adverse consequences
described above (and the taxable corporation would not be able to reduce its
taxable income by deductions for interest expense on Notes recharacterized as
equity). Alternatively, and most likely in the view of special counsel to the
Depositor, the Trust Fund might be treated as a publicly traded partnership that
would not be taxable as a corporation because it would meet certain qualifying
income tests. Nonetheless, treatment of the Notes as equity interests in such a
publicly traded partnership could have adverse tax consequences to certain
holders. For example, income to certain tax-exempt entities (including pension
funds) would be "unrelated business taxable income," income to foreign holders
generally would be subject to U.S. tax and U.S. tax return filing and
withholding requirements, and individual holders might be subject to certain
limitations on their ability to deduct their share of the Trust Fund's expenses.
Tax Consequences to Holders of the Certificates
Treatment of the Trust Fund as a Partnership. In the case of a Trust Fund
that will elect to be treated as a partnership, the Trust Fund and the Master
Servicer will agree, and the holders of Certificates will agree by their
purchase of Certificates, to treat the Trust Fund as a partnership for purposes
of federal and state income tax, franchise tax and any other tax measured in
whole or in part by income, with the assets of the partnership being the assets
held by the Trust Fund, the partners of the partnership being the holders of
Certificates, and the Notes being debt of the partnership. However, the proper
characterization of the arrangement involving the Trust Fund, the Certificates,
the Notes, the Trust Fund and the Master Servicer is not clear because there is
no authority on transactions closely comparable to that contemplated herein.
A variety of alternative characterizations are possible. For example,
because the Certificates have certain features characteristic of debt, the
Certificates might be considered debt of the Trust Fund. Any such
characterization would not result in materially adverse tax consequences to
holders of Certificates as compared to the consequences from treatment of the
Certificates as equity in a partnership, described below. The following
discussion assumes that the Certificates represent equity interests in a
partnership.
103
<PAGE>
Indexed Securities, etc. The following discussion assumes that all
payments on the Certificates are denominated in U.S. dollars, none of the
Certificates are Indexed Securities or Stripped Securities, and that a Series of
Securities includes a single class of Certificates. If these conditions are not
satisfied with respect to any given Series of Certificates, additional tax
considerations with respect to such Certificates will be disclosed in the
applicable Prospectus Supplement.
Partnership Taxation. As a partnership, the Trust Fund will not be subject
to federal income tax. Rather, each holder of a Certificate will be required to
separately take into account such holder's allocated share of income, gains,
losses, deductions and credits of the Trust Fund. The Trust Fund's income will
consist primarily of interest and finance charges earned on the Loans (including
appropriate adjustments for market discount, OID and bond premium) and any gain
upon collection or disposition of Loans. The Trust Fund's deductions will
consist primarily of interest accruing with respect to the Notes, servicing and
other fees, and losses or deductions upon collection or disposition of Loans.
The tax items of a partnership are allocable to the partners in accordance
with the Code, Treasury regulations and the partnership agreement (here, the
Trust Agreement and related documents). The Trust Agreement will provide, in
general, that the Certificateholders will be allocated taxable income of the
Trust Fund for each month equal to the sum of (i) the interest that accrues on
the Certificates in accordance with their terms for such month, including
interest accruing at the Pass-Through Rate for such month and interest on
amounts previously due on the Certificates but not yet distributed; (ii) any
Trust Fund income attributable to discount on the Loans that corresponds to any
excess of the principal amount of the Certificates over their initial issue
price (iii) prepayment premium payable to the holders of Certificates for such
month; and (iv) any other amounts of income payable to the holders of
Certificates for such month. Such allocation will be reduced by any amortization
by the Trust Fund of premium on Loans that corresponds to any excess of the
issue price of Certificates over their principal amount. All remaining taxable
income of the Trust Fund will be allocated to the Depositor. Based on the
economic arrangement of the parties, this approach for allocating Trust Fund
income should be permissible under applicable Treasury regulations, although no
assurance can be given that the IRS would not require a greater amount of income
to be allocated to holders of Certificates. Moreover, even under the foregoing
method of allocation, holders of Certificates may be allocated income equal to
the entire Pass-Through Rate plus the other items described above even though
the Trust Fund might not have sufficient cash to make current cash distributions
of such amount. Thus, cash basis holders will in effect be required to report
income from the Certificates on the accrual basis and holders of Certificates
may become liable for taxes on Trust Fund income even if they have not received
cash from the Trust Fund to pay such taxes. In addition, because tax allocations
and tax reporting will be done on a uniform basis for all holders of
Certificates but holders of Certificates may be purchasing Certificates at
different times and at different prices, holders of Certificates may be required
to report on their tax returns taxable income that is greater or less than the
amount reported to them by the Trust Fund.
All of the taxable income allocated to a holder of a Certificate that is a
pension, profit sharing or employee benefit plan or other tax-exempt entity
(including an individual retirement account) will constitute "unrelated business
taxable income" generally taxable to such a holder under the Code.
An individual taxpayer's share of expenses of the Trust Fund (including
fees to the Master Servicer but not interest expense) would be miscellaneous
itemized deductions. Such deductions might be disallowed to the individual in
whole or in part and might result in such holder being taxed on an amount of
income that exceeds the amount of cash actually distributed to such holder over
the life of the Trust Fund.
The Trust Fund intends to make all tax calculations relating to income and
allocations to holders of Certificates on an aggregate basis. If the IRS were to
require that such calculations be made separately for each Loan, the Trust Fund
might be required to incur additional expense but it is believed that there
would not be a material adverse effect on holders of Certificates.
Discount and Premium. It is believed that the Loans were not issued with
OID, and, therefore, the Trust Fund should not have OID income. However, the
purchase price paid by the Trust Fund for the Loans may be greater or less than
the remaining principal balance of the Loans at the time of purchase. If so, the
Loan will have been acquired at a premium or discount, as the case may be. (As
indicated above, the Trust Fund will make this calculation on an aggregate
basis, but might be required to recompute it on a Loan by Loan basis.)
104
<PAGE>
If the Trust Fund acquires the Loans at a market discount or premium, the
Trust Fund will elect to include any such discount in income currently as it
accrues over the life of the Loans or to offset any such premium against
interest income on the Loans. As indicated above, a portion of such market
discount income or premium deduction may be allocated to holders of
Certificates.
Section 708 Termination. Under Section 708 of the Code, the Trust Fund
will be deemed to terminate for federal income tax purposes if 50% or more of
the capital and profits interests in the Trust Fund are sold or exchanged within
a 12-month period. If such a termination occurs, the Trust Fund will be
considered to contribute all of its assets and liabilities to a new partnership
and, immediately thereafter, to liquidate by distributing interests in the new
partnership to the Certificateholders, with the Trust Fund, as the new
partnership, thereafter continuing the business of the partnership deemed
liquidated. The Trust Fund will not comply with certain technical requirements
that might apply when such a constructive termination occurs. As a result, the
Trust Fund may be subject to certain tax penalties and may incur additional
expenses if it is required to comply with those requirements. Furthermore, the
Trust Fund might not be able to comply due to lack of data.
Disposition of Certificates. Generally, capital gain or loss will be
recognized on a sale of Certificates in an amount equal to the difference
between the amount realized and the seller's tax basis in the Certificates sold.
A holder's tax basis in a Certificate will generally equal the holder's cost
increased by the holder's share of Trust Fund income (includible in income) and
decreased by any distributions received with respect to such Certificate. In
addition, both the tax basis in the Certificates and the amount realized on a
sale of a Certificate would include the holder's share of the Notes and other
liabilities of the Trust Fund. A holder acquiring Certificates at different
prices may be required to maintain a single aggregate adjusted tax basis in such
Certificates, and, upon sale or other disposition of some of the Certificates,
allocate a portion of such aggregate tax basis to the Certificates sold (rather
than maintaining a separate tax basis in each Certificate for purposes of
computing gain or loss on a sale of that Certificate).
Any gain on the sale of a Certificate attributable to the holder's share
of unrecognized accrued market discount on the Loans would generally be treated
as ordinary income to the holder and would give rise to special tax reporting
requirements. The Trust Fund does not expect to have any other assets that would
give rise to such special reporting requirements. Thus, to avoid those special
reporting requirements, the Trust Fund will elect to include market discount in
income as it accrues.
If a holder of a Certificate is required to recognize an aggregate amount
of income (not including income attributable to disallowed itemized deductions
described above) over the life of the Certificates that exceeds the aggregate
cash distributions with respect thereto, such excess will generally give rise to
a capital loss upon the retirement of the Certificates.
Allocations Between Transferors and Transferees. In general, the Trust
Fund's taxable income and losses will be determined monthly and the tax items
for a particular calendar month will be apportioned among the holders of
Certificates in proportion to the principal amount of Certificates owned by them
as of the close of the last day of such month. As a result, a holder purchasing
Certificates may be allocated tax items (which will affect its tax liability and
tax basis) attributable to periods before the actual transaction.
The use of such a monthly convention may not be permitted by existing
regulations. If a monthly convention is not allowed (or only applies to
transfers of less than all of the partner's interest), taxable income or losses
of the Trust Fund might be reallocated among the holders of Certificates. The
Trust Fund's method of allocation between transferors and transferees may be
revised to conform to a method permitted by future regulations.
Section 754 Election. In the event that a holder of a Certificate sells
its Certificates at a profit (loss), the purchasing holder of a Certificate will
have a higher (lower) basis in the Certificates than the selling holder of a
Certificate had. The tax basis of the Trust Fund's assets will not be adjusted
to reflect that higher (or lower) basis unless the Trust Fund were to file an
election under Section 754 of the Code. In order to avoid the administrative
complexities that would be involved in keeping accurate accounting records, as
well as potentially onerous information reporting requirements, the Trust Fund
will not make such election. As a result, holders of Certificates
105
<PAGE>
might be allocated a greater or lesser amount of Trust Fund income than would be
appropriate based on their own purchase price for Certificates.
Administrative Matters. The Owner Trustee (as defined in the applicable
Prospectus Supplement) is required to keep or have kept complete and accurate
books of the Trust Fund. Such books will be maintained for financial reporting
and tax purposes on an accrual basis and the fiscal year of the Trust Fund will
be the calendar year. The Owner Trustee will file a partnership information
return (IRS Form 1065) with the IRS for each taxable year of the Trust Fund and
will report each holder's allocable share of items of Trust Fund income and
expense to holders and the IRS on Schedule K-1. The Trust Fund will provide the
Schedule K-l information to nominees that fail to provide the Trust Fund with
the information statement described below and such nominees will be required to
forward such information to the beneficial owners of the Certificates.
Generally, holders must file tax returns that are consistent with the
information return filed by the Trust Fund or be subject to penalties unless the
holder notifies the IRS of all such inconsistencies.
Under Section 6031 of the Code, any person that holds Certificates as a
nominee at any time during a calendar year is required to furnish the Trust Fund
with a statement containing certain information on the nominee, the beneficial
owners and the Certificates so held. Such information includes (i) the name,
address and taxpayer identification number of the nominee and (ii) as to each
beneficial owner (x) the name, address and identification number of such person,
(y) whether such person is a United States person, a tax-exempt entity or a
foreign government, an international organization, or any wholly owned agency or
instrumentality of either of the foregoing, and (z) certain information on
Certificates that were held, bought or sold on behalf of such person throughout
the year. In addition, brokers and financial institutions that hold Certificates
through a nominee are required to furnish directly to the Trust Fund information
as to themselves and their ownership of Certificates. A clearing agency
registered under Section 17A of the Exchange Act is not required to furnish any
such information statement to the Trust Fund. The information referred to above
for any calendar year must be furnished to the Trust Fund on or before the
following January 31. Nominees, brokers and financial institutions that fail to
provide the Trust Fund with the information described above may be subject to
penalties.
The Depositor will be designated as the tax matters partner in the related
Agreement and, as such, will be responsible for representing the holders of
Certificates in any dispute with the IRS. The Code provides for administrative
examination of a partnership as if the partnership were a separate and distinct
taxpayer. Generally, the statute of limitations for partnership items does not
expire before three years after the date on which the partnership information
return is filed. Any adverse determination following an audit of the return of
the Trust Fund by the appropriate taxing authorities could result in an
adjustment of the returns of the holders of Certificates, and, under certain
circumstances, a holder of a Certificate may be precluded from separately
litigating a proposed adjustment to the items of the Trust Fund. An adjustment
could also result in an audit of a holder's returns and adjustments of items not
related to the income and losses of the Trust Fund.
Tax Consequences to Foreign Holders of Certificates. It is not clear
whether the Trust Fund would be considered to be engaged in a trade or business
in the United States for purposes of federal withholding taxes with respect to
non-U.S. persons because there is no clear authority dealing with that issue
under facts substantially similar to those described herein. Although it is not
expected that the Trust Fund would be engaged in a trade or business in the
United States for such purposes, the Trust Fund will withhold as if it were so
engaged in order to protect the Trust Fund from possible adverse consequences of
a failure to withhold. The Trust Fund expects to withhold on the portion of its
taxable income that is allocable to foreign holders of Certificates pursuant to
Section 1446 of the Code, as if such income were effectively connected to a U.S.
trade or business, at a rate of 35% for foreign holders that are taxable as
corporations and 39.6% for all other foreign holders. Subsequent adoption of
Treasury regulations or the issuance of other administrative pronouncements may
require the Trust Fund to change its withholding procedures. In determining a
holder's withholding status, the Trust Fund may rely on IRS Form W-8, IRS Form
W-9 or the holder's certification of nonforeign status signed under penalties of
perjury.
The term "U.S. Person" means a citizen or resident of the United States, a
corporation or partnership, including an entity treated as a corporation or
partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes created in the United States or
organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the
District of Columbia (except, in the case of a partnership as otherwise provided
by regulations), an estate, the income of which is includible in gross income
for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source or a trust whose
administration is subject to the
106
<PAGE>
primary supervision of a United States court and has one or more United States
persons who have authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust.
Each foreign holder might be required to file a U.S. individual or
corporate income tax return (including, in the case of a corporation, the branch
profits tax) on its share of the Trust Fund's income. Each foreign holder must
obtain a taxpayer identification number from the IRS and submit that number to
the Trust Fund on Form W-8 in order to assure appropriate crediting of the taxes
withheld. A foreign holder generally would be entitled to file with the IRS a
claim for refund with respect to taxes withheld by the Trust Fund taking the
position that no taxes were due because the Trust Fund was not engaged in a U.S.
trade or business. However, interest payments made (or accrued) to a holder of a
Certificate who is a foreign person generally will be considered guaranteed
payments to the extent such payments are determined without regard to the income
of the Trust Fund. If these interest payments are properly characterized as
guaranteed payments, then the interest will not be considered "portfolio
interest." As a result, holders of Certificates will be subject to United States
federal income tax and withholding tax at a rate of 30 percent, unless reduced
or eliminated pursuant to an applicable treaty. In such case, a foreign holder
would only be entitled to claim a refund for that portion of the taxes in excess
of the taxes that should be withheld with respect to the guaranteed payments.
Backup Withholding. Distributions made on the Certificates and proceeds
from the sale of the Certificates will be subject to a "backup" withholding tax
of 31% if, in general, the Certificateholder fails to comply with certain
identification procedures, unless the holder is an exempt recipient under
applicable provisions of the Code.
STATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS
In addition to the federal income tax consequences described in "Federal
Income Tax Consequences," potential investors should consider the state and
local income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership, and disposition of
the Securities. State and local income tax law may differ substantially from the
corresponding federal law, and this discussion does not purport to describe any
aspect of the income tax laws of any state or locality. Therefore, potential
investors should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the various
state and local tax consequences of an investment in the Securities.
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS
General
The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"),
and the Code impose certain requirements on employee benefit plans and certain
other retirement plans and arrangements (including, but not limited to,
individual retirement accounts and annuities), as well as on collective
investment funds and certain separate and general accounts in which such plans
or arrangements are invested (all of which are hereinafter referred to as a
"Plan"). Generally, ERISA applies to investments made by Plans. Among other
things, ERISA requires that the assets of Plans be held in trust and that the
trustee, or other duly authorized fiduciary, have exclusive authority and
discretion to manage and control the assets of such Plans. ERISA also imposes
certain duties on persons who are fiduciaries of Plans. Under ERISA, any person
who exercises any authority or control respecting the management or disposition
of the assets of a Plan is considered to be a fiduciary of such Plan (subject to
certain exceptions not here relevant).
Any Plan fiduciary or other person which proposes to cause a Plan to
acquire any of the Securities should determine whether such an investment is
permitted under the governing Plan instruments and is prudent and appropriate
for the Plan in view of its overall investment policy and the composition and
diversification of its portfolio. More generally, any Plan fiduciary which
proposes to cause a Plan to acquire any of the Securities or any other person
proposing to use the assets of a Plan to acquire any of the Securities should
consult with its counsel with respect to the potential consequences under ERISA
and the Code (including under the prohibited transactions rules described below)
of the acquisition and ownership of such Securities.
Certain employee benefit plans, such as governmental plans and church
plans (if no election has been made under section 410(d) of the Code), are not
subject to the restrictions of ERISA, and assets of such plans may be
107
<PAGE>
invested in the Securities without regard to the ERISA considerations described
below, subject to other applicable federal and state law. However, any such
governmental or church plan which is qualified under section 401(a) of the Code
and exempt from taxation under section 501(a) of the Code is subject to the
prohibited transaction rules set forth in section 503 of the Code.
Prohibited Transactions
General
Sections 406 and 407 of ERISA and section 4975 of the Code prohibit
certain transactions involving the assets of a Plan and "disqualified persons"
(within the meaning of the Code) and "parties in interest" (within the meaning
of ERISA, collectively "Parties in Interest") who have certain specified
relationships to the Plan, unless an exemption applies (see below). Therefore, a
Plan fiduciary or any other person using the assets of a Plan considering an
investment in the Securities should also consider whether such an investment
might constitute or give rise to a prohibited transaction under ERISA or the
Code, or whether there is an applicable exemption.
Plan Asset Regulation
The United States Department of Labor ("DOL") has issued final regulations
defining the "assets" of a Plan for purposes of ERISA and the prohibited
transaction provisions of the Code (29 C.F.R. sec. 2510.3-101, the "Plan Asset
Regulation"). The Plan Asset Regulation describes the circumstances under which
the assets of an entity in which a Plan invests will be considered to be "plan
assets" such that any person who exercises control over such assets would be
subject to ERISA's fiduciary standards. Under the Plan Asset Regulation,
generally when a Plan invests in another entity, the Plan's assets do not
include, solely by reason of such investment, any of the underlying assets of
the entity. However, the Plan Asset Regulation provides that, if a Plan acquires
an "equity interest" in an entity that is neither a "publicly-offered security"
(defined as a security which is widely held, freely transferable and registered
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) nor a security issued by
an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as
amended, the assets of the entity will be treated as assets of the Plan unless
certain exceptions apply. If the Securities were deemed to be equity interests
and no statutory, regulatory or administrative exemption applies, the Trust Fund
could be considered to hold plan assets by reason of a Plan's investment in the
Securities. Such plan assets would include an undivided interest in any assets
held by the Trust Fund. In such an event, the Trustee and other persons, in
providing services with respect to the Trust Fund's assets, may be Parties in
Interest with respect to such Plans, subject to the fiduciary responsibility
provisions of ERISA, including the prohibited transaction provisions with
respect to transactions involving the Trust Fund's assets.
Under the Plan Asset Regulation, the term "equity interest" is defined as
any interest in an entity other than an instrument that is treated as
indebtedness under "applicable local law" and which has no "substantial equity
features." Although the Plan Assets Regulation is silent with respect to the
question of which law constitutes "applicable local law" for this purpose, the
DOL has stated that these determinations should be made under the state law
governing interpretation of the instrument in question. In the preamble to the
Plan Assets Regulation, the DOL declined to provide a precise definition of what
features are equity features or the circumstances under which such features
would be considered "substantial," noting that the question of whether a plan's
interest has substantial equity features is an inherently factual one, but that
in making a determination it would be appropriate to take into account whether
the equity features are such that a Plan's investment would be a practical
vehicle for the indirect provision of investment management services.
Exemption 83-1
In Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption 83-1 ("PTE 83-1"), which amended
Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption 81-7, the DOL exempted from ERISA's
prohibited transaction rules certain transactions relating to the operation of
residential mortgage pool investment trusts and the purchase, sale and holding
of "mortgage pool pass-through certificates" in the initial issuance of such
certificates. PTE 83-1 permits, subject to certain conditions, transactions
which might otherwise be prohibited between Plans and Parties in Interest with
respect to those Plans related to the origination, maintenance and termination
of mortgage pools consisting of mortgage loans secured by first or second
mortgages or deeds of trust on single-family residential property, and the
acquisition and holding of
108
<PAGE>
certain mortgage pool pass-through certificates representing an interest in such
mortgage pools by Plans. If the general conditions (discussed below) of PTE 83-1
are satisfied, investments by a Plan in Securities that represent interests in a
Pool consisting of Loans ("Single Family Securities") will be exempt from the
prohibitions of ERISA Sections 406(a) and 407 (relating generally to
transactions with Parties in Interest who are not fiduciaries) if the Plan
purchases the Single Family Securities at no more than fair market value and
will be exempt from the prohibitions of ERISA Sections 406(b)(1) and (2)
(relating generally to transactions with fiduciaries) if, in addition, the
purchase is approved by an independent fiduciary, no sales commission is paid to
the pool sponsor, the Plan does not purchase more than 25% of all Single Family
Securities, and at least 50% of all Single Family Securities are purchased by
persons independent of the pool sponsor or pool trustee. PTE 83-1 does not
provide an exemption for transactions involving Subordinate Securities.
Accordingly, unless otherwise provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, no
transfer of a Subordinate Security or a Security which is not a Single Family
Security may be made to a Plan pursuant to this exemption.
The discussion in this and the next succeeding paragraph applies only to
Single Family Securities. The Depositor believes that, for purposes of PTE 83-1,
the term "mortgage pool pass-through certificate" would include Securities
issued in a Series consisting of only a single class of Securities provided that
the Securities evidence the beneficial ownership of both a specified percentage
of future interest payments (greater than 0%) and a specified percentage of
future principal payments (greater than 0%) on the Loans. It is not clear
whether a class of Securities that evidences the beneficial ownership in a Trust
Fund divided into Loan groups, beneficial ownership of a specified percentage of
interest payments only or principal payments only, or a notional amount of
either principal or interest payments, or a class of Securities entitled to
receive payments of interest and principal on the Loans only after payments to
other classes or after the occurrence of certain specified events would be a
"mortgage pass-through certificate" for purposes of PTE 83-1.
PTE 83-1 sets forth three general conditions which must be satisfied for
any transaction to be eligible for exemption: (i) the maintenance of a system of
insurance or other protection for the pooled mortgage loans and property
securing such loans, and for indemnifying Securityholders against reductions in
pass-through payments due to property damage or defaults in loan payments in an
amount not less than the greater of one percent of the aggregate principal
balance of all covered pooled mortgage loans or the principal balance of the
largest covered pooled mortgage loan; (ii) the existence of a pool trustee who
is not an affiliate of the pool sponsor; and (iii) a limitation on the amount of
the payment retained by the pool sponsor, together with other funds inuring to
its benefit, to not more than adequate consideration for selling the mortgage
loans plus reasonable compensation for services provided by the pool sponsor to
the Pool.
The Depositor believes that the first general condition referred to above
will be satisfied with respect to the Securities in a Series if any Reserve
Account, subordination by shifting of interests, pool insurance or other form of
credit enhancement described under "Credit Enhancement" herein (such reserve
account, subordination, pool insurance or other form of credit enhancement being
the system of insurance or other protection referred to above) with respect to
such Securities is maintained in an amount not less than the greater of one
percent of the aggregate principal balance of the Loans or the principal balance
of the largest Loan. See "Description of the Securities" herein. In the absence
of a ruling that the system of insurance or other protection with respect to a
Series of Securities satisfies the first general condition referred to above,
there can be no assurance that these features will be so viewed by the DOL. The
Trustee will not be affiliated with the Depositor.
Each Plan fiduciary or other person who is responsible for making the
investment decisions whether to purchase or commit to purchase and to hold
Single Family Securities must make its own determination as to whether the first
and third general conditions, and the specific conditions described briefly in
the preceding paragraph, of PTE 83-1 have been satisfied, or as to the
availability of any other prohibited transaction exemptions.
The Underwriter's Exemption
The DOL has granted to Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated an administrative
exemption (Prohibited Transaction Exemption 90-24, 55 Fed. Reg. 20,548 (1990)
(the "Exemption") from certain of the prohibited transaction rules of ERISA and
the related excise tax provisions of Section 4975 of the Code with respect to
the initial purchase, the holding and the subsequent resale by Plans of
certificates in pass-through trusts that consist of certain receivables, loans,
and other obligations that meet the conditions and requirements of the
Exemption.
109
<PAGE>
Among the conditions that must be satisfied for the Exemption to apply are
the following:
(1) the acquisition of the Securities by a Plan is on terms
(including the price for such Securities) that are at least as favorable
to the Plan as they would be in an arm's length transaction with an
unrelated party;
(2) the rights and interests evidenced by the Securities acquired by
the Plan are not subordinated to the rights and interests evidenced by
other certificates of the Trust Fund;
(3) the Securities acquired by the Plan have received a rating
at the time of such acquisition that is one of the three highest
generic rating categories from one of Standard & Poor's Ratings Group
("S&P"), Moody's Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's"), Duff & Phelps
Inc. ("Duff & Phelps") or Fitch Investors Service, L.P. ("Fitch");
(4) the Trustee must not be an affiliate of any other member of
the Restricted Group (as defined below);
(5) the sum of all payments made to and retained by the underwriter
in connection with the distribution of the Securities represents not more
than reasonable compensation for underwriting such Securities; the sum of
all payments made to and retained by the Depositor pursuant to the
assignment of the Trust Fund Assets to the Trust Fund represents not more
than the fair market value of such Trust Fund Assets; the sum of all
payments made to and retained by the Master Servicer and any other
servicer represents not more than reasonable compensation for such
person's services under the related Agreement and reimbursements of such
person's reasonable expenses in connection therewith; and
(6) the Plan investing in the Securities is an "accredited investor"
as defined in Rule 501(a)(1) of Regulation D of the Securities and
Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
The Trust Fund must also meet the following requirements:
(i) the corpus of the Trust Fund must consist solely of assets of
the type that have been included in other investment pools;
(ii) certificates evidencing interests in such other investment
pools must have been rated in one of the three highest rating categories
of S&P, Moody's, Fitch or Duff & Phelps for at least one year prior to the
Plan's acquisition of the Securities; and
(iii) certificates evidencing interests in such other investment
pools must have been purchased by investors other than Plans for at least
one year prior to any Plan's acquisition of the Securities.
Moreover, the Exemption provides relief from certain self-dealing/conflict
of interest prohibited transactions that may occur when any person who has
discretionary authority or renders investment advice with respect to the
investment of plan assets causes a Plan to acquire certificates in a trust,
provided that, among other requirements: (i) such person (or its affiliate) is
an obligor with respect to five percent or less of the fair market value of the
obligations or receivables contained in the trust; (ii) the Plan is not a plan
with respect to which any member of the Restricted Group (as defined below) is
the "plan sponsor" (as defined in Section 3(16)(B) of ERISA); (iii) in the case
of an acquisition in connection with the initial issuance of certificates, at
least fifty percent of each class of certificates in which Plans have invested
is acquired by persons independent of the Restricted Group (as defined below)
and at least fifty percent of the aggregate interest in the trust fund is
acquired by persons independent of the Restricted Group; (iv) the Plan's
investment in certificates of any class does not exceed twenty-five percent of
all of the certificates of that class outstanding at the time of the
acquisition; and (v) immediately after the acquisition, no more than twenty-five
percent of the assets of the Plan with respect to which such person has
discretionary authority or renders investment advice are invested in
certificates representing an interest in one or more trusts containing assets
sold or serviced by the same entity. The Exemption does not apply to Plans
sponsored
110
<PAGE>
by the Seller, the Depositor, Morgan Stanley and the other underwriters set
forth in the related Prospectus Supplement, the Trustee, the Master Servicer,
the Pool Insurer, any obligor with respect to the Trust Fund Asset included in
the Trust Fund constituting more than five percent of the aggregate unamortized
principal balance of the assets in the Trust Fund, or any affiliate of any of
such parties (the "Restricted Group").
The Exemption may apply to the acquisition, holding and transfer of the
Securities by Plans if all of the conditions of the Exemption are met, including
those within the control of the investor. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing,
the Exemption will not apply with respect to any Securities until such time as
the balance of the related Pre-Funding Account, if any, is reduced to zero.
Accordingly, until such time, the Securities may not be purchased by Plans
pursuant to the Exemption. As of the date hereof, there is no single Trust Fund
Asset included in the Trust Fund that constitutes more than five percent of the
aggregate unamortized principal balance of the assets of the Trust Fund.
Insurance Company Purchasers
Purchasers that are insurance companies should consult with their legal
advisors with respect to the applicability of Prohibited Transaction Class
Exemption ("PTE") 95-60, regarding transactions by insurance company general
accounts. In addition to any exemption that may be available under PTE 95-60 for
the purchase and holding of Securities by an insurance company general account,
the Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996 added a new Section 401(c) to
ERISA, which provides certain exemptive relief from the provisions of Part 4 of
Title I of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code, including the prohibited
transaction restrictions imposed by ERISA and the Code, for transactions
involving an insurance company general account. Pursuant to Section 401(c) of
ERISA, the DOL is required to issue final regulations ("401(c) Regulations") no
later than December 31, 1997 which are to provide guidance for the purpose of
determining, in cases where insurance policies supported by an insurer's general
account are issued to or for the benefit of a Plan on or before December 31,
1998, which general account assets constitute plan assets. Section 401(c) of
ERISA generally provides that, until the date which is 18 months after the
401(c) Regulations become final, no person shall be subject to liability under
Part 4 of Title I of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code on the basis of a claim
that the assets of an insurance company general account constitute plan assets,
unless (i) as otherwise provided by the Secretary of Labor in the 401(c)
Regulations to prevent avoidance of the regulations or (ii) an action is brought
by the Secretary of Labor for certain breaches of fiduciary duty which would
also constitute a violation of federal or state criminal law. Any assets of an
insurance company general account which support insurance policies issued to a
Plan after December 31, 1998 or issued to Plans on or before December 31, 1998
for which the insurance company does not comply with the 401(c) Regulations may
be treated as plan assets. In addition, because Section 401(c) does not relate
to insurance company separate accounts, separate account assets are still
treated as plan assets of any Plan invested in such separate account. Insurance
companies contemplating the investment of general account assets in the
Securities should consult with their legal counsel with respect to the
applicability of Section 401(c) of ERISA, including the general account's
ability to continue to hold the Securities after the date which is 18 months
after the date the 401(c) Regulations become final.
LEGAL INVESTMENT
The Prospectus Supplement for each series of Securities will specify
which, if any, of the classes of Securities offered thereby constitute "mortgage
related securities" for purposes of the Secondary Mortgage Market Enhancement
Act of 1984 ("SMMEA"). Classes of Securities that qualify as "mortgage related
securities" will be legal investments for persons, trusts, corporations,
partnerships, associations, business trusts, and business entities (including
depository institutions, life insurance companies and pension funds) created
pursuant to or existing under the laws of the United States or of any state
(including the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico) whose authorized
investments are subject to state regulations to the same extent as, under
applicable law, obligations issued by or guaranteed as to principal and interest
by the United States or any such entities. Under SMMEA, if a state enacts
legislation prior to October 4, 1991 specifically limiting the legal investment
authority of any such entities with respect to "mortgage related securities,"
securities will constitute legal investments for entities subject to such
legislation only to the extent provided therein. Approximately twenty-one states
adopted such legislation prior to the October 4, 1991 deadline. SMMEA provides,
however, that in no event will the enactment of any such legislation affect the
validity of any contractual commitment to purchase, hold or invest in
securities, or require the sale or other disposition of securities, so long as
such contractual commitment was made or such securities were acquired prior to
the enactment of such legislation.
111
<PAGE>
SMMEA also amended the legal investment authority of federally-chartered
depository institutions as follows: federal savings and loan associations and
federal savings banks may invest in, sell or otherwise deal in Securities
without limitations as to the percentage of their assets represented thereby,
federal credit unions may invest in mortgage related securities, and national
banks may purchase securities for their own account without regard to the
limitations generally applicable to investment securities set forth in 12 U.S.C.
24 (Seventh), subject in each case to such regulations as the applicable federal
authority may prescribe. In this connection, federal credit unions should review
the National Credit Union Administration ("NCUA") Letter to Credit Unions No.
96, as modified by Letter to Credit Unions No. 108, which includes guidelines to
assist federal credit unions in making investment decisions for mortgage related
securities and the NCUA's regulation "Investment and Deposit Activities" (12
C.F.R. Part 703), which sets forth certain restrictions on investment by federal
credit unions in mortgage related securities (in each case whether or not the
class of Securities under consideration for purchase constituted a "mortgage
related security").
All depository institutions considering an investment in the Securities
(whether or not the class of Securities under consideration for purchase
constitutes a "mortgage related security") should review the Federal Financial
Institutions Examination Council's Supervisory Policy Statement on the
Securities Activities (to the extent adopted by their respective regulators)
(the "Policy Statement") setting forth, in relevant part, certain securities
trading and sales practices deemed unsuitable for an institution's investment
portfolio, and guidelines for (and restrictions on) investing in mortgage
derivative products, including "mortgage related securities," which are
"high-risk mortgage securities" as defined in the Policy Statement. According to
the Policy Statement, such "high-risk mortgage securities" include securities
such as Securities not entitled to distributions allocated to principal or
interest, or Subordinated Securities. Under the Policy Statement, it is the
responsibility of each depository institution to determine, prior to purchase
(and at stated intervals thereafter), whether a particular mortgage derivative
product is a "high-risk mortgage security," and whether the purchase (or
retention) of such a product would be consistent with the Policy Statement.
The foregoing does not take into consideration the applicability of
statutes, rules, regulations, orders guidelines or agreements generally
governing investments made by a particular investor, including, but not limited
to "prudent investor" provisions which may restrict or prohibit investment in
securities which are not "interest bearing" or "income paying."
There may be other restrictions on the ability of certain investors,
including depository institutions, either to purchase Securities or to purchase
Securities representing more than a specified percentage of the investor's
assets. Investors should consult their own legal advisors in determining whether
and to what extent the Securities constitute legal investments for such
investors.
METHOD OF DISTRIBUTION
The Securities offered hereby and by the related Prospectus Supplement
will be offered in Series. The distribution of the Securities may be effected
from time to time in one or more transactions, including negotiated
transactions, at a fixed public offering price or at varying prices to be
determined at the time of sale or at the time of commitment therefor. If so
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the Securities will be
distributed in a firm commitment underwriting, subject to the terms and
conditions of the underwriting agreement, by Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
("Morgan Stanley") acting as underwriter with other underwriters, if any, named
therein. In such event, the Prospectus Supplement may also specify that the
underwriters will not be obligated to pay for any Securities agreed to be
purchased by purchasers pursuant to purchase agreements acceptable to the
Depositor. In connection with the sale of Securities, underwriters may receive
compensation from the Depositor or from purchasers of Securities in the form of
discounts, concessions or commissions. The Prospectus Supplement will describe
any such compensation paid by the Depositor.
Alternatively, the Prospectus Supplement may specify that Securities will
be distributed by Morgan Stanley acting as agent or in some cases as principal
with respect to Securities that it has previously purchased or agreed to
purchase. If Morgan Stanley acts as agent in the sale of Securities, Morgan
Stanley will receive a selling commission with respect to such Securities,
depending on market conditions, expressed as a percentage of the aggregate
principal balance or notional amount of such Securities as of the Cut-off Date.
The exact percentage for each Series of Securities will be disclosed in the
related Prospectus Supplement. To the extent that Morgan Stanley
112
<PAGE>
elects to purchase Securities as principal, Morgan Stanley may realize losses or
profits based upon the difference between its purchase price and the sales
price. The Prospectus Supplement with respect to any Series offered other than
through underwriters will contain information regarding the nature of such
offering and any agreements to be entered into between the Depositor and
purchasers of Securities of such Series.
The Depositor will indemnify Morgan Stanley and any underwriters against
certain civil liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of
1933, or will contribute to payments Morgan Stanley and any underwriters may be
required to make in respect thereof.
In the ordinary course of business, Morgan Stanley and the Depositor may
engage in various securities and financing transactions, including repurchase
agreements to provide interim financing of the Depositor's mortgage loans
pending the sale of such mortgage loans or interests therein, including the
Securities.
Securities will be sold primarily to institutional investors. Purchasers
of Securities, including dealers, may, depending on the facts and circumstances
of such purchases, be deemed to be "underwriters" within the meaning of the
Securities Act of 1933 in connection with reoffers and sales by them of
Securities. Certificateholders should consult with their legal advisors in this
regard prior to any such reoffer or sale.
As to each Series of Securities, only those classes rated in an investment
grade rating category by any Rating Agency will be offered hereby. Any
non-investment grade class may be initially retained by the Depositor, and may
be sold by the Depositor at any time in private transactions.
LEGAL MATTERS
The validity of the Securities of each Series, including certain federal
income tax consequences with respect thereto, will be passed upon for the
Depositor by Andrews & Kurth L.L.P. or other counsel identified in the
Prospectus Supplement.
FINANCIAL INFORMATION
A new Trust Fund will be formed with respect to each Series of Securities
and no Trust Fund will engage in any business activities or have any assets or
obligations prior to the issuance of the related Series of Securities.
Accordingly, no financial statements with respect to any Trust Fund will be
included in this Prospectus or in the related Prospectus Supplement.
RATING
It is a condition to the issuance of the Securities of each Series offered
hereby and by the Prospectus Supplement that they shall have been rated in one
of the four highest rating categories by the nationally recognized statistical
rating agency or agencies (each, a "Rating Agency") specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement.
Any such rating would be based on, among other things, the adequacy of the
value of the Trust Fund Assets and any credit enhancement with respect to such
class and will reflect such Rating Agency's assessment solely of the likelihood
that holders of a class of Securities of such class will receive payments to
which such Securityholders are entitled under the related Agreement. Such rating
will not constitute an assessment of the likelihood that principal prepayments
on the related Loans will be made, the degree to which the rate of such
prepayments might differ from that originally anticipated or the likelihood of
early optional termination of the Series of Securities. Such rating should not
be deemed a recommendation to purchase, hold or sell Securities, inasmuch as it
does not address market price or suitability for a particular investor. Each
security rating should be evaluated independently of any other security rating.
Such rating will not address the possibility that prepayment at higher or lower
rates than anticipated by an investor may cause such investor to experience a
lower than anticipated yield or that an investor purchasing a Security at a
significant premium might fail to recoup its initial investment under certain
prepayment scenarios.
There is also no assurance that any such rating will remain in effect for
any given period of time or that it may not be lowered or withdrawn entirely by
the Rating Agency in the future if in its judgment circumstances in the
113
<PAGE>
future so warrant. In addition to being lowered or withdrawn due to any erosion
in the adequacy of the value of the Trust Fund Assets or any credit enhancement
with respect to a Series, such rating might also be lowered or withdrawn among
other reasons, because of an adverse change in the financial or other condition
of a credit enhancement provider or a change in the rating of such credit
enhancement provider's long term debt.
The amount, type and nature of credit enhancement, if any, established
with respect to a Series of Securities will be determined on the basis of
criteria established by each Rating Agency rating classes of such Series. Such
criteria are sometimes based upon an actuarial analysis of the behavior of
mortgage loans in a larger group. Such analysis is often the basis upon which
each Rating Agency determines the amount of credit enhancement required with
respect to each such class. There can be no assurance that the historical data
supporting any such actuarial analysis will accurately reflect future experience
nor any assurance that the data derived from a large pool of mortgage loans
accurately predicts the delinquency, foreclosure or loss experience of any
particular pool of Loans. No assurance can be given that values of any
Properties have remained or will remain at their levels on the respective dates
of origination of the related Loans. If the residential real estate markets
should experience an overall decline in property values such that the
outstanding principal balances of the Loans in a particular Trust Fund and any
secondary financing on the related Properties become equal to or greater than
the value of the Properties, the rates of delinquencies, foreclosures and losses
could be higher than those now generally experienced in the mortgage lending
industry. In additional, adverse economic conditions (which may or may not
affect real property values) may affect the timely payment by mortgagors of
scheduled payments of principal and interest on the Loans and, accordingly, the
rates of delinquencies, foreclosures and losses with respect to any Trust Fund.
To the extent that such losses are not covered by credit enhancement, such
losses will be borne, at least in part, by the holders of one or more classes of
the Securities of the related Series.
114
<PAGE>
INDEX OF DEFINED TERMS
Term Page
---- ----
1986 Act....................................................................92
401(c) Regulations.........................................................111
Accrual Securities..........................................................43
Advance.....................................................................13
Agency Securities............................................................1
Agreement...................................................................27
Amortizable Bond Premium Regulations........................................92
APR.........................................................................31
Available Funds.............................................................43
balloon payment.............................................................29
Belgian Cooperative.........................................................53
beneficial owner............................................................52
BIF.........................................................................63
Book-Entry Securities.......................................................52
borrower....................................................................83
Buydown Fund................................................................29
Buydown Loans...............................................................29
Calculation Agent...........................................................49
Capitalized Interest Account................................................66
Cash Flow Bond Method.......................................................99
CEDEL.......................................................................52
CEDEL Participants..........................................................53
CERCLA..................................................................21, 78
Certificates...........................................................1, 7, 1
Charter Act.................................................................34
Claimable Amount............................................................87
Class Security Balance......................................................43
Closed-End Loans.........................................................7, 28
CMOs.........................................................................9
Code....................................................................14, 88
COFI Securities.............................................................50
Collateral Value............................................................31
Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio................................................31
Commission................................................................4, 1
Commodity Indexed Securities................................................42
companion classes...........................................................48
Contingent Regulations......................................................90
contracts...................................................................81
Contracts.............................................................1, 8, 30
Cooperative Loans...........................................................28
Cooperatives................................................................28
Currency Indexed Securities.................................................42
Cut-off Date.............................................................7, 27
Cut-off Date Principal Balance..............................................41
debt-to-income ratio........................................................32
Definitive Security.........................................................52
Depositor....................................................................1
Detailed Description........................................................28
Distribution Date...........................................................10
DOL........................................................................108
DTC.....................................................................24, 52
Duff & Phelps..............................................................110
115
<PAGE>
Term Page
---- ----
Eleventh District...........................................................50
EPA.........................................................................78
ERISA..................................................................16, 107
Euroclear...................................................................52
Euroclear Operator..........................................................53
Euroclear Participants......................................................53
European Depositaries.......................................................52
excess servicing............................................................99
Exchange Act.................................................................4
Exemption..................................................................109
Face Amount.................................................................43
FASIT.......................................................................93
FHA.........................................................................12
FHA Loans...................................................................33
FHLBSF......................................................................50
FHLMC........................................................................1
FHLMC Act...................................................................35
FHLMC Certificate Group.....................................................36
FHLMC Certificates...........................................................8
FHLMC Project Certificates..................................................37
Financial Intermediary......................................................52
Fitch......................................................................110
FNMA.........................................................................1
FNMA Certificates............................................................8
FNMA MBS....................................................................34
FNMA Project Issuers........................................................34
FNMA SMBS...................................................................34
foreign person.............................................................102
Funding Period..............................................................25
Garn-St Germain Act.........................................................80
GNMA.........................................................................1
GNMA Certificates............................................................8
GNMA Issuer.................................................................33
GNMA Project Certificates...................................................34
Guaranty Agreement..........................................................33
Holder in Due Course Rules..................................................23
Home Equity Loans.....................................................1, 8, 28
Home Improvement Contracts................................................1, 8
Home Improvements.........................................................1, 8
Housing Act.................................................................33
HUD.....................................................................33, 38
Indenture................................................................41, 1
Index.......................................................................42
Indexed Commodity...........................................................42
Indexed Currency............................................................42
Indexed Principal Amount....................................................42
Indexed Securities..........................................................42
Installment Contract........................................................83
Insurance Proceeds..........................................................64
Insured Expenses............................................................64
Interest Weighted Securities................................................91
IRS.........................................................................90
L/C Bank................................................................12, 56
L/C Percentage..........................................................12, 56
lender......................................................................83
Liquidation Expenses........................................................64
116
<PAGE>
Term Page
---- ----
Liquidation Proceeds........................................................64
Loan Rate...............................................................10, 28
Loans........................................................................1
Loan-to-Value Ratio.........................................................31
lockout periods.............................................................29
Manufactured Homes..........................................................30
Manufactured Housing Contracts...........................................8, 30
Master Servicer...........................................................7, 1
Master Servicing Agreement..................................................27
Master Servicing Fee........................................................70
mixed used properties.......................................................29
Moody's.....................................................................57
Morgan......................................................................53
Morgan Stanley..........................................................2, 112
Mortgage....................................................................62
Mortgage Loan................................................................7
mortgage related securities............................................14, 111
National Cost of Funds Index................................................51
NCUA.......................................................................112
New Withholding Regulations................................................101
noneconomic residual interest...............................................97
Nonresidents...............................................................100
Notes..............................................................1, 7, 27, 1
OID.....................................................................14, 89
OID Regulations.............................................................89
Originator...............................................................3, 17
OTS.........................................................................51
PACs........................................................................47
Participants................................................................52
Parties in Interest........................................................108
Pass-Through Rate.......................................................10, 27
Pass-Through Securities.....................................................97
Pay-Through Security........................................................90
Percentage Interests........................................................71
Permitted Investments.......................................................57
Plan.......................................................................107
Plan Asset Regulation......................................................108
PMBS.........................................................................1
PMBS Agreement..............................................................38
PMBS Issuer..............................................................9, 38
PMBS Servicer............................................................9, 38
PMBS Trustee.............................................................9, 38
Policy Statement...........................................................112
Pool.....................................................................7, 27
Pool Insurance Policy.......................................................58
Pool Insurer................................................................58
Pooling and Servicing Agreement..........................................41, 1
Pre-Funded Amount...........................................................24
Pre-Funding Account......................................................7, 24
Prepayment Assumption.......................................................91
Primary Mortgage Insurance Policy...........................................29
Prime Rate..................................................................51
Principal Prepayments.......................................................44
Private Mortgage-Backed Securities...........................................1
Property Improvement Loans..................................................85
PTE........................................................................111
117
<PAGE>
Term Page
---- ----
PTE 83-1...................................................................108
Purchase Price..............................................................39
Rating Agency..............................................................113
Ratio Strip Securities......................................................99
RCRA........................................................................78
Record Date.................................................................42
Reference Banks.............................................................49
Refinance Loan..............................................................31
Regular Interest Securities.................................................89
Relevant Depositary.........................................................52
Relief Act..............................................................23, 83
REMIC................................................................3, 42, 88
REMIC Regulations...........................................................93
Reserve Account.........................................................11, 43
Reserve Interest Rate.......................................................49
Residual Interest Security..................................................95
Restricted Group...........................................................111
Retained Interest...........................................................41
Revolving Credit Line Loans.................................................28
Riegle Act..................................................................23
Rules.......................................................................52
S&P........................................................................110
SAIF........................................................................63
secured creditor exclusion..................................................78
Securities.........................................................1, 7, 27, 1
Security Account............................................................63
Security Owners.............................................................52
Security Register...........................................................42
Securityholders..........................................................3, 52
Seller.......................................................................1
Sellers.....................................................................27
Senior Securities........................................................9, 55
Series.......................................................................1
Servicing Fee...............................................................98
Short-Term Note............................................................102
Single Family Properties....................................................29
Single Family Securities...................................................109
SMMEA..................................................................14, 111
Startup Day.................................................................94
Stock Index.................................................................42
Stock Indexed Securities....................................................42
Stripped Securities.........................................................98
Subordinated Securities..................................................9, 55
Subsequent Loans............................................................25
Sub-Servicer................................................................13
Sub-Servicers...............................................................27
Sub-Servicing Agreement.....................................................66
TACs........................................................................48
Terms and Conditions........................................................54
TIN........................................................................100
Title I Loans...............................................................85
Title I Program.............................................................85
Title V.................................................................81, 83
Trust Agreement......................................................27, 41, 1
Trust Fund............................................................1, 27, 1
Trust Fund Assets.....................................................1, 7, 27
118
<PAGE>
Term Page
---- ----
Trustee...............................................................7, 41, 1
U.S. Person................................................................106
UCC.........................................................................77
VA..........................................................................12
VA Guaranty.................................................................69
VA Loans....................................................................33
weighted average life.......................................................19
119
<PAGE>
[This page intentionally left blank]
<PAGE>
[This page intentionally left blank]
<PAGE>
$284,485,000 (approximate)
Mortgage Loan Asset-Backed Notes
Series 2000-1, Class A
Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Trust 2000-1
Issuer
Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I, Inc.
Depositor
Long Beach Mortgage Company
Originator and Master Servicer
Prospectus Supplement
MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER
CIBC WORLDMARKETS PLC
UNIBANK
Dated July 21, 2000
You should rely only on the information contained or incorporated by reference
in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus. We have not
authorized anyone to provide you with different information.
We are not offering the notes in any state where the offer is not permitted.
We do not claim the accuracy of the information in this prospectus supplement
and the accompanying prospectus as of any date other than the dates stated on
their cover pages.
Dealers will be required to deliver a prospectus supplement and prospectus when
acting as underwriters of the certificates offered hereby and with respect to
their unsold allotments or subscriptions. In addition, all dealers selling the
class A notes, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to
deliver a prospectus supplement and prospectus until October 19, 2000.
